THE FULFILLMENT OF TODAY'S PROPHETIC WORD

THIS PAGE IS ARRANGED IN THIS FORM 

[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 

THEN FOLLOWING THAT

:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

- -  ><>  - - - _________  - - -  <><  -

 

 

><>         ><>             <><          <><   

 

 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4-15-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

20 Illegal Aliens from Congo Being "Monitored for EBOLA" at U.S. Border

Nation News Desk 15 April 2019

A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants are being monitored for Ebola in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. Shortly after his announcement during a Laredo City Council meeting, the World Health Organization (WHO) considered declaring a “global emergency” in response to a massive outbreak of Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. “We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo,” Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. “For them, my concern was Ebola.” He said that due to the time element, the Congolese migrants were not developing symptoms of Ebola. “But, we’re on alert to check that,” he said.

A report from the WHO states that, as of April 10, there have been more than 1,200 reported cases of Ebola in the Congo (1,140 confirmed, 66 probable). Those cases resulted in the deaths of 764 patients (698 confirmed, 66 probable). On Friday, The WHO decided the outbreak does not yet constitute a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC).” A top Red Cross official told NBC News on Friday that he is “more concerned than I have ever been” about the current outbreak of Ebola spreading regionally. Emanuele Capobianco cited statistics from the Congolese health ministry confirming 40 new cases over a two-day period last week. NBC reported that the official called the rate unprecedented in this particular outbreak. Doctors Without Borders responded to the lack of action from the WHO. “Whatever the official status of this outbreak is, it is clear that the outbreak is not under control and therefore we need a better collective effort, Gwenola Seroux, emergency manager for the organization said in a written statement. “What is most important now if we want to gain control of this epidemic is to change the way we are dealing with it.” In Laredo, Dr. Gonzalez said migrants from other countries present other health risks as well. He said they are monitoring migrants for yellow fever and malaria. “We don’t commonly see these (diseases), but we could.” Gonzalez said that 2,800 migrants have been released in Laredo at the bus station in the past two and a half months. He said the city government is working with charity organizations to provide health screenings. “We’ve had flu. We’ve had a couple of potential respiratory infections that could be communicable, but we ruled them out – [tuberculosis] and mumps.” “TB is an ongoing issue in the state of Texas,’ the doctor explained. “Between Texas, California, and New York, we have 50 percent of the cases of TB and the border has the most. Brownsville has the biggest number of cases.” “We always have surveillance for different issues that I’ve expressed,” the health director concluded.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/20-illegal-aliens-from-congo-being-monitored-for-ebola-at-u-s-border 

:: 4-11-19 Nexgov :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Artificial Intelligence Is Helping Evaluate 1.1 Million Security Clearance Holders

By Aaron Boyd April 11, 2019

While artificial intelligence is key to the future of background investigations, it will always be up to humans to make clearance decisions, an official assured. The security clearance process is broken—a fact widely accepted by stakeholders in the public and private sector, legislative and executive branches of government, Democrats and Republicans. As federal leaders work on the largest process overhaul in half a century, artificial intelligence will play a key role. In February, officials unveiled plans for Trusted Workforce 2.0, a framework that would shift suitability and security determinations from a one-time investigation followed by reassessments every five to 10 years, to an ongoing process that uses technology and private sector partners and data. The first step in moving away from the old process is getting rid of all the paper, according to Terry Carpenter, the program executive officer for the National Background Investigation Service, the office overseeing the technical overhaul of the investigations process. “The days of you filling out some form—online or in paper—submitting this form; having people go through that form; analyze your responses; decide which investigator to send out there to meet with your parents, your friends, your neighbors, who may all be in different states; to write up reports and assemble a package that grows as we do the investigation and come back to somebody to adjudicate the recommendation to say, ‘should this person get a clearance or not based on policy?’ We can’t do that anymore—that’s paper,” Carpenter said Thursday during the Government Analytics Breakfast Forum hosted by Johns Hopkins University and REI Systems. Before instituting the Trusted Workforce 2.0 framework, adjudicators would have to physically travel to interview people on every topic covered by the clearance investigation. Under the new guidance, investigators have the option to use other means to speed the process. In October, Carpenter’s team rolled out a tool to digitize the front-end of the security clearance process: filling out paper forms like the SF-86. The NBIS team developed a digital form that operates similarly to modern tax preparation software. Users are guided through a set of questions and document requests that ensure the data is entered in a structured format. Another tool currently in development uses artificial intelligence to pull investigatees’ data from multiple sources, including public information, private data sources like credit reports and government data, either through interagency partners or data collected by investigators. The AI tool will gather and sort that data and present it to adjudicators in a structured, interactive format. “We have a complete list of how the algorithm got to the recommendation. We can click on any piece of data in that decision-making chain and see it. And that gets packaged up as part of the supporting evidence for why decisions were made,” Carpenter said.  With digitized data sources and AI helping pull and sort the information, the investigative process can move toward a “continuous evaluation” model, in which clearance holders are regularly reassessed based on new information, rather than on an arbitrary, decade-long cycle. “We already have 1.1 million names in as part of the initiative and it just goes through the data sources on some reoccurring schedule set by the business rules and if an anomaly comes up, then we look at the anomaly and decide what to do with it,” Carpenter said. “Maybe I got a speeding ticket last night and it popped up on the data source,” he offered as a hypothetical. Carpenter said the team hopes soon to be able to pilot the system end-to-end with the lowest level suitability determinations. If that pilot succeeds, the team can add more data streams and capabilities in order to handle more sensitive assessments. All this will be possible because the team looked at the problem as a whole, rather than just finding cool tools to apply to parts of the problem, Carpenter said. “We moved the NBIS architecture to an enterprise data broker concept and we moved the data sources to one place,” he explained. “This gave us the ability to focus on control of that data. I don’t have to own it all—it doesn’t have to sit on my servers. … But we need to know that we have the connection, we have the ability to pull it when we need it, we know what the data is—what it represents—and we know the policies and agreements—the laws—that surround the use of that data.” “We couldn’t rush to the quick answer,” he added. “We had to do some of these critical, I call them ‘hygiene steps.’” No matter what, it will be up to humans to make the final decisions about suitability and trust, Carpenter said. “No decision will be made by a machine. We will augment decision- making,” he said. “Instead of them spending weeks and months trying to find needles in a haystack, we’re using artificial intelligence and machine learning to present those needles, in a neat form with all the relevant information to how we found it for the human to make that final determination.”

https://www.nextgov.com/emerging-tech/2019/04/artificial-intelligence-helping-evaluate-11-million-security-clearance-holders/156255/ 

:: 4-14-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Three Twits Of Tyranny Helping To Split Democrats In Half.... Toss In Bernie Sanders Attacking Liberal Think Tanks And Dems Are At War With Each Other

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 14, 2019

Democrats, as a party, are able to agree on just one thing... ORANGE MAN BAD, and that is the only time they seem capable of uniting with each other. In just the last week we have seen a liberal think tank attacking progressive Democrat presidential candidates, so Bernie Sanders, one of those candidates being attacked is slamming the liberal think tanks, as the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) Chair mocks the loud-mouth, gaffe-prone CongressKid Ocasio-Cortez over her donation boycott tweet, while the anti-Semite Ilhan Omar has suffered yet another case of Foot-in-Mouth scandal, and the third Twit of Tyranny, Rashida Tlaib, decides to attack the entire leadership of the Democrat party. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) BERNIE SANDERS ACCUSES LIB THINK TANK OF ATTACKING HIM & OTHER PROGRESSIVES We'll start with Bernie, who recently sent a scathing letter to liberal think tank Center for American Progress (Founded by John Podesta), and CAP Action Fund, expressing his "deep concern," over a recent Think Progress article (propaganda arm for the group), and other prior articles that have criticized him and other Democrat presidential candidates. The letter states in part:  Last week, you published an article on ThinkProgress criticizing me for my appearance and for the income I earned from writing a book. Then, a day later, you published a video that dishonestly attacked me for hypocrisy in my effort to address income inequality in America – a video that was excitedly discussed on many conservative websites. Sadly, I’m not the only candidate in the 2020 field who has experienced personal attacks from your institution. My friend and colleague Elizabeth Warren was unfairly targeted by a November 2017 article on ThinkProgress that echoed Donald Trump’s bad faith claims that she was being a hypocrite about her ancestry. That attack that was linked on the Drudge Report and immediately immersed her into a rather unhelpful debate. Again in October 2018, you published an article stating that she was hurting Native American people. That’s not all. In February of this year, an article on ThinkProgress attacked another friend and colleague of mine, Cory Booker, for moving in a progressive direction and joining with me on a prescription drug importation bill. Some consider this a shot across the bow in light of what the DNC, and Hillary Clinton did to him in 2016, with the DNC actively working against him while working for Clinton in order to rig the primaries in her favor. DCCC CHAIR MOCKS LOUD-MOUTHED, GAFFE-PRONE CONGRESSKID This one goes back a bit, so a brief recap and I will just link to the appropriate articles for verification purposes, before getting to most recent part of this saga. One of the "three twits of tyranny," CongressKid Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, backed an effort reported on in January 2019, to primary incumbent "moderate" Democrats, and by March she was threatening any Democrat that didn't toe the line and vote in lock-step with the party, telling them she would put them on a "list," to be unseated. Also in March, the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) decided on a new policy to "not do business with political consultants and firms that help candidates challenging Democratic members of Congress next year." By the end of March, the CongressKid decided it would be a good idea to tell her nearly four million followers to "pause your donations to DCCC & give directly to swing candidates instead," then provided a list of those she called "great ones," while linking to their individual donation pages. Which brings us to the DCCC Chair, Rep. Cheri Bustos, appearing on CNN's 'New Day,' was asked about the standoff, when she sarcastically informed viewers that the Ocasio-Cortez's donation boycott strategy "worked so well that we had record fundraising numbers in the first quarter." It is also noteworthy that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, fed up with the infighting, recently took her own shot at Ocasio-Cortezin an interview with USA Today, stating "While there are people who have a large number of Twitter followers, what’s important is that we have large numbers of votes on the floor of the House." This is how CNN's Chris Cillizza described it: Now, Pelosi didn't mention AOC by name. But you'd have to be a real dummy to not understand who she was talking about. Ocasio-Cortez has 3.9 million Twitter followers, by far the most of any House member -- including Pelosi (2.4 million followers). And AOC is an active Twitter user -- often employing the social media site to call out what she believes to be unfairness within the Democratic Party or to push back on media stories about her. I don't often use CNN as a source for anything considering how often they have been exposed as publishing inaccurate and outright fake news stories, but in this case, it is important for readers to understand Pelosi's frustration and shot at Ocasio-Cortez isn't just something conservative writers are "interpreting," but is something that is very apparent even to liberal media such as CNN. THE THREE TWITS OF TYRANNY The three freshman congresswomen referenced below are Ocasio-Cortez, Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib, and they are figuratively running around the House Democrats with cans of gasoline, while playing with matches, determined to burn the entire party to ashes. In a speech last month at the Council on American-Islamic Relations, Omar had characterized the attacks of 9/11 as "some people did something," which caused some online criticisms, and a snarky, brutal New York Post cover, showing the 9/11 Towers burning with the words "Here's your something." Then President Trump tweeted out a spliced video of Omar's comments with hijacked planes slamming into the World Trade Center, and the words "WE WILL NEVER FORGET." Omar had previously under fire for anti-Semitic comments, which led to a House resolution condemning hate speech. Related: What’s missing from Nancy Pelosi’s statement about Trump, Omar and 9/11? (Bonus: Blue check Resistance NOT satisfied) Some Democrats rushed to Omar's defense, while others decided perhaps it would be best to ignore her comments and go after president Trump for his Tweet against Omar, because the "ORANGE MAN BAD" theme always unites the radical liberal wing of the party, but others, especially the three twits of tyranny, one of which thinks she is "the boss," decided they had to throw themselves publicly into the fray to protect Omar, who seems to keep putting her foot in her mouth every time she opens it. Twit number one, Ocasio-Cortez thought it would be a good idea to promote a boycott of the New York Post over their cover about Omar and 9/11: Twit number two, Rashida Tlaib, decided to take another route and to attack the Democrat party leadership, as she took to Twitter to inform her liberal followers that "They put us in photos when they want to show our party is diverse. However, when we ask to be at the table, or speak up about issues that impact who we are, what we fight for & why we ran in the first place, we are ignored. To truly honor our diversity is to never silence us." Credit to at least one of her followers for reminding her that maybe she should be taking it up with party leaders in private, not showing how divided the party is internally. (More reactions to her tweet over at Twitchy) I doubt she will listen, none of the three twits of tyranny seem to want to listen, they just want to cause "good trouble," and then whine and play victim when they are called out for their antics. Related: Rashida Tlaib claims Dem leadership uses party’s minority members as tokens of diversity BOTTOM LINE With 18 Democrats vying for the Democrat nomination for president for the 2020 election, we expect to see some fireworks as they attempt to knock each other out of the running to decrease the amount of people in the field, but the infighting hasn't gotten to the candidate-against-candidate point yet, it is the new freshmen congresswomen, that continuously want to act like children, speaking before obtaining facts, and deliberately attacking the party leadership, that is dividing the party right in half. The way the Democrat contenders continue to try to attach themselves to the coat tails of the new "shiny" members of Congress, by the time November 2020 rolls around, they might have alienated a significant portion of their base, as a NYT recently found that "normal" or more moderate Democrats that vote, but are not online, outnumber the radical liberals that have become the face of the party, two-to-one. Maybe that is why so many Democrats have decided to #WalkAway.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Three_Twits_Of_Tyranny.php 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ground Beef Alert: E. Coli Outbreak and Three Recalls You Need to Know About

By Dagny Taggart

If you have any ground beef in your refrigerator or freezer, there are three serious alerts you need to know about. The first is an expanding E. coli outbreak. Here’s an overview from Food Safety News: Ground beef, consumed at home or in restaurants, and possibly purchased in large packages from grocery stores just might be the source of the now six-state E. coli O103 outbreak, according to CDC.  In an update of its last report just three days earlier, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in Atlanta shared its preliminary epidemiologic information that implicates ground beef for infecting at least 109 people. (source) So far, seventeen people have been hospitalized, reports the CDC. No cases of hemolytic uremic syndrome (a type of kidney failure) have been reported, and no deaths have been reported. Officials still don’t know the exact source of the tainted meat. Traceback investigations are being conducted to determine the source of ground beef supplied to grocery stores and restaurant locations where infected people ate. Currently, no common supplier, distributor, or brand of ground beef has been identified. As of April 12, cases have been reported in Indiana, Georgia, Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Virginia. CDC is not recommending that consumers avoid eating ground beef at this time. Consumers and restaurants should handle ground beef safely and cook it thoroughly to avoid foodborne illness. At this time, CDC is not recommending that retailers stop serving or selling ground beef. (source) For guidelines on how to safely handle and cook raw beef, please see the CDC’s instructions here: Outbreak of E. coli Infections. Symptoms of E. coli O103 include severe stomach cramps, diarrhea (often bloody), and vomiting, and usually lasts 5-7 days. Some people who are infected also develop a fever. People usually get sick from Shiga toxin-producing E. coli (STEC) 3–4 days after drinking or eating something that contains the bacteria, but illness can start anywhere from 1 to 10 days after infection. Some people with a STEC infection may get a type of kidney failure called hemolytic uremic syndrome. The CDC referred to the outbreak as a “rapidly evolving investigation”. We will update this article with new information as it is made available. In an unrelated outbreak that was announced at the end of March, Aurora Packing Company, Inc. recalled approximately 4,838 pounds of beef heel and chuck tender products that may be contaminated with E. coli O157:H7. Two companies have recalled beef products for possible plastic contamination. Earlier this month, AdvancePierre Foods recalled more than 20,000 pounds of frozen beef patties for possible plastic contamination: AdvancePierre Foods is voluntarily recalling 20,373 pounds of Tenderbroil Patties CN Fully Cooked Flamebroiled Beef Patties. The recall is limited to food service customers, and affected products are not available for purchase in retail stores. No other AdvancePierre Foods products are affected. Two consumers reported they found pieces of soft purple plastic in the product. Even though these reports involved only two items, out of an abundance of caution, the company is recalling 1,449 cases of product. AdvancePierre Foods has received no reports of injuries or illnesses associated with the affected product. The product was produced at one plant location on November 30, 2018. Each 14.06-pound case contains three bags with 30 pieces each, and bears the establishment code 2260E, a date code of EN83340303 and case code 155-525-0. This product was sent to distribution centers in the following states: Arizona, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, Nebraska, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas and Wisconsin. (source) Last week, JBS Plainwell, Inc. recalled a series of ground beef products for possible green hard plastic contamination, reports International Business Times: The recall includes approximately 43,292 pounds of ground beef that were produced on March 2, 2019. The affected beef has an establishment number of EST. 562M inside the USDA mark of inspection or printed on the bottom of the package label. The contaminated ground beef was shipped to retail locations throughout Michigan and Wisconsin. (source) The recalled beef includes:

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 80% LEAN 20% FAT. It has a case code of 47283 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 85% LEAN 15% FAT. It has a case code of 47285 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 90% LEAN 10% FAT. It has a case code of 47290 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as LEAN GROUND BEEF. It has a case code of 42093 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFIED GROUND SIRLOIN. It has a case code of 42090 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFED GROUND ROUND. It has a case code of 42085 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as Fresh! BLACK ANGUS GROUND CHUCK. It has a case code of 42283 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFIED GROUND CHUCK. It has a case code of 81631 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as GROUND BEEF. It has a case code of 81629 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

Consumers are urged to check their freezers for the recalled ground beef. It should be thrown away or returned to the place of purchase. It should not be consumed. One company has issued a recall for meat that was not inspected. Last Friday, Denver Processing LLC recalled approximately 13,865 pounds of raw pork and beef products that were produced without the benefit of federal inspection and outside inspection hours, reports Food Safety News: The recalled products bear the establishment number “EST. 6250” within the USDA mark of inspection on the case label and directly outside of the USDA mark of inspection on the product label. These items were shipped to retail locations in Colorado, Kansas, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming. (source) For a full list of products Denver Processing is recalling, please click here: Denver Processing recalls port and beef that went without inspection  What do you think? Will you be checking your freezer for these products? Please share your thoughts in the comments. About the Author Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/ground-beef-alert-e-coli-outbreak-three-recalls/

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 4-16-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Notre Dame Burns, European Churches Are Vandalized, Defecated On, & Torched "Every Day"

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/16/2019 - 02:00

Authored by Raymong Ibrahim via The Gatestone Institute,

Countless churches throughout Western Europe are being vandalized, defecated on, and torched.

In France, two churches are desecrated every day on average. According to PI-News, a German news site, 1,063 attacks on Christian churches or symbols (crucifixes, icons, statues) were registered in France in 2018. This represents a 17% increase compared to the previous year (2017), when 878 attacks were registered— meaning that such attacks are only going from bad to worse. Among some of the recent desecrations in France, the following took place in just February and March: Vandals plundered Notre-Dame des Enfants Church in Nîmes and used human excrement to draw a cross there; consecrated bread was found thrown outside among garbage. The Saint-Nicolas Church in Houilles was vandalized on three separate occasions in February; a 19th century statue of the Virgin Mary, regarded as "irreparable," was "completely pulverized," said a clergyman; and a hanging cross was thrown to the floor. Vandals desecrated and smashed crosses and statues at Saint-Alain Cathedral in Lavaur, and mangled the arms of a statue of a crucified Christ in a mocking manner. In addition, an altar cloth was burned. Arsonists torched the Church of St. Sulpice in Paris soon after midday mass on Sunday, March 17. Similar reports are coming out of Germany. Four separate churches were vandalized and/or torched in March alone. "In this country," PI-News explained, "there is a creeping war against everything that symbolizes Christianity: attacks on mountain-summit crosses, on sacred statues by the wayside, on churches... and recently also on cemeteries." Who is primarily behind these ongoing and increasing attacks on churches in Europe? The same German report offers a hint: "Crosses are broken, altars smashed, Bibles set on fire, baptismal fonts overturned, and the church doors smeared with Islamic expressions like 'Allahu Akbar.'" Another German report from November 11, 2017 noted that in the Alps and Bavaria alone, around 200 churches were attacked and many crosses broken: "Police are currently dealing with church desecrations again and again. The perpetrators are often youthful rioters with a migration background." Elsewhere they are described as "young Islamists." Sometimes, sadly, in European regions with large Muslim populations, there seems to be a concomitant rise in attacks on churches and Christian symbols. Before Christmas 2016, in the North Rhine-Westphalia region of Germany, where more than a million Muslims reside, some 50 public Christian statues (including those of Jesus) were beheaded and crucifixes broken. In 2016, following the arrival in Germany of another million mostly Muslim migrants, a local newspaper reported that in the town of Dülmen, "'not a day goes by' without attacks on religious statues in the town of less than 50,000 people, and the immediate surrounding area." In France it also seems that where the number of Muslim migrants increases, so do attacks on churches. A January 2017 study revealed that, "Islamist extremist attacks on Christians" in France rose by 38 percent, going from 273 attacks in 2015 to 376 in 2016; the majority occurred during Christmas season and "many of the attacks took place in churches and other places of worship." As a typical example, in 2014, a Muslim man committed "major acts of vandalism" inside a historic Catholic church in Thonon-les-Bains. According to a report (with pictures) he "overturned and broke two altars, the candelabras and lecterns, destroyed statues, tore down a tabernacle, twisted a massive bronze cross, smashed in a sacristy door and even broke some stained-glass windows." He also "trampled on" the Eucharist. For similar examples in other European countries, please see here, here, here, here, and here. In virtually every instance of church attacks, authorities and media obfuscate the identity of the vandals. In those rare instances when the Muslim (or "migrant") identity of the destroyers is leaked, the perpetrators are then presented as suffering from mental health issues. As the recent PI-News report says: "Hardly anyone writes and speaks about the increasing attacks on Christian symbols. There is an eloquent silence in both France and Germany about the scandal of the desecrations and the origin of the perpetrators.... Not a word, not even the slightest hint that could in anyway lead to the suspicion of migrants... It is not the perpetrators who are in danger of being ostracized, but those who dare to associate the desecration of Christian symbols with immigrant imports. They are accused of hatred, hate speech and racism."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-15/notre-dame-burns-european-churches-are-vandalized-defecated-torched-every-day 

:: 4-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The sh**ty streets of San Francisco: Revolting map reveals the staggering amount of human waste found on storied city's streets as homeless crisis spirals out of control

Since 2011, there have been 118,352 instances of human waste being reported

Last year the number hit an all time high with more than 28,000 cases

The number is five times the amount that was reported eight years ago

San Francisco's homeless crisis has been well documented for several years

By Jennifer Smith For Dailymail.com Published: 14:24 EDT, 15 April 2019 | Updated: 06:24 EDT, 16 April 2019

An interactive map marking every spot in San Francisco where human waste has been reported since 2011 has emerged as the city continues to grapple with its growing homeless population. In total, there have been 118,352 instances reported over the last eight years with the map showing a blanket of brown pins which almost covers the city entirely. Most were found in one of ten neighborhoods; Tenderloin, South of Market, Mission, Civic Center, Mission Dolores, Lower Nob Hill, Potrero Hill, Showplace Square, North Beach and the Financial District. The number was 8,000 more than the previous year and more than five times the 5,547 that were reported in 2011. San Francisco's homeless problem has been a talking point among local media, industry and residents for years. It has been dubbed the 'shame of the city' and been likened to a human rights crisis by UN investigators. It is caused by a combination of factors. While there are technically no more homeless people there than in other cities across the US like New York or Los Angeles, San Francisco is far less spread out, meaning the homeless population is more dense. What's more, there are fewer shelter options than in other major cities. The lack of shelters in the excruciatingly expensive city mean thousands of homeless people have no choice but to sleep on the streets, often in tents. It has created a permanent tension among residents, many of whom work in Silicon Valley and have spent millions buying property there. The feces issue has been well-documented in the past by other researchers. Last year, as tensions reached fever pitch, some homeless people started using their own waste as material to slather graffiti on the walls and streets of the city.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6924787/Interactive-map-reveals-staggering-number-human-waste-San-Franciscos-streets.html 

:: 4-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's Blinded Younger Generations Are Steering Our Country Into A Death Trap: 5 Ways That Socialism Kills Societies

- Americans Should Fight Tooth And Nail To Make Sure This Barbarism Never Fully Arrives On Our Shores

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 15, 2019

In this new story over at the Detroit Free Press which the Drudge Report had linked to Sunday morning, they report that fresh off of making a campaign video that helped get Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez elected, a young Detroit couple has launched a pro-socialism media company out of their house which, for a $10 a month subscription, will offer viewers 'pro-worker' and 'anti-capitalist' programming, including original TV shows, comedy and on the ground reporting. Just the latest evidence of America's younger generations turning towards socialism with many 'millennials' and members of 'Generation Z' feeling dissatisfied with where they see society headed, we also see 'seeds of awakening' within their story with both members of the couple brought up in Democrat-voting households who now realize they've long been lied to. “I grew up with this idea that Democrats were morally right. And after 2016, I realized that they’re all full of (expletive) — it’s not true. After eight years of Obama, nothing happened, except things got worse," Naomi Burton said. Yet while they see a potential 'answer' in socialism, and we certainly understand their frustration when they say "Our future is almost guaranteed to be worse than the future of our parents (at our age), which is essentially the case now", history has proven that socialism IS NOT the answer to their's and the world's misery and in fact, such a system will only bring more. And while we completely understand and feel empathy when we hear "When I talk to young people, especially those who have come from poverty, there is no hope for a better future" and "They know that the whole ‘I’m going to maybe be rich someday’ is a trap", the REAL trap is allowing America to fall into socialism and everything that historically comes with it. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) And in this March 29th story over at Campus Reform, we see perfectly illustrated a huge reason why socialism is sure to fail in America should it ever be implemented here; while more young people than ever before say they prefer socialism over capitalism, the Campus Reform story shows that those same young people who want socialism don't want to have to pay for it. Using the example of the students giving away their own hard earned grade point averages to those who weren't fairing so well, the flabbergasted looks on these young people's faces when asked if they'd share their GPA's with others as seen in the 1st video at the bottom of this story helps prove a major point about socialism. From the Campus Reform story.: With far left candidates and policies on the rise in America, it’s no surprise that for the first time ever, more young people say they’d prefer to live in a socialist country over a capitalist one. Whether it’s free healthcare, free college tuition, or universal basic income, students around America increasingly support higher taxes on the wealthy in order to pay for these progressive policies. But would they support similar policies if they had skin in the game? To find out, Campus Reform's Cabot Phillips went to Florida International University in Miami to test the waters on a “Socialist GPA” policy in which students with higher GPAs would be forced to “spread the wealth” and give some of their GPA points to students with lower GPAs. Despite the overwhelming number of students who initially said they’d support socialist policies, few agreed to go along with such a plan. “I’m all for helping, but I wouldn’t give some of my points… I’ve lost a lot of sleep so I don’t know if that would be fair,” one student said, while another answered no because “I like, study all day for my grades.” Yet another student, after expressing her support for socialism in America conceded, “I guess it would be kind of hypocritical for me to say no.” Another student, trying to justify his refusal to abide by such a policy, said, “you study for your grades, and they reflect how much time you’re studying.”

April 15, 2019

America's Blinded Younger Generations Are Steering Our Country Into A Death Trap: 5 Ways That Socialism Kills Societies - Americans Should Fight Tooth And Nail To Make Sure This Barbarism Never Fully Arrives On Our Shores

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this new story over at the Detroit Free Press which the Drudge Report had linked to Sunday morning, they report that fresh off of making a campaign video that helped get Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez elected, a young Detroit couple has launched a pro-socialism media company out of their house which, for a $10 a month subscription, will offer viewers 'pro-worker' and 'anti-capitalist' programming, including original TV shows, comedy and on the ground reporting. Just the latest evidence of America's younger generations turning towards socialism with many 'millennials' and members of 'Generation Z' feeling dissatisfied with where they see society headed, we also see 'seeds of awakening' within their story with both members of the couple brought up in Democrat-voting households who now realize they've long been lied to. “I grew up with this idea that Democrats were morally right. And after 2016, I realized that they’re all full of (expletive) — it’s not true. After eight years of Obama, nothing happened, except things got worse," Naomi Burton said. Yet while they see a potential 'answer' in socialism, and we certainly understand their frustration when they say "Our future is almost guaranteed to be worse than the future of our parents (at our age), which is essentially the case now", history has proven that socialism IS NOT the answer to their's and the world's misery and in fact, such a system will only bring more. And while we completely understand and feel empathy when we hear "When I talk to young people, especially those who have come from poverty, there is no hope for a better future" and "They know that the whole ‘I’m going to maybe be rich someday’ is a trap", the REAL trap is allowing America to fall into socialism and everything that historically comes with it. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

And in this March 29th story over at Campus Reform, we see perfectly illustrated a huge reason why socialism is sure to fail in America should it ever be implemented here; while more young people than ever before say they prefer socialism over capitalism, the Campus Reform story shows that those same young people who want socialism don't want to have to pay for it. Using the example of the students giving away their own hard earned grade point averages to those who weren't fairing so well, the flabbergasted looks on these young people's faces when asked if they'd share their GPA's with others as seen in the 1st video at the bottom of this story helps prove a major point about socialism. From the Campus Reform story.: With far left candidates and policies on the rise in America, it’s no surprise that for the first time ever, more young people say they’d prefer to live in a socialist country over a capitalist one. Whether it’s free healthcare, free college tuition, or universal basic income, students around America increasingly support higher taxes on the wealthy in order to pay for these progressive policies. But would they support similar policies if they had skin in the game? To find out, Campus Reform's Cabot Phillips went to Florida International University in Miami to test the waters on a “Socialist GPA” policy in which students with higher GPAs would be forced to “spread the wealth” and give some of their GPA points to students with lower GPAs. Despite the overwhelming number of students who initially said they’d support socialist policies, few agreed to go along with such a plan. “I’m all for helping, but I wouldn’t give some of my points… I’ve lost a lot of sleep so I don’t know if that would be fair,” one student said, while another answered no because “I like, study all day for my grades.” Yet another student, after expressing her support for socialism in America conceded, “I guess it would be kind of hypocritical for me to say no.” Another student, trying to justify his refusal to abide by such a policy, said, “you study for your grades, and they reflect how much time you’re studying.” With America slowly creeping towards totalitarianism over the last several years, and with censorship a huge part of that 'creep', the image above speaks louder than words, with millions of people victims of socialism through the years. Any system that forces people to participate in it is clearly a totalitarian system and while the younger generations of the left dive into socialism blindly, a quick look at what happened to Venezuela over the past several years should offer proof it's not the answer. And as we've seen now throughout the European Union, socialism in EU countries has brought very real tyranny with people there now unable to even criticize the totalitarian political philosophy of Islam without being arrested or punished. As the Foundation for Economic Education had reported back in 2016, socialism in Venezuela had led to the deaths of more babies there than in war-torn Syria and as their story reported, "sadly, and unsurprising, the results of socialist economics are predictable". And as we see from this 2014 story over at Townhall, socialism absolutely demolishes societies and most of the younger generation has no idea what they're sleepwalking into because they've been so well 'indoctrinated' by the education system in America.: There are a lot of arguments about whether communism, socialism, and liberalism are the same thing. What shouldn't be arguable is that they're all closely related branches of the same tree. If you don't want to live in a house made out of Aleppo Pine, you probably won't like a Coulter Pine or Eastern White Pine house either. Since socialism has failed so often, socialists of every stripe bend over backwards to disassociate themselves from the many other disasters created by their ideology. Still, a pine by any other name is still a pine. Socialism is particularly dangerous because it's so perfectly suited for the modern era. It's the ultimate "miracle" product: it's "nice," it's "fair," it'll make you feel good about yourself, it'll "help" people who "deserve it" by taking things away from people who "have so much" they'll barely miss it. It sounds wonderful, doesn't it? But, like most products with sleazy salesmen and hidden track records, the promises socialism makes are all a mirage. Since our schools do a terrible job of teaching history and economics these days, it's our job to explain how socialism slowly, insidiously eats away at the core of a society. That story then went on to outline for us the 5 ways that socialism destroys societies.

1) It kills economic growth: Strong economic growth is what produces jobs, tax revenue and a better standard of living for everyone, including the poor and middle class. That's what John F. Kennedy was driving at when he said, "A rising tide (in the economy) lifts all boats." Socialism strangles economic growth in the crib by penalizing success and rewarding failure. When you loot the successful people in a society to give it to the less successful, you quite naturally reduce the number of successful people and encourage more people to fail. This leads to a never-ending cycle.

2) It stifles free speech: Why is there ridiculous government propaganda in nations like North Korea? Why are most schools, papers, and colleges run by liberals in the United States? Why do liberals often try to disrupt conservative speakers on college campuses? Why are there such extreme speech codes in Canada that it practically makes some conservative arguments illegal? Why does speaking out against the government risk imprisonment in China and the old Soviet Union? Because socialism requires protection, propaganda, intimidation, and darkness to survive. Socialism can't survive honest, informed debate about its merits among people who are free to choose or reject it because it would not survive the conversation. (ANP: Sound familiar to what we're listening from the left today?) As Reagan said, "How do you tell a communist? Well, it's someone who reads Marx and Lenin. And how do you tell an anti-Communist? It's someone who understands Marx and Lenin."

3) It leads to an increasingly tyrannical government: Freedom and socialism go together like oil and water. The more socialism you have, the less freedom you will have because socialism can't survive if people are free to choose whether they want socialism or not. People who are free to say what they want will criticize socialism's many failures. Areas that aren't tightly controlled will move towards the free exchange of ideas and goods, not socialism. So, socialism requires a massive bureaucracy that almost inevitably grows. As government grows, it inevitably becomes more centralized, more distant from the people and ultimately more menacing.

4) It creates strife and division: Socialism is all about turning people against each other. (ANP: Once more, exactly what we're seeing from Democrats in 2019.) It has to be. After all, if you believe in controlling people's lives, the people who don't wish to be controlled need to be vilified. If you believe in confiscating the wealth of successful people who won't give it up willingly, then others must be convinced they're terrible human beings who deserve to be punished. "Victim" classes must be created for the socialists to defend because if everyone is responsible for himself, what need is there for the socialist? Eventually, those who depend on government for their livelihood and those that the government smears and loots to pay them off come to hate each other.

5) Socialists believe the ends justify the means: Like the pigs in Orwell's Animal Farm, socialists believe that, "All animals are equal, but some animals are more equal than others." For a socialist, the overriding concern is always promoting socialism; so process, rules and regulation mean different things for different people. Fidel Castro may have been the leader of a Communist revolution against the evil "rich people" in Cuba, but he was worth 900 million dollars. With the biggest mass murderers in world history also socialists and socialism proven to be a tool of dictatorial states which then ban with the threat of death all debate, functioning in darkness as the leaders of the nations get even more rich while the people of socialist nations fall into the pits of despair, Americans should fight tooth and nail to make sure socialism never fully arrives on our shores.

As Susan Duclos had reported on ANP back on March 19th, those who've lived in socialist regimes are horrified that America's younger generation actually believes such a system could be the answer to their's and the world's problems and with many of the current Democratic presidential candidates embracing socialist positions such as 'medicare for all', so-called 'reparations' for black Americans (what about reparations to the millions of American Indians families SLAUGHTERED by the US government?) and 'climate change', there's little doubt that the 2020 election will determine America's future. With Democrats also now calling for a counter-insurgency against whiteness as they move ever more towards the fully radical left and prove how much they hate America, knowing the ways that socialism kills societies, it's never been more important for America's older generations to attempt to teach the younger generations what comes along with socialism for if America's future makes the mistake to fully jump into socialism in the years ahead, the fully corrupted government that America already had created under Barack Obama and the globalists is fully prepared to run its course, likely turning America into the kind of bottomless death traps we've already seen in China, the Soviet Union and elsewhere through history.

http://allnewspipeline.com/2020_Socialism_Or_Capitalism_Full_Speed_Ahead.php 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 4-16-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Attendees of Secret Meeting for “US Military Assault” on Venezuela Revealed

TOPICS: Eoin HigginsForeign Policy Military Venezuela

April 16, 2019 By Eoin Higgins

(CD) – A group dedicated to regime change in Venezuela held a secret meeting on overthrowing the country’s government last week, according to reporting from The Grayzone Project. Journalist Max Blumenthal on Sunday revealed a list of meeting attendees he obtained over the weekend from a source. The list (in which the meeting is misdated as being on April 20) shows that the event, held at the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) in Washington, D.C., boasted as attendees members of the State Department, the Colombian and Brazilian embassies, members of the Venezuelan opposition, and other officials in the American national security state. The meeting comes after multiple failed attempts to depose the government of President Nicolás Maduro, who was elected in 2018. The President Donald Trump administration has made no secret of their intent to see Maduro gone—but thus far, nothing has worked. “The CSIS meeting on ‘Assessing the Use of Military Force in Venezuela,’” wrote Blumenthal, “suggests that the Trump administration is exploring military options more seriously than before, possibly out of frustration with the fact that every other weapon in its arsenal has failed to bring down Maduro.” In the article, Blumenthal gave a brief overview of a number of the meeting’s more prominent attendees, including Iran-Contra veteran Roger Noriega and David Smolansky, a Venezuelan national who works with the right wing Organization of American States (OAS), a regional organization for the Americas led in recent years by hardline Venezuela regime change advocates. “Few of these figures are well known by the public, yet many have played an influential role in U.S. plans to destabilize Venezuela,” explained Blumenthal. Also in attendance was opposition leader Juan Guaidó’s envoy Carlos Vecchio. Vecchio’s presence at the meeting prompted journalist Anya Parampil to muse as to whether it was standard operating procedure for “ambassadors” to solicit invasions of their own countries. “Since when do ‘ambassadors’ help plan foreign invasions of their own country?” asked Parampil. Blumenthal told RT that his attempts to get attendees on the record about the details of the meeting were unsuccessful. “They were extremely nervous that somebody in the media knew about the existence of this event,” said Blumenthal. “It was a very high-level meeting with basically the main people in Washington involved in making the sausage of Trump’s Venezuela policy and they wanted to keep it as private as possible.” The meeting likely hints at a more aggressive attempt to depose Maduro in the coming month, Blumenthal added. “It really does show that military options are being seriously considered at this point,” said Blumenthal. AntiWar writer Jason Ditz agreed. “That the Trump Administration is considering attacking Venezuela as an option is no secret, as they tell reporters that much at seemingly every opportunity,” Ditz wrote. “That they are holding such events to discuss the details, however, suggest a U.S. war may be closer than anyone realizes.” Watch Blumenthal’s interview with RT:

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/04/attendees-of-secret-meeting-for-us-military-assault-on-venezuela-revealed.html 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 4--19 PRO News:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ankara prepares intervention in Libya to halt Hafatar - Turkish wars out of Tripoli

Written by: Theophrastos Andreopoulos

In an unusual move, Ankara, which has sent naval forces carrying SAS SAT teams off Libya, is preparing an intervention to intercept the forces of Marshal Hafatar who appears to have been enforced by the recognized but weak military, Libyan government. Besides, the Tripoli government is friendly to the Turkish one and Ankara seeks to use it to create a problem in Greece and to determine the Greek EEZ to the south of Crete. It is noted that last November, Turkish Defense Minister Houlousi Akar presented maps to the Libyan government to prove that Greece is attempting to usurp the Libyan continental shelf! "The Greeks steal the Libyan EEZ," the Turkish daily reports. The papers are accompanied by two maps allegedly presented by Akar to government officials in Libya. According to a map allegedly presented by Mr. Akar no island, neither Cyprus nor Crete can have full influence on sea areas, and thus there may be a sea border between Turkey and Libya, which implies the "Disappearance" of the entire Greek continental shelf in the Eastern Mediterranean. During his visit to Tripoli, as reported by the press, the Turkish Defense Minister argued that Greece was taking advantage of the instability that followed the overthrow of Muammar Gaddafi to usurp a large part of the Libyan continental shelf, which Greece has said and Turkey! The situation in Libya is considered particularly whimsical. Marshal Hafatar at this time of American-philosopher has turned into a Russian, even a Frenchman. Moscow through Egypt supports him with weapons systems while men of Russian Wagner have trained and steered his men. For other reasons, France is reportedly involved in its side as it is against Macron-Salvini. Born 75 years ago in Azurebaya, Kyrenia (eastern Libya), Halifa Hafatar became an army officer and participated in the 1969 movement that overthrew King Intris. It is said that Gaddafi trusted him as his son as the Kathimerini The fact is that he has given him two key missions: the first time when Hafatar fought as head of the Libyan body in the 1978 Arab-Israeli war, and the second, when he assumed command of the Libyan troops in the Chad war in 1986. However, in the second case, Hafatar and his troops were surrendered and captured. Gaddafi repudiated him, which led to a rupture between the two men. Hafatar is then liberated thanks to the pressure from the Reagan government and the CIA is training its troops as a besieging ram for the assassination and overthrow of Gaddafi. Haftar himself wanders in Nigeria and Zaire, but no African country wants to give him asylum. Eventually he resorts to Lagleigh, Virginia, where the CIA headquarters is accidentally. There he will spend the next twenty years of his life and become an American citizen. The rebellion against Gaddafi in February 2011, during the so-called Arab Spring, took Hafatar out of naphthalene. He comes to Benghazi, who has fallen into the hands of the rebels, and seeks to be appointed Chief of Staff of the insurgents, but he does not convince the National Transitional Council, which prefers Abdulfatah Junis, the leading form of the 1969 Cantalist movement. Yunis will be murdered under indefinite circumstances shortly after, while Hawthorne, bawling who refused his leadership, will return to Virginia to "devote himself to his grandchildren," as he said. The chaos in the Libyan metaphase gave him a new opportunity. In the summer of 2014, the Tripoli government and its Islamic allies refuse to recognize the parliament that emerged from the elections. The parliament is transferred to Tobruk, at the eastern end of the country, forming a second government and assigning its armed forces to Haftar, who appears as the savior of the country from the Islamic scourge in the style of the Egyptian leader Abdelfatah Sisi. In the following years, he managed to disperse the Islamists in eastern Libya and to join the southern tribes of the country, gaining control of most oil fields. His Tripoli campaign had been announced several times. The reason that forced him to rush was that the UN peacekeeping conference was to be held on April 14th - the Secretary General of the International Organization was there when Haffar's attack began. The ambitious general could not achieve what he achieved without serious international support. Egypt, Saudi Arabia and the Emirates and mainly Russia and France supported him with money and airplanes as a force against the Islamists. Very important was the help of France, sent to him by men of special forces and secret services to support him in his operations as did Moscow. In addition, Emmanuel Makron upgraded Hafatar from a warlord to a political leader, organizing peace talks with the general with Seraz in Paris.  French interventionism has angered Italy, an old colonial power in Libya, who complained that Makron is supporting a "new Gaddafi" to put his hand on oil. But Russia also supported Khattab, amid rumors that he negotiated with him naval bases in Libya. The Qatar and Turkey stood beside Searaj, while America was lost and was completely caught in sleep. However, Libya is a very good example of conflicting interests and proves that there are no friendships between states but only co-operative alliances. Everyone has their own agenda in Libya and they can have convergent interests among them. However, the US would not want Haftar to prevail because they fear Libya's return to Russian influence.

https://translate.google.com/translate?u=https%3A//www.pronews.gr/amyna-asfaleia/toyrkia/765774_i-agkyra-etoimazei-epemvasi-stin-livyi-gia-na-anahaitisei-ton-haftar&langpair=

auto%7Cen&hl=en 

:: 4-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From AAWSAP to AATIP: How the Pentagon’s Mysterious UFO Program Changed Names, and Focus

By Strange Sounds - Apr 16, 2019

On Dec. 2017, the New York Times published a story about a secretive UFO program ran out of the Pentagon. The project the NYT referred to was the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program (AATIP). However, since the NYT posted their article, more information has come to light, and it turns out the program had a different name in 2007 when it began. There has been a lot of confusion around this issue. Other researchers had found that the project’s first name was the Advanced Aerospace Weapons System Application Program (AAWSAP). So why did the NYT refer to it as AATIP? AAWSAP became AATIP. Although others involved with these programs have commented on the names, Elizondo is the only one who was an administrator, and he is the highest authority that the author of this article had interviewed on this topic. AAWSAP began in 2007 under the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), before Elizondo was involved. At this time, AAWSAP had staff at DIA to set up the program, this included determining the scope of the program and creating a solicitation for a contractor to work on the program. In 2008, AAWSAP sent out their request, and Bigelow Aerospace Advanced Space Studies (BAASS) was the only company to bid. The search for a contractor was all done by the DIA using their standard contract solicitation procedures. The project’s primary sponsor, Senator Harry Reid, had no involvement in this. There were no guarantees Bigelow would win the contract if there were other bids.  AAWSAP’s scope was to research many aspects of the paranormal, including occurrences at the so-called Skinwalker Ranch in Utah. This made people inside of the government uncomfortable, especially Christians who felt some of these potentially paranormal occurrences were demonic. Because the scope of AAWSAP was not palatable to so many inside the DIA, they created AATIP as a subgroup within AAWSAP that focused strictly on military UFO cases. Elizondo joined AAWSAP in 2008 to work on AATIP. By 2009, because of the ongoing scrutiny of AAWSAP, AATIP became more of a focus and AAWSAP was downplayed. In June 2009, Reid wrote his letter to get a Special Access Program (SAP) status and referred to the project as AATIP. Because Reid used the name AATIP, internally, AATIP was adopted as the name for the program. This is when AAWSAP essentially ended, and AATIP was the new name and scope of the program. The difference between the two was that AAWSAP was a paranormal research project, AATIP is UAP focused. At this time, work on the DIRDs originally requested under AAWSAP was ongoing and still under contract for AAWSAP. The contractors completed the DIRDs for AAWSAP in 2010. Also in 2010, Elizondo took over AATIP and moved it from the DIA to the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD), where he worked. According to the DIA, AATIP ended in 2012, but it was only the original funding allotment that ended, the project continued. AATIP continues to this day, but under a different name. Elizondo says he does not know the new name. The name changed for a similar reason it changed from AAWSAP to AATIP. Now that AATIP is public, the term AATIP is being scrutinized, so having a new name allows for some cover.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/pentagon-mysterious-ufo-disclosure-program-names.html 

[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..

:: 4-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strange Sounds of the Apocalypse recorded in UK, Ireland, Canada and United States

By Strange Sounds - Apr 16, 2019

The strange sounds from the sky are coming back! Bristol, UK On April 10, 2019, two strange sounds were recorded in Shirehampton, Bristol, UK: First heard 10pm, last heard 3am on night of 10th/11th April 2019. Repetitive trumpet/metal grinding sound that was at times very loud. Woke up my children, and later me. Very strange. We live in Shirehampton, near Bristol Port so this could conceivably be big ships moored in the harbour making groaning noises, but otherwise I am not sure what to think! Was genuinely spooked by it. Sounds a lot like the 2018 Gothenburg video. The noise has been heard in all types of weather, night or day. It has been heard in different locations along Dublin’s North coast simultaneously. I can categorically state it is not wind related!.. I will continue to monitor and post if there is any significant uptick on said phenomena. Montreal, Canada I was at work on February 5th 2019 in Saint-Laurent, Montreal, when I started to hear this strange sound from my office between 9:30 AM and 10:00 AM. At first I thought it must be the snowplows or some machinery scraping the asphalt but when I opened the window to hear it better, it struck me as being extremely similar to the weird sounds heard worldwide since the last few years, including several instances in Quebec. It went intensely for about 20 minutes (that I could hear) and then could still be heard sometimes through the afternoon although with a dimmer sound. When I left at around 4:30 PM, it had completely stopped.  Ohio, US This morning there was strange noises in the sky! Sounded like a jet, but there was NO jet in sight! No airports are around where I live! The sky was dark and it was windy, but it’s definitely not thunder or wind! The sounds were way louder and more frequent before I pulled my phone out and started recording! It lasted for about 45 minutes to an hour! Yesterday, Notre Dame de Paris burnt down… Were these trumpet sounds signs for this apocalyptic event?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/strange-sounds-us-uk-canada-ireland-video-2019.html 

:: 4-16-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saving Earth From WORMWOOD Might Be Harder Than Scientists First Thought

April 16, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

If humanity ever truly felt our existence threatened by an asteroid, one potential recourse would be to smash the looming space rock into pieces — but new research suggests that that approach may be less likely to succeed than people hope. The research suggests that an asteroid wouldn’t break apart as drastically as previous models suggested, and that in the aftermath of the attempted destruction, the asteroid’s gravity would be strong enough to pull the fragments back together… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/16/saving-earth-from-wormwood-might-be-harder-than-scientists-first-thought/ \

:: 4-16-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Notre Dame: An Omen

Dennis Prager|Posted: Apr 16, 2019 12:01 AM

The symbolism of the burning of Notre Dame Cathedral, the most renowned building in Western civilization, the iconic symbol of Western Christendom, is hard to miss. It is as if God Himself wanted to warn us in the most unmistakable way that Western Christianity is burning -- and with it, Western civilization. Every major Western (and one major non-Western) social and intellectual force has conspired to rid Europe of Christianity and the civilization it produced. Within the Western world, the French Enlightenment -- the intellectual basis of the French Revolution and the modern West -- sought to replace Christianity, and religion in general, with secularism rooted in reason. No God, Bible or Ten Commandments is necessary for morality or meaning: reason (and science) will replace them.  The two final deathblows to Christianity in Europe were the world wars. World War I ended most Westerners' belief in the nation-state and the West. Christianity, already weakened by the Enlightenment, was further weakened by World War I. German Christians were killing millions of French and English Christians, and French and English Christians were killing millions of German Christians. So the argument and sentiment against Christianity went. Then World War II saw even more death on the Christian continent as well as the failure of Catholic and Protestant churches in Nazi Germany to offer even minimal noncompliance with the Nazis' Jew-hatred.  With the end of World War II, every internal Western intellectual doctrine was secular. God, the Bible and religion were regarded at best as innocuous nonsense and at worst as noxious nonsense. Meanwhile, Europeans brought a non-European ideology into Europe, an ideology that, for more than a thousand years, sought to replace Christianity as the world's dominant religion. The Europeans, believing in nothing distinctly Christian or Western and believing in the moral and intellectual nonsense known as "multiculturalism" -- a doctrine that asserts that all cultures are morally equivalent -- saw nothing problematic in bringing millions of Muslims into Europe. They had no idea that most of these people actually wanted to replace Christianity with their religion. They had no idea because, in their ignorance and arrogance, they assumed that because they were secular multiculturalists, everybody else was, too -- or would be, once they lived in Europe. They were wrong, of course. And as a result, the two dominant forces in Europe -- secular leftism and Islamism -- sought the end of Christianity and the West. (The left believes that protecting Western civilization is equivalent to protecting white supremacy.) This is not producing a pretty picture. Generally speaking, Islam has not been nearly as kind, tolerant, open, medically or scientifically innovative or intellectually curious as Western civilization (and yes, Nazism and communism were born in the West, but they were anti-Western). Even without tens of millions of Muslims, post-Christian Europe has not produced a pretty picture. This was predicted in 1834, 100 years before Hitler's rise, by the great German poet Heinrich Heine, a secular Jew (who later converted to Protestantism, "the ticket of admission into European culture"): "Christianity -- and that is its greatest merit -- has somewhat mitigated that brutal German love of war, but it could not destroy it. Should that subduing talisman, the cross, be shattered, the frenzied madness of the ancient warriors, that insane Berserk rage of which Nordic bards have spoken and sung so often, will once more burst into flame. This talisman (the cross) is fragile, and the day will come when it will collapse miserably. Then ... a play will be performed in Germany which will make the French Revolution look like an innocent idyll." 

Recommended Live Blog: The Release of the Mueller Report European Christians persecuted European Jews, often brutally. But it took a post-Christian ideology, secular Nazism, to produce Auschwitz -- just as it took post-Christian communism to produce the Gulag, the Chinese Cultural Revolution and the Ukrainian and Cambodian genocides. Moreover, Nazism and communism aside, the left's belief that secular reason can replace God and the Bible turns out to be completely wrong. The alleged citadels of secular reason -- the universities -- are the most irrational and morally confused institutions in the West. I don't know if a worker accident or a radical Muslim set fire to Notre Dame Cathedral (as they have scores of other churches around Europe). In terms of what the fire represented, it doesn't much matter. What matters is the omen: Europe is burning, just as Notre Dame was. Dennis Prager is a nationally syndicated radio talk show host and columnist. His latest book, published by Regnery on May 7, 2019, is "The Rational Bible: Genesis," a commentary on the book of Genesis.. He is the founder of Prager University and may be contacted at dennisprager.com. Dennis Prager's Latest Book "The Rational Bible," a commentary on the book of Exodus is available on Amazon

https://townhall.com/columnists/dennisprager/2019/04/16/notre-dame-an-omen-n2544832 

:: 4-15-19 Information Liberation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Baptist Pastor Says Bank of America Shut Down All Of His Church's Bank Accounts

Chris Menahan InformationLiberation Apr. 15, 2019

Pastor Steven Anderson of the Faithful Word Baptist Church in Tempe, Arizona said Monday on YouTube that Bank of America shut down all the bank accounts of his church. "This morning, I found out that Bank of America shut down all of our bank accounts froze our accounts without notice and we can't even get our money out," Anderson said on YouTube. "We can't even walk into the bank and withdraw our money they just froze everything, shut everything down." "They're supposedly going to send us a cashier's check in like two weeks for all the money that was in our church bank account but in the meantime they just took all our money away," Anderson said. Anderson has attracted controversy over the years due to his fundamentalist preachings on homosexuality. Earlier this year, Proud Boys chairman Enrique Tarrio had his bank account closed by Chase Bank: Conservative commentator Martina Markota also had her business account closed by Chase Bank: Conservative activist Joe Biggs also had his Chase account closed, though the decision was later reversed after widespread outrage: All three suspected their accounts were closed due to their political views. We're entering new territory when unelected bankers can close down people's bank accounts over their political and religious views.

UPDATE: Project Veritas released a video on this very issue, which they dubbed "debanking," on Tuesday morning:

http://www.informationliberation.com/?id=60066 

:: 4-15-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The End Of The Internet Is Near: Rise Of Web Oligopoly

Learn about the globalist censorship plan here

The Alex Jones Show - April 15, 2019

Big Tech is now bragging about the amount of control they will have over public discourse online.

Alex explains that globalists have been planning to have this type of control for decades.

https://www.infowars.com/the-end-of-the-internet-is-near-rise-of-web-oligopoly/ 

:: 4-16-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How the Immigration Invasion Will Inevitably Lead to a Civil War

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 16, 2019 - 11:38.

Does anyone think that it is very strange that the UN is taking over the training for the newly formed Mexican National Guard (1) which is replacing the Mexican government's Federales? In an April 9, 2019 Washington Post story, the WAPO thinks that is endeavor is perfectly fine with the ultimate intention to flood the United States with crippling blow with a number of incoming immigrants to be so great, that America will never recover. The United Nations claims that it is taking over "human rights" training for a domestic military force. This is double talk to cover the fact that the UN is taking over Mexican law enforcement. And why would the United Nations be interested in taking over Mexican law enforcement? I can give 160 million reasons on why the UN is taking over this so-called "training" role because the UN has set the number of illegal immigrants designed to enter the United States in the next 2 years at 160 million newly invited guests for dinner. The United States is being invaded by hordes of immigrants. the resulting social chaos will result in a civil war because resource demand will far exceed the ability of the country to meet these needs. This is a deliberate invasion and of we do not stop it now, we will descend into a mad max scenario. Armed Federal Agents Fear the Hordes of Starving and Broke Immigrants The cost of this type of immigration is incalculable. However, there are some generalities that will illustrate the developing crisis. Recently, according to a DHS source, ICE just delivered 2,000 illegal immigrants to a local church in Del Rio, TX. The immigrants were not provided with food or money. What did they think was going to happen under these conditions? The crime rate has spiked to such a level in Del Rio that the Federal government is telling its employees to not eat out or gas their vehicles in Del Rio because of the danger.. Please remember that this Del Rio warning was directed at ARMED federal personnel. Because of the threat of mild economic sanctions, from the Trump administration, for admitting Central refugees enroute to America, the Mexicans have been offering token and weak resistance to the waves of immigrants heading our way? The fear is so great among Federal agents, that the DHS agents dispatched to the border have just been issued "25,000 extra rounds of 5.56 ammunition. The Incalculable Economic Impact What about the rest of the citizens who are not trained or armed? Multiply this threat times millions across the country and imagine the social chaos. The cost in food stamps alone, is incalculable. One can be certain that the Democrats will be pressing for social security benefits. This will take down that system. What about the fact that hospital emergency rooms MUST treat all illegal immigrants regardless of their ability to pay in the absence of possessing any medical insurance. What about the increased cost of law enforcement. Where are we going to find enough teachers? What about the impact on school budgets. And nobody, I mean nobody is talking about the cost to our already crumbling infrastructure. Where are we going to find the workers, much less the funds, to maintain this failing system as traffic could increase as much 50% in the next several years. What will happen to the crime rate? Simply look at Del Rio, TX. to answer that question. Cities like Phoenix are terribly short of uniformed officers. In Phoenix, they are short 500 officers. With this influx of immigrants, where are the cops going to come from. With the lowering of standards that are surely to come, what will that do the quality of police officers on the street? Health Threats Isn't it ironic that we are admitting illegal immigrants who have never had one vaccine. Yet, Colorado just joined the growing number of states that are requiring mandatory vaccinations without any exemptions. What is really going on here. However, the biggest threat to America's safety and welfare does not come from people who are no vaccinated. The real threat comes from immigrants who are unscreened for serious illnesses such as ebola. The United States is in the beginning of a full-fledged medical assault (2) which could spread like wildfire and paralyze this country's medical resources while potentially killing millions. A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants are being monitored for Ebola in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. Shortly after his announcement during a Laredo City Council meeting, the World Health Organization (WHO) considered declaring a "global emergency" in response to a massive outbreak of Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo, Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. For them, my concern was Ebola. He said that due to the time element, the Congolese migrants were not developing symptoms of Ebola. But, we're on alert to check that, he said. A report from the WHO states that, as of April 10, there have been more than 1,200 reported cases of Ebola in the Congo (1,140 confirmed, 66 probable). Those cases resulted in the deaths of 764 patients (698 confirmed, 66 probable). On Friday, The WHO decided the outbreak does not yet constitute a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC). A top Red Cross official told NBC News on Friday that he is more concerned than I have ever been about the current outbreak of Ebola spreading regionally. Emanuele Capobianco cited statistics from the Congolese health ministry confirming 40 new cases over a two-day period last week. NBC reported that the official called the rate unprecedented in this particular outbreak... This could give the United Nations total control of the border as they reserved themselves the right to invoke medical martial law. A DHS official has told me that their agents stationed at the border, have been asked to update their exotic illness vaccinations by updating them. Somebody knows what is coming. Conclusion Medical martial law is something that the CSS has covered in the past an this will be reviewed in the next article in this multi-part series. Further in the next article, I will be detailing how the UN is positioning themselves to take over the control of drugs and gain the ability to protect drug dealers with their international diplomatic immunity. Finally, future articles will deal with how this alleged meeting in Chicago, consisting of Latin American leaders, is conspiring to attack America at some future date with help from the inside, is not the first meeting of this type. Our coverage this invasion o of the United States is just getting started. The mad max scenario is on the way, are you ready? Soon the whole nation could become like Del Rio, TX. or Humboldt County, CA. Start prepping now because you are soon going to have trouble obtaining food and water. And with the Midwest farming being paralyzed by the weather wars, the cost of prepping is soon going to rise astronomically.

1. Washington Post - UN to help human rights training of Mexico’s National Guard

2. Hal Turner Radio Show - 20 Illegal Aliens from Congo Being "Monitored for EBOLA" at U.S. Border

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/how-immigration-invasion-will-inevitably-lead-civil-war

:: 4-9-19 The Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At the Cross, Jesus took our punishment

By Dr. David L. Chancey - April 9, 2019

Several years ago, a young man in Utah woke up to water splashing his face. He jumped out of bed and stepped onto a water-logged floor. He immediately called the land lord, who told him to rent a water vac and vacuum the water before his floor was ruined. So he rushed out to his car and discovered he had a flat tire. He ran back into his apartment to use the land line (No cell phones yet!), sloshed through increasing water, picked up the phone and it shocked him so badly he ripped the phone off the wall. He decided to go back down to his car but when he tried to get out the door, the door had swollen and wouldn’t open. He screamed for help until someone came and kicked in the door. He rushed to his car and quickly changed the tire but forgot he needed gas. He made it two blocks before he sputtered to a stop. Some good Samaritans helped him push his car back to his apartment. Then he remembered his ROTC graduation ceremony. Grabbing his bayonet, he threw it into his car and ran upstairs to dress. Rushing into his apartment, he saw falling plaster had crushed his canary cage, killing his bird. As he dashed over to where the cage lay, he slipped on the wet carpet and wrenched his back. He finally got up, dressed and rushed down to his car. Painfully struggling into the driver’s seat, he forgot about the bayonet and sat down on it, cutting his backside. Instead of graduating, he headed to the emergency room for stitches. About that time, somehow a newspaper reporter appeared and asked him, “How can you explain a day like this?” The only thing the fellow could say was, “Well, it looks like God was trying to kill me, but He just kept missing.” Have you ever had a day like that? Jesus said, “In the world, you will have tribulation . . .” We deal with trials because we live in a fallen world. Sometimes we create our own stress with poor decisions or ungodly living and then wonder, “Why is God doing this to me?” All God is doing is letting you reap what you sow. A trial is not a consequence but, instead, is something we wouldn’t choose, didn’t cause and cannot stop. We should pause and ask, “Is what I’m going through a trial or a consequence?” Occasionally, as life crashes in, someone will ask, “What have I done to deserve this? Is God punishing me?” Mark it down: God is not punishing you for your sin. He may allow us to suffer the consequences of our sin because every decision brings about a consequence and He may use the situation to teach us some important lessons. However, all the punishment for your sin was placed on Jesus at the cross. Mark 15:24 says, “They crucified Him.” Cicero said crucifixion was “the cruelest and most hideous punishment possible.” (The Expositor’s Bible Commentary, vol. 8, p. 779). With this cruel, tortuous death, Jesus bore our sin and paid the price for our sin once and for all. Jesus’ purpose was His sacrificial death on the cross. At the beginning of His ministry, John called Him “the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world” (John 1:29). Jesus Himself stated, “Even the Son of Man came not to be served but to serve and to give His life as a ransom for many” (Mark 10:45). Paul wrote, “For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of His Son, much more, having been reconciled, we shall be saved by His life” (Romans 5:10). Our sin separates us from God yet Christ, through His atoning work on the cross, brought reconciliation between God and man. Thankfully, Jesus didn’t just die in our place and for our sin, but also arose from the grave, conquering death and completing the work of reconciliation. Paul wrote, “If Christ is not risen, your faith is futile; You are still in your sins!” (I Corinthians 15:17). No, God is not trying to punish you. Christ took our punishment on the cross. Rather, the cross and the empty tomb declare how much God loves you.

(Dr. David L. Chancey is pastor, McDonough Road Baptist Church, Fayetteville, Georgia. The church family gathers at 352 McDonough Road, near McCurry Park, and invites you to join them this Sunday for Bible study at 9:45 and worship at 10:55 a.m. Visit them online at www.mcdonoughroad.org).

https://thecitizen.com/2019/04/09/at-the-cross-jesus-took-our-punishment/ 

:: 4-11-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ilhan Omar Trivializes 9/11, Calls it a Day When '‘Some People Did Something’

Lori Arnold | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Thursday, April 11, 2019

U.S. Rep. Ilhan Omar, a Muslim Democrat from Minnesota, is once again in the national spotlight after portraying the Sept. 11, 2001 terror attacks as a day when “some people did something.” She made the comments last month during a fundraising speech in Los Angeles for the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), which has been linked to Hamas. Her appearance drew hundreds of protesters. Previous coverage of the speech detailed remarks in which she encouraged fellow Muslim Americans to “raise hell” and “make people uncomfortable” with their activism. “So, to me, I say raise hell. Make people uncomfortable,” Omar said as the crowd cheered. “Because here’s the truth, here’s the truth: Far too long we have lived with the discomfort of being a second-class citizen and frankly I’m tired of it, and every single Muslim in this country should be tired of it.” But contents from another part of the speech, which downplayed al Qaeda’s role in the terror attacks, only began to surface on social media this week. “CAIR was founded after 9/11 because they recognized that some people did something and that all of us were starting to lose access to our civil liberties,” Omar said at the event. Reaction has been swift. Omar’s colleague, Texas Rep. Dan Crenshaw, slammed the freshman representative for her depiction of the terror attacks. “First Member of Congress to ever describe terrorists who killed thousands of Americans on 9/11 as 'some people who did something,'” the Republican wrote in a tweet. “Unbelievable.” GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel challenged Democrat leaders to respond to the comments. "Ilhan Omar isn’t just anti-Semitic—she’s anti-American. Nearly 3,000 Americans lost their lives to Islamic terrorists on 9/11, yet Omar diminishes it as: 'Some people did something.' Democrat leaders need to condemn her brazen display of disrespect," said GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel.  Since her election last year, Omar has come under fire for comments that critics, including some in her own party, have called ‘anti-Semitic.’ Just days ago she called President Trump’s adviser Stephen Miller – a Jewish man – a “white nationalist.” In February Christian Headlines reported that Omar apologized for saying that Israeli groups pay the U.S. to support the country and that she 'almost chuckles' when people say Israel is a democracy. She ended the month by questioning the allegiance of pro-Israeli Americans during a gathering of supporters in the nation’s capital. “I want to talk about the political influence in this country that says it is okay to push for allegiance to a foreign country,” Omar said in reference to Israel. That comment drew a strong rebuke from fellow Democrat Rep. Eliot Engel, chairman of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, who called Omar’s remarks a “vile anti-Semitic slur.” “I welcome debate in Congress based on the merits of policy, but it’s unacceptable and deeply offensive to call into question the loyalty of fellow American citizens because of their political views, including support for the U.S.-Israel relationship,” the New York representative, who is Jewish, said.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/lori-arnold/ilhan-omar-trivializes-9-11-calls-it-a-day-when-some-people-did-something.html 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 4-15-19 Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deal of the Century' will not include Palestinian statehood - report

According to "The Washington Post," comments from Kushner and other US officials suggest that "the plan does away with statehood as the starting premise of peace efforts."

By Ilanit Chernick April 15, 2019 16:52

The Trump administration's peace plan, known as the "deal of the century" will reportedly include "practical proposals" for improving the lives of Palestinians, but it will probably stop short of recommending the establishment of a sovereign Palestinian state alongside Israel, The Washington Post reported Monday night. The deal is expected to be published soon, following more than two years in which it was formulated by a small group of special envoys of US President Donald Trump’s, including special representative Jason Greenblatt and senior advisor Jared Kushner. According to the Post report, comments from Kushner and other US officials suggest that "the plan does away with statehood as the starting premise of peace efforts" as it has been over the last 20 years or so. The report goes on to quote several people who have spoken to Kushner's team as saying that "Kushner and other US officials have linked peace and economic development to Arab recognition of Israel and acceptance of a version of the status quo on Palestinian 'autonomy,' as opposed to 'sovereignty.'" “What we’ve tried to do is figure out what is a realistic and what is a fair solution to the issues here in 2019 that can enable people to live better lives,” Kushner said in a rare interview with Sky News Arabia, as he sought Arab support on a visit to the region in February. “We believe we have a plan that is fair, realistic and implementable that will enable people to live better lives,” a senior White House official said Friday. “We looked at past efforts and solicited ideas from both sides and partners in the region, with the recognition that what has been tried in the past has not worked. Thus, we have taken an unconventional approach founded on not hiding from reality, but instead speaking truth.” Although Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas has said that the US is biased, one of his chief advisers reportedly said they would not reject Trump's plan outright. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has promised to consider the plan, which Trump emphasized "will ask concessions of both sides," The Washington Post reported. Kushner has described the plan as having four pillars: freedom, respect, security and opportunity for all parties involved. In an interview with Army Radio on Tuesday, Strategic Affairs Minister Gilad Erdan responded to the Post's report about the deal of the century, saying that "if the American administration understands that the idea of ​​a Palestinian state has no justification, feasibility, or chance, this is significant news." Meanwhile, a letter published in The Guardian by former EU officials, including six prime ministers and 25 foreign ministers, called for postponing the "deal of the century" because it is unfair to the Palestinians. In the letter, which was sent to the European Union and EU governments, the former leaders argue that Europe must stand by the two-state solution and condemn the Trump administration's policy, which they claim is unilaterally in favor of Israel. Join Jerusalem Post Premium Plus now for just $5 and upgrade your experience with an ads-free website and exclusive content. Click here>>

https://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Report-Deal-of-the-Century-will-not-include-Palestinian-statehood-586887 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4-14-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Madagascar Measles Epidemic Kills More Than 1,200 People

04-14-2019 Associated Press

AMBALAVAO, Madagascar (AP) — Babies wail as a nurse tries to reassure mothers who have come to vaccinate their children. They fear a measles epidemic that has killed more than 1,200 people in this island nation where many are desperately poor. As Madagascar faces its largest measles outbreak in history and cases soar well beyond 115,000, resistance to vaccinating children is not the driving force. Measles cases are rising in the United States and other parts of the world, in part the result of misinformation that makes some parents balk at a crucial vaccine. New York City is now trying to halt a measles outbreak by ordering mandatory vaccinations in one Brooklyn neighborhood. In Madagascar, many parents would like to protect their children but face immense challenges including the lack of resources. Just 58% percent of people on Madagascar’s main island have been vaccinated against measles, a major factor in the outbreak’s spread. With measles one of the most infectious diseases, immunization rates need to be 90 to 95% or higher to prevent outbreaks. On a recent day, the Iarintsena health center’s waiting room was full, with mothers sitting on the floor and others waiting outside in the overwhelming heat. Two volunteer nurses and a midwife tried to respond to the demand. Nifaliana Razaijafisoa had walked 15 kilometers (9 miles) with her 6-month-old baby in her arms. “He has a fever,” she said. “I think it’s measles because there are these little pimples that have appeared on his face.” The nurse quickly confirmed it. “I’m so scared for him because in the village everyone says it kills babies,” Razaijafisoa said. The measles outbreak has killed mostly children under age 15 since it began in September, according to the World Health Organization. “The epidemic, unfortunately, continues to expand in size” though at a slower pace than a month ago, said Dr. Dossou Vincent Sodjinou, a WHO epidemiologist in Madagascar. By mid-March, 117,075 cases had been reported by the health ministry, affecting all regions of the country. Some cases of resistance to vaccinations exist because of the influence of religion or of traditional health practitioners but they are isolated ones, he said. This epidemic is complicated by the fact that nearly 50 percent of children in Madagascar are malnourished. “Malnutrition is the bed of measles, ” Sodjinou said. Razaijafisoa’s baby weighs just 5 kilograms (11 pounds). “This is the case for almost all children with measles who have come here,” said Lantonirina Rasolofoniaina, a volunteer at the health center. Simply reaching a clinic for help can be a challenge. Many people in Madagascar cannot afford to see a doctor or buy medicine, and health centers often are understaffed or have poorly qualified workers. As a result, information about health issues can be unreliable. Some parents are not aware that vaccines are free, at least in public health centers. Four of Erika Hantriniaina’s five children have had measles. She had wrongly believed that people could not be vaccinated after nine months of age. “It’s my 6-year-old daughter who had measles first. She had a lot of fever,” she said. “I called the doctor but it was Friday. He had already gone to town. I went to see another doctor who told me that my daughter had an allergy. ... This misdiagnosis was almost fatal.” The girl had diarrhea and vomiting and couldn’t eat, Hantriniaina said, adding that she narrowly survived. Measles, a highly infectious disease spread by coughing, sneezing, close contact or infected surfaces, has no specific treatment. The symptoms are treated instead. “Vitamin A is given to children to increase their immunity. We try to reduce the fever. If there is a cough, we give antibiotics,” said Dr. Boniface Maronko, sent by WHO to Madagascar to supervise efforts to contain the outbreak. If the disease is not treated early enough, complications appear including diarrhea, bronchitis, pneumonia and convulsions. Madagascar’s health ministry has sent free medications to regions most affected by the epidemic. Maronko reminded heads of health centers in the Ambalavao region not to make parents pay, saying he had seen some doctors asking for money. He told the AP he feared the medicines wouldn’t be enough. The country’s capital, Antananarivo, a city of some 1.3 million, has not been spared by the epidemic. Lalatiana Ravonjisoa, a vegetable vendor in a poor district, grieves for her 5-month-old baby. “I had 5 children. They all had measles. For the last, I did not go to see the doctor because I did not have money,” she said. “I gave my baby the leftover medications from his big brother to bring down the fever.” For a few days she did not worry: “I felt like he was healed.” But one morning she noticed he had trouble breathing. Later she found his feet were cold. “Look at my baby,” she told her mother. “She hugged him for a long time and she did not say anything. Then she asked me to be strong. He was gone.” Ravonjisoa said she blames herself, “but I did not imagine for one moment that he was going to die.” At the hospital, a doctor confirmed that her baby died of measles-related respiratory complications. Late last month WHO started a third mass measles vaccination campaign in Madagascar with the overall goal of reaching 7.2 million children aged 6 months to 9 years. “But immunization is not the only strategy for the response to this epidemic. We still need resources for care, monitoring and social mobilization,” said Sodjinou, the WHO epidemiologist.

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2019/april/madagascar-measles-epidemic-kills-more-than-1-200-people 

:: 4-9-19 Ramond Ibrahim :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Just War vs Just Plain-Old Jihad

04/09/2019 by Raymond Ibrahim

Wherever one looks, the historic crusades against Islam are demonized and distorted in ways designed to exonerate jihadi terror. “Unless we get on our high horse,” Barak Obama once chided Americans who were overly critical of Islamic terror, “and think this [beheadings, sex-slavery, crucifixion, roasting humans] is unique to some other place, remember that during the Crusades and the Inquisition, people committed terrible deeds in the name of Christ.” Others, primarily academics and self-professed “experts,” insist that the crusades are one of the main reasons modern day Muslims are still angry. According to Georgetown University’s John Esposito, “Five centuries of peaceful coexistence [between Islam and Christendom] elapsed before political events and an imperial-papal power play led to [a] centuries-long series of so-called holy wars that pitted Christendom against Islam and left an enduring legacy of misunderstanding and distrust.”[1] Nor is this characterization limited to abstract theorizing; it continues to have a profound impact on the psyche of Westerners everywhere. Thus in 1999 and to mark the nine hundredth anniversary of the crusader conquest of Jerusalem, hundreds of devout Protestants participated in a so-called “reconciliation walk” that began in Germany and ended in Jerusalem. Along the way they wore T-shirts bearing the message “I apologize” in Arabic. Their official statement follows: Nine hundred years ago, our forefathers carried the name of Jesus Christ in battle across the Middle East. Fueled by fear, greed and hatred… the Crusaders lifted the banner of the Cross above your people… On the anniversary of the first Crusade, we … wish to retrace the footsteps of the Crusaders in apology for their deedsWe deeply regret the atrocities committed in the name of Christ by our predecessors. We renounce greed, hatred and fear, and condemn all violence done in the name of Jesus Christ.[2] The great irony concerning the mainstream condemnation of the historic crusades is that a closer examination of them—what they meant, what inspired them, how they were justified, who could participate—in comparison to the requisites of jihad, not only exonerates the crusades but exonerates the West of any wrongdoing against Islam, past or present. As outrageous as this may sound, consider some facts:

Just War Theory First, the crusades were a product of Just War theory, the fundamental criterion of which is that wars “must be defensive or for the recovery of rightful possession,” to quote Crusades historian Christopher Tyerman.[3] “Christian warriors,” elaborates Reconquista historian Joseph O’Callaghan, “were exhorted to regain land, once theirs, but now wrongfully occupied by Muslim intruders who were charged with oppressing Christianity and despoiling churches.” As such, “the Christians, certain that their cause was just and that God was on their side, faced the enemy.”[4] So sure of the justness of their cause, premodern Europeans never failed to explain it to their Muslim opponents. Before beginning the siege of Lisbon, Archbishop Joao of Braga invited the Muslims to surrender, since they had “unjustly held our cities and lands already for 358 years,” and “to return to the homeland of the Moors whence you came, leaving to us what is ours.”[5] Fifty years earlier and thousands of miles to the east, Peter the Hermit relied on the same logic to explain to a Muslim commander why it was just for the crusaders—and not for the Muslims—to claim the ancient Christian city of Antioch by force: because it had been Christian for six centuries before Islam invaded. Indeed, because North Africa and the Middle East were part of Christendom centuries before Islam conquered them, not a few Medieval European thinkers harbored hopes of liberating even these. “The oriental church shone in antiquity, explained Jacques [de Vitry, a Frankish theologian, b. 1160/70], spreading its rays to the West, but ‘from the time of the perfidious Muhammad until our own time’ has been in decline” and thus needed liberation.[6] The “idea of proceeding through Spain to Africa and thence to the Holy Land was put forward in the fourteenth century in several treatises on the recovery of the Holy Land.”[7] As late as the twentieth century, the prolific Anglo-French historian Hilaire Belloc lamented that if the crusades had not failed, “probably we Europeans would have recovered North Africa and Egypt—we should certainly have saved Constantinople—and Mohammedanism would have only survived as an Oriental religion thrust beyond the ancient boundaries of the Roman Empire.”[8] Even the entire colonial era was a byproduct of Just War. As Bernard Lewis explains: [T]he whole complex process of European expansion and empire in the last five centuries has its roots in the clash of Islam and Christendom. It began with the long and bitter struggle of the conquered peoples of Europe, in east and west, to restore their homelands to Christendom and expel the Muslim peoples who had invaded and subjugated them. It was hardly to be expected that the triumphant Spaniards and Portuguese would stop at the Straits of Gibraltar, or that the Russians would allow the Tatars to retire in peace and regroup in their bases on the upper and lower Volga—the more so since a new and deadly Muslim attack on Christendom was under way, with the Turkish advance from the Bosporus to the Danube and beyond threatening the heart of Europe. The victorious liberators, having reconquered their own territories, pursued their former masters whence they had come.[9] Just Plain-Old Jihad

Now compare Just War logic—defending one’s lands and its people and defanging one’s enemy—with the jihad. The “Western distinction between just and unjust wars,” writes international relations professor Bassam Tibi, “is unknown in Islam. Any war against unbelievers, whatever its immediate ground, is morally justified. Only in this sense can one distinguish just and unjust wars in Islamic tradition. When Muslims wage war for the dissemination of Islam, it is a just war…. When non-Muslims attack Muslims [including in self-defense], it is an unjust war. The usual Western interpretation of jihad as a ‘just war’ in the Western sense is, therefore, a misreading of this Islamic concept.”[10] To be sure, a great many Western “experts” on Islam insist that jihad is the Islamic counterpart of Just War, that it is all always defensive and in no way, shape, or form supports offensive warfare. (Most recently, Juan Cole makes this false assertion in his book, Muhammad: Prophet of Peace Amid the Clash of Empires.) Or consider the words of Islam scholar Clement Huart (b.1854), writing back at the height of Western power and Muslim weakness: “The [Western] international conventions that have limited the exercise of the right to wage war [to purposes of defense] have no influence over the Muslim soul, to which passivism is and always will be for foreign. The state of peace has been imposed on it by force; the Muslim soul tolerates it but does not recognize it, and cannot recognize it as long as there are unbelievers on earth to convert.”[11] Sin, Sincerity, and Sex What constitutes casus bellum is only the first of many differences between crusade and jihad. Because the former developed within a Judeo-Christian paradigm, it was surrounded by moral constraints that no other civilization—especially Islam—imposed on itself. From the very start, at Clermont in 1095, Pope Urban never offered forgiveness of sins (but rather remission of the penances for sins to which crusaders had already confessed).[12] Those who took the cross were required to be sincerely penitent. This is a far cry from what Muslims were (and are) taught about fighting and dying in jihad: every sin they ever committed is instantly forgiven, and the highest level of paradise is theirs. “Lining up for battle in the path of Allah,” Muhammad had decreed in a canonical hadith, “is worthier than 60 years of worship.” Muhammad also said, “I cannot find anything” as meritorious as jihad, which he further likened to “praying ceaselessly and fasting continuously.”[13] As for the “martyr”—the shahid—he “is special to Allah,” announced the prophet. “He is forgiven from the first drop of blood [he sheds]. He sees his throne in paradise. . . . Fixed atop his head will be a crown of honor, a ruby that is greater than the world and all it contains. And he will copulate with seventy-two Houris.” (The houris are supernatural, celestial women—“wide-eyed” and “big-bosomed,” says the Koran—created by Allah for the express purpose of gratifying his favorites in perpetuity.) Crusader motives also had to be sincere: “Whoever shall set forth to liberate the church of God at Jerusalem for the sake of devotion alone and not to obtain honor or money will be able to substitute that journey for all penance,” Urban had said. Similarly, Spanish Prince Juan Manuel (d.1348) explained that “all those who go to war against the Moors in true repentance and with a right intention … and die are without any doubt holy and rightful martyrs, and they have no other punishment than the death they suffer.”[14] In this, Christian war significantly departed from Islamic jihad. Allah and his prophet never asked for or required sincere hearts from those flocking to the jihad; as long as they proclaimed the shahada—thereby pledging allegiance to Islam—and nominally fought for and obeyed the caliph or sultan, men could invade, plunder, rape and enslave infidels to their hearts content. The cold, businesslike language of the Koran makes this clear. Whoever wages jihad makes a “fine loan to Allah,” which the latter guarantees to pay back “many times over” in booty and bliss either in the here or hereafter (e.g., Koran 2:245, 4:95, 9:111). “I guarantee him [the jihadi] either admission to Paradise,” said Muhammad, “or return to whence he set out with a reward or booty. In short, fighting in Islam’s service—with the risk of dying—is all the proof of piety needed. Indeed, sometimes fighting has precedence over piety: many dispensations, including not upholding prayers and fasting, are granted those who participate in jihad. Ottoman sultans were actually forbidden from going on pilgrimage to Mecca—an otherwise individual obligation for Muslims, especially those who can afford it, such as the sultan—simply because doing so could jeopardize the prosecution of the jihad. Little wonder that, whereas there was never a shortage of Muslims willing to participate in a jihad, “85-90 percent of the Frankish knights did not respond to the pope’s call to the Crusade,” explains Tony Stark, and “those [10-15 percent] who went were motivated primarily by pious idealism.”[15] Little wonder that there are still countless jihadis today but no crusaders. The crusade’s stringent requirements compared to the jihad’s lax requirements are especially evident in the context of sex. Crusaders were forbidden from owning or raping slaves. During the more than eight month long siege of Antioch, desperate crusaders—whose many deprivations included female companionship—resorted to roaming bands of local prostitutes. These were eventually driven out, “lest they [the crusaders], stained by the defilement of dissipation, displease the Lord.”[16] Contrast this with the Muslim army that came to face them: it contained numerous beautiful women “brought here not to fight, but rather reproduce,” observed one eyewitness.[17] Inevitable Atrocities vs. Intentional Atrocities Because Just War demanded the restoration of a particularly important piece of Christian territory, in this case, Jerusalem, the crusaders marched for years over thousands of miles deep into hostile territory, suffering hunger, thirst, disease, and a host of other plagues to reach their goal. This comes out clearly in the writings of participants and contemporaries of the First Crusade. “So, for the love of God,” explained Fulcher of Chartres, “we suffered … hunger, cold, and excessive rains. Some wanting food ate even horses, asses, and camels. Also, we were very often racked by excessive cold and frequent rainstorms… I saw many, without tents, die from the coldness of the rainstorms…. Often some were killed by Saracens lying in ambush around the narrow passages, or were abducted by them when they were seeking victuals… [But] it is evident that no one can achieve anything great without tremendous effort. [Thus] it was a great event when we came to Jerusalem.” Pregnant women, adds Albert of Aix (b. 1060) “their throats dried up, their wombs withered, all the veins of the body drained by the indescribable heat of the sun and that parched region, gave birth and abandoned their own [probably stillborn] young in the middle of the highway in the view of everyone.” Unsurprisingly, when they finally breached the walls of those who had initiated the need for them to march (and suffer) in the first place—Muslims—the by then emaciated and half-maddened Europeans often responded with unbridled fury. “As they recalled the sufferings they had endured during the siege” of Antioch, wrote a contemporary, “they thought that the blows that they were giving could not match the starvations, more bitter than death, that they had endured.”[18] Likewise, during the siege of Barra, the crusaders were so “harassed by the madness of excessive hunger”[19] that they devoured the flesh of already dead Muslims; when they finally took the city, “[t]heir [deranged] appearance … terrified the Muslims,” who were ruthlessly massacred.[20]

Conversely, Muslims never had a specific goal that required them to march thousands of miles deep into hostile territory; rather the jihad took place wherever Muslim territories conveniently abutted against infidels (the ribats or border fortresses). Thus jihadis rarely suffered hardships or deprivations and were always a short march away from Muslim territories, whence supplies, recruits, and refreshments of all sorts were easily attainable. Even so, according to the popular view (voiced by academics, politicians, and especially media) the atrocities committed during the crusader sack of Jerusalem—not the countless Muslim atrocities committed in the centuries before and after it that were neither justified nor exacerbated by undue hardships but rather fueled by sadistic hate for “infidels”—is the worst atrocity ever committed in the many centuries of war between Christians and Muslims, and the only one that should be talked about. Religious Freedom vs Religious Coercion

Finally, because Just War is exclusively concerned with matters of justice (recovering land or repulsing enemies) and, unlike the jihad, is not ideologically driven, so too did it not institutionalize any mechanisms to pressure Muslims into converting to Christianity. (With notable exceptions as when the Spanish crown found conversion to Christianity the only realistic way for half a million Muslims to abandon their ongoing hostilities and subversions; even this failed as the overwhelming majority of Muslims feigned conversion while internalizing the antagonism in keeping with the doctrine of taqiyya, as documented in Sword and Scimitar, pp. 199-203). As Constantine the Great had explained three centuries before the coming of Islam, “Let those [pagans] who delight in error alike with those who believe [Christians] partake of the advantages of peace and quiet…. Let no one disturb another, let each man hold fast to that which his soul wishes, let him make full use of this… What each man has adopted as his persuasion, let him do no harm with this to another.”[21] A millennium after Constantine, Spanish prince Juan Manuel (d.1348) agreed: “There is war between Christians and Moors and there will be until the Christians have recovered the lands that the Moors have taken from them by force. There would not be war between them on account of religion or sect, because Jesus Christ never ordered that anyone should be killed or forced to accept his religion.”[22] “In other words,” concludes crusades professor Riley-Smith, “the Crusades, like all Christian wars, had to be reactive; they could never, for example, be wars of conversion.”[23] Accordingly, whether during the crusades or the colonial era, European (re)conquerors did not behave like their Muslim counterparts and institutionalize discriminatory or humiliating measures designed to pressure the conquered to convert. A ninth century letter from Constantinople to the caliphate argues that, “since … the Arab prisoners could pray in a mosque in Constantinople without anyone obliging them to embrace Christianity, the Caliph should also cease to persecute Christians.”[24] That Just War is morally superior to just jihad can even be seen in the aftermath of both. Whereas successful jihads almost always culminated in slavery, depopulation, and devastation, Muslims “live in great comfort under the Franks,” wrote Ibn Jubayr around 1180, while passing through the crusader kingdoms on pilgrimage to Mecca. Muslims “are masters of their dwellings,” he added, “and govern themselves as they wish. This is the case in all the territory occupied by the Franks.” Distinctions Even a Child Understands Be that as it may; whatever else can be taken from this excursus on the differences between crusade and jihad, between just and unjust wars, the most fundamental point cannot be overstated: because Islam initiated hostilities against the premodern Christian world—invading and conquering the majority of its historic territory without provocation and in the name of jihad, not justice—everything the West did in response was justified. If this assertion strikes some as outrageous, so too does it accord with the most universally held notions of justice, apparent from birth. For when two school boys are chastised for fighting and one indignantly cries out “but he started it!”—what else does he do but appeal to the innate human conviction that whoever starts, not responds to, violence is the guilty party? (Note: See Ibrahim’s new book Sword and Scimitar: Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West for many examples of just and unjust wars.)

https://www.raymondibrahim.com/2019/04/09/just-war-vs-just-plain-old-jihad/ 

:: 4-7-19 Need to Know :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Government Offers a $1,500 Bounty to Informants Who Identify Leaders of Christian House Churches

April 7, 2019 One News Now

The Guangzhou Department of Ethnic and Religious Affairs is offering $1,500, equal to an average two-month’s income, to neighbors who turn in leaders of illegal house churches. Chinese President Xi Jinping, who is going after Muslims and Christians with great zeal, views religion as a threat from foreign countries to infiltrate and undermine the government’s power. [He is wrong about foreign powers but right in that religion does, in fact, undermine government power, because it allows people to turn to spiritual leaders and to each other for guidance and help. Totalitarian governments cannot allow that to happen.] -GEG Read full article here…

https://needtoknow.news/2019/04/chinese-government-offers-a-1500-bounty-to-informants-who-identify-leaders-of-christian-house-churches/ 

:: 4-7-19 Sky Watch tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Petrus Romanus Could Influence “Giving Life To The Image Of The Beast”

April 7, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

It might not be the first place you imagine when you think about robots. But in the Renaissance splendour of the Vatican, thousands of miles from Silicon Valley, scientists, ethicists and theologians gather to discuss the future of robotics. The ideas go to the heart of what it means to be human and could define future generations on the planet. (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/07/how-petrus-romanus-could-influence-giving-life-to-the-image-of-the-beast/ 

:: 4--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI docs show 'cover-up' of Hillary's email server

Demonstrate 'sham nature of the FBI/DOJ investigation'

Published: 7 days ago

The Washington watchdog Judicial Watch has released 422 pages of FBI documents showing evidence of “cover-up” discussions related to Hillary Clinton’s unauthorized email system within the company that managed it. A Platte River Networks email sent in December 2014 says: “Its [sic] all part of the Hillary coverup operation I’ll have to tell you about it at the party.” The documents obtained by Judicial Watch also show Intelligence Community Inspector General Charles McCullough forwarding “concerns” about classified information contained in the Clinton emails. Judicial Watch also obtained Clinton’s 2009 classified information Non-Disclosure Agreement bearing her signature. And documents show Platte River Networks’ use of BleachBit on the Clinton server to delete files. The program was downloaded on March 31, 2015, according to a computer event log. Over the next half hour it was used to delete the files on the server at a time when they were under subpoena. The October 2016 Freedom of Information Act lawsuit was filed after the Justice Department failed to comply with a July 2016 FOIA request. Emails and handwritten notes written in June and July 2015 from the Office of the Intelligence Community Inspector General discuss “concerns” over classified information on the server. A redacted sender writes to State Department Official Margaret “Peggy” Grafeld that “inadvertent release of State Department’s equities when this collection is released in its entirety — the potential damage to the foreign relations of the United States could be significant. ICIG McCullough forwards the concern, saying: ‘Need you plugged in on this.'” The sender writes: “While working with this inspector, I have personally reviewed hundreds of documents in the HRC collection. I can now say, without reservation, that there are literally hundreds of classified emails in this collection; maybe more.” In an August 2015 internal FBI memo, the FBI notes that Hillary Clinton had signed a June 28, 2011, official correspondence advising all State Department employees that, “due to ‘recent targeting of personal e-mail accounts by online adversaries,’ State employees should ‘avoid conducting official Department business from (their) personal e-mail accounts.” The same FBI memo noted a memo from Under Secretary of State for Management Patrick Kennedy to all senior State Department officials on Aug. 28, 2014. In it, Kennedy included excerpts from the Foreign Affairs Manual that said that “classified information must be sent via classified e-mail channels only.” The documents uncovered by Judicial Watch also show infighting between Kennedy and the ICIG over the processing of the potentially compromised Clinton email communications. A June 15, 2015, memo by the ICIG regarding the State Department’s review of Hillary Clinton’s emails, Judicial Watch said, indicates the retired foreign service officers assigned the task were “not optimal.”

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/04/fbi-docs-show-cover-up-of-hillarys-email-server/#LSb8CU20hqrUdhvM.99

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 4-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Special Forces To Station In Zimbabwe, Build Secret Underground Base To Protect Natural Resource Claims 

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/09/2019 - 01:00

Spotlight Zimbabwe has reported that China is preparing to station elite special forces in Zimbabwe, as Beijing increases military cooperation with Harare, amid concerns that the Asian powerhouse is set to construct a secret underground military base in the country. The new report comes one year after Spotlight Zimbabwe revealed that China installed next-generation surface-to-air missiles (SAM) in the country, the same ones that are deployed to the South China Sea on Woody Island. China’s new military base is set to protect its large diamond claims and gold mines across the country, where some of its SAM launchers are already located. According to a former minister of ex-leader President Robert Mugabe’s administration, China has been planning on sending their special forces to the country since 2014 "to offer technical assistance and support" to the Zimbabwe National Army (ZNA). However, Mugabe called off the plan several years ago, after accusing the Chinese of corruption, and the plunder of natural resources in Marange. “They (China) have been itching to set a permanent military presence in this country, to protect their vast economic interests here but Mugabe was resisting the overtures,” said the former cabinet minister. “Although the cover argument was around offering technical assistance and support to our armed forces, it later became clear that Mnangagwa had his own agreement and arrangements with China. This infuriated Mugabe, and it was also during the same period Mnangagwa had first traveled to China as vice president, holding high-level meetings which his boss had not fully been briefed on. The incident increased Mugabe’s political mistrust for Mnangagwa, whom he suspected was presenting himself to President Xi Jinping, as the best political actor to secure China’s investments in Zimbabwe after he steps down. The rest is history. Mnangagwa has since invited China back to mine diamonds in Marange, and their special force has received the greenlight from vice president Rtd General, Constatino Chiwenga, to find a station in the country. Now there is every reason to believe that Mugabe’s November 2017 ouster, could have been a result of China viewing his stay in power as a threat to their economic investments, especially after having stripped them of diamond mining rights.” Zimbabwe has seen billions of dollars of Chinese investments over the last few years, mainly in critical economic sectors of mining, agriculture, and telecommunications. The investments are part of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), an ambitious effort to improve regional economies on a trans-continental scale. It aims to strengthen infrastructure, trade, and investment between China and 65 other countries that collectively account for 30% of global Gross Domestic Product (GDP), 62% of world population and 75% of known global energy reserves. President Emmerson Mnangagwa said last month that BRI is a significant improvement of the old Silk Road. "In the past, there was the Silk Road, and that to a greater extent did not embrace the entire continent. Zimbabwe was only lucky to the extent that 800 to 1000 years ago there was trade between the Munhumutapa Kingdom and China when we imported porcelain and silk from here and in turn you got our ivory. "But today the Road and Belt Initiative has taken everybody on board so that our economies can talk to each other, so that our economies can help each other modernize and mechanize. We are getting connected and benefiting from each other. "If you look at the current FOCAC meeting, there are 10 issues that we are going to deal with and these issues are really primary issues that show developing countries like Zimbabwe. "The issue of transportation, the issue of infrastructure development in our countries . . . we believe that with this relationship under FOCAC where the rest of Africa is making conversations with China, and China helping Zimbabwe and Africa to go up. And when that happens it creates the integration of marketing in China and Africa so we are happy that we are part of this global vision," he said. China has indicated that it will invest in Africa with the Agenda 2063 of the African Union, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations, as well as the development strategies of individual African countries. However, in Zimbabwe's case, Chinese BRI investments have been followed by a permanent military presence. Now, allegedly, a secret underground military base for special forces is set to be constructed, a move that will certainly anger Washington.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/chinas-special-forces-station-zimbabwe-build-secret-underground-base-protect 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4--19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As A New 'Pestilence' Begins To Ravage America, Our Fall Into The Twilight Zone Wouldn't Be Complete Without Us 1st Returning To The Middle Ages So The Left Is Now Seeing To That

- Democrats Policies Are Leading To A Major Public Health Crisis In America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While this very important commentary by John Whitehead over at the Rutherford Institute titled "American Idiocracy: 50 Years Later, We're Still Stranded In The Twilight Zone" opens with a question that is hard to deny in 2019, "Have you noticed how much life increasingly feels like an episode of The Twilight Zone?", his excellent story doesn't touch upon several new signs we're being cast back into the 'Middle Ages' this very moment that we'll address within this ANP story. While Whitehead's story focuses upon the very real abuses by 'big government' and the 'police state' that are growing more brutal and more unjust and more corrupt and even more idiotic, more perverse, and more outlandish by the day, while warning that our government has become a 'kakistocracy' (a government run by unprincipled career politicians, corporations and thieves that panders to the worst vices in our nature and has little regard for the rights of American citizens), it doesn't touch at all on the fact that another 'Twilight Zone' theme playing out is America's return to time where we're now suffering from diseases previously eradicated here, diseases from the 'Medieval Ages' as Scientific American had reported in this March 15th story. With unchecked illegal immigration flooding cities in our nation with a mass of humanity, leading to infectious diseases that devastated populations in the Middle Ages resurging in cities in California and elsewhere around the country, while hitting homeless populations particularly hard as Summit News had reported in this recent story, the fact that cities across the nation have allowed their streets to be turned into public restrooms, with junkies and the homeless defecating in them and then sleeping nearby, has largely led to this public health crisis with outbreaks of Shigella bacteria and Hepatitis A, both are which are caused by exposure to feces, are on the increase in Southern California, New Mexico, Ohio and Kentucky, “primarily among people who are homeless or use drugs.” And now, as the NY Times reports in this new story, a new pestilence is beginning to ravage our land with a mysterious and untreatable recently discovered infection now spanning across the planet in a climate of secrecy making its way into America: "The rise of Candida auris embodies a serious and growing public health threat" the NY Times reported, largely due to C. Auris being drug resistance and its near impossibility to completely eradicate. From their story which reports upon a man who recently died from C. auris in New York. The man at Mount Sinai died after 90 days in the hospital, but C. auris did not. Tests showed it was everywhere in his room, so invasive that the hospital needed special cleaning equipment and had to rip out some of the ceiling and floor tiles to eradicate it.  “Everything was positive — the walls, the bed, the doors, the curtains, the phones, the sink, the whiteboard, the poles, the pump,” said Dr. Scott Lorin, the hospital’s president. “The  C. auris is so mattress, the bed rails, the canister holes, the window shades, the ceiling, everything in the room was positive.”tenacious, in part, because it is impervious to major antifungal medications, making it a new example of one of the world’s most intractable health threats: the rise of drug-resistant infections.  As we had reported on ANP back on February 22nd in our story titled "Here Comes 'The Plague': This Is Part Of The Globalists Plan To 'Cull' Us All - Sickening Video Shows American Cities Descending Into Shambles - With Things This Bad Already, What Happens When TEOTWAWKI Really Arrives?", many more big US cities have descended into trash infested, crime ridden hellholes due largely to Democrat/globalist policies. And as this Scientific American story points out, it is those very policies, especially unchecked immigration, that have allowed 'Medieval diseases' to spread and proliferate. From their story.: Infectious diseases—some that ravaged populations in the Middle Ages—are resurging in California and around the country, and are hitting homeless populations especially hard.  Los Angeles recently experienced an outbreak of typhus—a disease spread by infected fleas on rats and other animals—in downtown streets. Officials briefly closed part of City Hall after reporting that rodents had invaded the building. People in Washington state have been infected with Shigella bacteria, which is spread through feces and causes the diarrheal disease shigellosis, as well as Bartonella quintana, which spreads through body lice and causes trench fever. Hepatitis A, also spread primarily through feces, infected more than 1,000 people in Southern California in the past two years. The disease also has erupted in New Mexico, Ohio and Kentucky, primarily among people who are homeless or use drugs. Public health officials and politicians are using terms like “disaster” and “public health crisis” to describe the outbreaks, and they warn that these diseases can easily jump beyond the homeless population. “Our homeless crisis is increasingly becoming a public health crisis,” California Gov. Gavin Newsom said in his State of the State speech in February, citing outbreaks of hepatitis A in San Diego County, syphilis in Sonoma County and typhus in Los Angeles County. “Typhus,” he said. “A medieval disease. In California. In 2019.” The diseases have flared as the nation’s homeless population has grown in the past two years: About 553,000 people were homeless at the end of 2018, and nearly one-quarter of homeless people live in California. So with homelessness, much of it caused by unchecked immigration, clearly the 'vector' for the spread of these diseases once eradicated in America to return, why are we allowing in so many? Once again, from the Scientific American story.: The diseases spread quickly and widely among people living outside or in shelters, fueled by sidewalks contaminated with human feces, crowded living conditions, weakened immune systems and limited access to health care. “The hygiene situation is just horrendous” for people living on the streets, said Dr. Glenn Lopez, a physician with St. John’s Well Child & Family Center, who treats homeless patients in Los Angeles County. “It becomes just like a Third World environment where their human feces contaminate the areas where they are eating and sleeping.” Those infectious diseases are not limited to homeless populations, Lopez warned. “Even someone who believes they are protected from these infections are not.” At least one Los Angeles city staffer said she contracted typhus in City Hall last fall. And San Diego County officials warned in 2017 that diners at a well-known restaurant were at risk of hepatitis A. There were 167 cases of typhus from Jan. 1, 2018, through Feb. 1 of this year, up from 125 in 2013 and 13 in 2008, according to the California Public Health Department.

Typhus is a bacterial infection that can cause a high fever, stomach pain and chills but can be treated with antibiotics. Outbreaks are more common in overcrowded and trash-filled areas that attract rats.  The recent typhus outbreak began last fall, when health officials reported clusters of the flea-borne disease in downtown Los Angeles and Compton. They also have occurred in Pasadena, where the problems are likely due to people feeding stray cats carrying fleas. As the Organic Prepper emphasized just days ago when reporting upon this Kaiser Health study that was also the reference of the Scientific American story, "these diseases will eventually spread to the public". Warning us also within their story "don't be fooled into thinking you are safe from these diseases", they then ask us to imagine what things will be like when these diseases are widespread when SHTF. If outbreaks like these are beginning to spread among the population now, can you imagine what things will be like if the SHTF? If you think it can’t happen here, you’d be mistaken. Then going on to outline for us within their story several very recent events where TEOTWAWKI had arrived and brought along with it just these kinds of illnesses and diseases, their story also reminds us of why we are all only 'one huge event' away from a SHTF scenario ourselves and all of the disruption and chaos that comes along with it.: Just take a look at what happened in Puerto Rico after Hurricane Maria hit. Selco has outlined – in tragic detail – what life was like after SHTF after the Balkan War of the 90s. In the article Venezuela Faces the Return of Forgotten Diseases, Jose explained that tuberculosis, diptheria, ehrlichiosis (a tropical variation of Lyme disease), and leishmaniasis are spreading quickly and are hard to treat due to the lack of medication and proper nutrition. As Lizzie Bennett explained in Disease: 10 Conditions That Will Become Far More Common After A Collapse, “Many diseases are opportunists, they will surface at a time the conditions are right for them to flourish and most often this is at a time when humans really could do with concentrating on other stuff.” She goes on to outline ten diseases (typhoid is one of them) “that will make their presence felt after a major, long term, disaster be it war, societal collapse or in some cases even an economic downturn.” And with more and more Americans living in the kinds of squalid conditions within which such 'medieval diseases' are incubated and brewed and spread, it's easy to see how open borders policies of the left have allowed such conditions to proliferate with homelessness now a rampant problem in so many Democrat run cities as is reported within this story. And with no signs of these problems getting better and every sign they'll get worse in the months and years ahead, we've long reported on ANP that those who are able should get as far away from the cities as possible should worst case scenarios play out as big cities will instantly become death traps in any real SHTF scenario due in large part to population density. And with Americans having borrowed $88 billion to cover health expenses in 2018 despite having health insurance showing just how dramatically the US health care system and 'Obamacare' have failed, the fact that more than half a million families are financially ruined each year by medical bills hints at much bigger problems still ahead. The diseases sometimes get the “medieval” moniker because people in that era lived in squalid conditions without clean water or sewage treatment, said Dr. Jeffrey Klausner, a professor of medicine and public health at UCLA. People living on the streets or in homeless shelters are vulnerable to such outbreaks because their weakened immune systems are worsened by stress, malnutrition and sleep deprivation. Many also have mental illness and substance abuse disorders, which can make it harder for them to stay healthy or get health care. So what are we to do in this world of ours gone mad should such 'medievel diseases' arrive in our neck of the woods? Knowing in full that when TEOTWAWKI arrives upon our shores, one of the very last things that we'll be able to rely upon will be the public health system, we've long believed that we should prepare ourselves to be our own doctors. As this Organic Prepper story had pointed out, for more on avoiding infection with contagious disease now and after SHTF, please see "5 Simple Pieces of LIFESAVING Medical Knowledge" and "The Grim Reality of Survival Medicine in Austere Conditions" for some words of advice and Susan and I will always swear by and rely upon the antibiotic properties of raw garlic to kill off any infections. A couple more good books on survival when the medical system completely fails. The Survival Medicine Handbook: A Guide for When Help is Not on the Way Prepper's Survival Medicine Handbook: A Lifesaving Collection of Emergency Procedures from U.S. Army Field Manuals

The Lost Book of Remedies - Survival Medicine & First Aid: The Leading Prepper's Guide to Survive Medical Emergencies in Tough Survival Situations For those who are looking for an excellent survival first aid kit, this 250-piece also contains tactical tools.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Twilight_Zone_Return_To_Middle_Ages.php 

:: 4-7-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex Jones Show: Mainstream Media Hate Mobs Continue To Get Violent In U.S.

Collapse of Russia hoax seemed to have made far-left even more angry and desperate

Infowars.com - April 7, 2019

Owen Shroyer breaks down how the left, driven by anti-American mainstream media narratives, is showing no signs of letting up in their violence waged against conservatives, even after the Russia hoax collapse and amid strong job growth. Tune into today’s live Sunday Show and spread this link!

https://www.infowars.com/watch-live-mainstream-media-hate-mobs-continue-to-get-violent-in-u-s/ 

:: 4--19 Pravda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Arabia threatens to cause US dollar to collapse

World » Asia

The authorities of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia consider a possibility to abandon the US dollar as the main currency in payments for Saudi oil. Riyadh may make such a decision in the event the United States passes a new law to ban the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, OPEC. High-ranking Saudi officials in charge of the energy sector have been discussing the prospect of waiving the US dollar and switching to other currencies in settlements with foreign buyers. They also discussed the plan with several OPEC partners and members of the White House administration. Thus, the kingdom wants to put pressure on the United States, which in turn is trying to pass a law banning all types of energy cartels. In this case, OPEC member states will lose their immunity, and one will be able to file lawsuits against them for monopoly collusion. The organization will virtually cease to exist under such conditions. The bill, called NOPEC, was submitted to US Congress in 2008. The bill had been rejected several times during the presidency of Barack Obama. These days, the bill has a lot more chances to become law, given Donald Trump's aspiration to put an end to high oil prices through coordinated reduction in oil output. Trump needs cheap fuel on the threshold of the presidential election in the USA.

See more at http://www.pravdareport.com/news/world/142341-saudi_arabia/ 

:: 4-7-19 The Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Funding halted for Professor Chris Exley, who links vaccines to autism

Shanti Das and Jonathan Leake

April 7 2019, 12:01am, The Sunday Times

A controversial British academic who claims childhood vaccines can cause autism has been blocked from raising research funds after protests by other scientists. Professor Chris Exley, of Keele University, infuriated health experts by telling parents the aluminium in vaccines given to babies to protect them from diseases such as whooping cough, and in the human papillomavirus vaccine given to teenagers, may cause “severe and disabling” autism. It echoes the “anti-vax” controversy surrounding Andrew Wakefield, whose 1998 claim that the MMR (measles, mumps and rubella) vaccine caused autism led to a fall in immunisation rates. Supporters of Exley, a professor of bioinorganic chemistry, turned to crowd-funding site Go Fund Me to raise cash after his grant applications were refused by scientific research councils.

https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/funding-halted-for-professor-chris-exley-linking-vaccines-to-autism-8xvwp0g8p 

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: Secret Service agents say 'good riddance' to director Alles, who proposed saving money by withdrawing protection of Trump's family and was more interested in getting chummy with agents rather than fixing serious problems

Trump ordered acting chief of staff Mick Mulvaney to fire Director of Secret Service Randolph 'Tex' Alles today

His departure was not unexpected and was welcome by most members of the law enforcement agency, sources tell DailyMail.com

The change comes on the heels of an episode at Mar-a-Lago involving a Chinese national on a club guest list who was arrested with devices bearing computer malware

The appointment of Alles was pushed by General John F. Kelly, then Secretary of Homeland Security

Sources tell DailyMail.com that Kelly threatened to quit as DHS secretary if Trump did not appoint his friend Tex

The ouster occurred a day after Secretary of Homeland Security Kirstjen Nielsen parted ways with the White House

By Ronald Kessler For Dailymail.com and David Martosko, U.s. Political Editor For Dailymail.com

Published: 15:58 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 09:57 EDT, 9 April 2019

Ronald Kessler, a former Washington Post and Wall Street Journal investigative reporter, is the New York Times bestselling author of The First Family Detail: Secret Service Agents Reveal the Hidden Lives of the Presidents, The Secrets of the FBI and The Trump White House. The ouster of Secret Service Director Randolph D. 'Tex" Alles on Monday was not unexpected, and, in fact, was welcomed by most members of the law enforcement agency, sources tell DailyMail.com. 'The sentiment at the agency is "good riddance,"' they say. 'Alles seemed more interested in making friends with agents than fixing the problems that plague the once-proud agency,' according to agency sources. 'He proved to be the exact opposite of what was needed to reform the agency. ' His idea for trimming costs was to get rid of protection for members of the Trump family. Nothing changed within the Secret Service since the party-crashing Salahis went prancing into the White House State Dinner back in 2009, or since the Secret Service prostitution scandal in 2012 or since Omar Gonzalez was able to penetrate his way into the White House with a knife before being apprehended in 2014. The change comes on the heels of an embarrassing episode at Trump's private Mar-a-Lago resort club in Palm Beach, Florida, involving a Chinese national on a club guest list who was arrested with devices bearing computer malware. Secret Service punted responsibility to Mar-a-Lago's private security detail. The appointment of Alles on April 25, 2017 was pushed on the president by General John F. Kelly, then Secretary of Homeland Security and later White House Chief of Staff. Sources tell DailyMail.com that Kelly threatened to quit as DHS secretary if Trump did not appoint Kelly's friend Tex. According to Steve Bannon, Trump had another nominee in mind: George Milligan, a sharp veteran agent who is chief operating officer of the Secret Service. But General Kelly wanted him [Alles} in the worst way, Bannon said. When he interviewed Alles, Trump was not impressed. Alles volunteered that he knew next to nothing about the Secret Service. 'Apparently it was too much trouble to read books and articles about the agency or to check out the Secret Service website before meeting with the president,' wrote Kessler in The Trump White House. Agents were unimpressed with Alles and largely ignored him. Alles not only retained the same senior management that produced so many scandals, he did nothing to change the agency's culture that has led to those scandals and the low morale that has resulted in a shockingly high turnover rate. At one point Alles actually proposed saving money by withdrawing Secret Service protection of some Trump family members and some aides - unless they had actually received a threat. Throughout history, none of the assassinations of assassination attempts have been preceded by a threat. Horrified White House staff immediately shot down Alles' proposal to cut back on protection. Especially given the hatred directed at Trump and his family, the idea of the director of the Secret Service would entertain dropping protection of the president's family members is inself a scandal and all anyone needs to know about why Alles should be replaced before a tragedy occurs.  Press Secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement that Alles 'has done a great job at the agency over the last two years, and the President is thankful for his over 40 years of service to the country.' 'Mr. Alles will be leaving shortly and President Trump has selected James M. Murray, a career member of the USSS, to take over as director beginning in May.' Shoving Alles overboard is an indication of the growing power of Trump adviser Stephen Miller, the 33-year-old former staffer to Sen. Jeff Sessions before he was the president's first attorney general. A White House source with knowledge of the West Wing's goings on in the past week told DailyMail.com on Monday that Miller has advocated internally for Nielsen's firing, and for Alles to follow her out the door. Miller is known as a sharp-tongued promoter of hawkish immigration policies that Democrats have complained push the boundaries of federal law and too often challenge court precedents. Trump fired Nielsen in a tweet on Sunday shortly after meeting with her in the White House residence and hearing her plan for bringing U.S. immigration in line with legal limitations. Secret Service agents arrested Yujing Zhang, a Chinese woman, last week when she tried to enter Mar-a-Lago with two Chinese passports, a thumb drive with malware on it, four cellphones, a laptop and a hard drive. Trump said at the time that he was 'not concerned at all' about the potential breach by Zhang, who posed for a picture with him at his Super Bowl party this year. 'Secret Service is fantastic. These are fantastic people. And the end result is it was good,' Trump said last Wednesday. 'The result is they were able to get her and she's now suffering the consequences of whatever it is she had in mind but I would say I could not be happier with Secret Service. Secret Service has done a fantastic job from day one. Very happy with them.' White House Deputy Press Secretary Hogan Gidley said earlier on Monday that with an influx of illegal immigrants pouring into the U.S. from the south, 'tt's time to do things a little differently.' 'And so the president is looking around to reshape his team so that he can have the people in place to carry out his agenda,' he said during a Fox News Channel interview. 'And quite frankly he has the right to do that.' The Secret Service is best known for protecting the president and vice president and their families, and those who formerly served in office. Established in 1865, the agency also investigates and prevents counterfeiting in order to protect the U.S. financial system, and combats computer-based financial crimes. The Secret Service was originaly a subagency of the Treasury Department, when it was principally an anti-counterfeiting force. It became a branch of the Homeland Security Department in 2003 as the new post-9/11 agency coalesced around a mission that unified a group of previously far-flung government agencies.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6900449/Secret-Service-agents-say-good-riddance-director-proposed-no-protection-Trump-family.html 

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists discover 'new state' of matter in which atoms can exist as both solid AND liquid at the same time

Researchers applied high pressures and temperatures to potassium atoms

They simulating behavior of 20,000 potassium atoms under extreme conditions

The researchers say in doing this they’ve confirmed a new, stable state of matter

By Press Association and Cheyenne Macdonald For Dailymail.com Published: 15:03 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 16:29 EDT, 8 April 2019

Scientists examining potassium have discovered a new state of physical matter where atoms can exist as both solid and liquid at the same time. The research is said to clear up whether there was a distinct state of matter or the atom structures represented a transition between two stages – whether solid, liquid or gas. Tests were carried out on the 'simple metal', such as applying high pressures and temperatures, with powerful computer simulations used to study what was known as the chain-melted state. Experts from the University of Edinburgh believe more than half a dozen other elements – including sodium and bismuth – are capable of existing in this new state. It was previously unclear if this structure represented its own distinct state of matter. By simulating the behavior of roughly 20,000 potassium atoms under extreme conditions, the researchers say they’ve confirmed a new, stable state of matter. Dr Andreas Hermann, of the university's School of Physics and Astronomy, led the study which is published in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. He said: 'Potassium is one of the simplest metals we know, yet if you squeeze it, it forms very complicated structures. 'We have shown that this unusual but stable state is part solid and par liquid. 'Recreating this unusual state in other materials could have all kinds of applications.' According to the team, the extreme conditions led to the formation of two interlinked solid lattice structures in the atoms. These strong chemical interactions allowed the atoms to stay in solid form when heated. The other atoms melted into a liquid state. The study was supported by the European Research Council and the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council, and the work was carried out in collaboration with scientists from Xi'an Jiantong University in China. HOW WAS THE PERIODIC TABLE CREATED? Chemists have always looked for ways of arranging the elements to reflect the similarities between their properties. The modern periodic table lists the elements in order of increasing atomic number - the number of protons in the nucleus of an atom. Historically, however, relative atomic masses were used by scientists trying to organise the elements. This was mainly because the idea of atoms being made up of smaller sub-atomic particles - protons, neutrons and electrons - had not been developed.  Nevertheless, the basis of the modern periodic table was well established and even used to predict the properties of undiscovered elements long before the concept of the atomic number was developed. Ask most chemists who discovered the periodic table and you will almost certainly get the answer Dmitri Mendeleev. The Russian scientist was the first to publish a version of the table that we would recognise today, in 1869, but does he deserve all the credit? A number of other chemists before Mendeleev were investigating patterns in the properties of the elements that were known at the time. The earliest attempt to classify the elements was in 1789, when Antoine Lavoisier grouped the elements based on their properties into gases, non-metals, metals and earths. Several other attempts were made to group elements together over the coming decades. In 1829, Johann Döbereiner recognised triads of elements with chemically similar properties, such as lithium, sodium and potassium, and showed that the properties of the middle element could be predicted from the properties of the other two. It was not until a more accurate list of the atomic mass of the elements became available at a conference in Karlsruhe, Germany in 1860 that real progress was made towards the discovery of the modern periodic table. This area of the website celebrates the work of many famous scientists whose quest to learn more about the world we live in and the atoms that make up the things around us led to the periodic table as we know it today. Source: The Royal Society of Chemistry

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6900335/Atoms-exist-solid-liquid-new-state-discovered-scientists.htm 

:: 4-9-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stunning satellite pictures of the Earth from Space show the UK all lit up, a packed Glastonbury and Arizona's great aviation graveyard

By Mark Duell for MailOnline  Published: 03:24 EDT, 9 April 2019 | Updated: 10:08 EDT, 9 April 2019

The Davis-Monthan Air Force Base near Tucson in Arizona, also known as 'The Boneyard', is the largest aircraft storage facility in the world. Low humidity, limited rainfall and high altitude allow more than 4,000 aircraft to be naturally preserved here From the world's largest delta in the Bay of Bengal to an aeroplane graveyard in Arizona, these photographs capture the stunning beauty of the earth from above - and just how fast the planet is changing. Advanced cameras capturing astonishing colours have revealed a new perspective on life as in some of earth's most remote habitats as part of a new four-part BBC documentary series called Earth From Space. The first programme next Wednesday sees satellites follow an elephant family struggling through drought, reveals previously unknown penguin colonies from the colour of their droppings and mysterious ice rings that could put seal pups in danger. Cameras also reveal strange shapes that look like road systems, made by hippos as they travel to their feeding grounds at dusk. Further episodes will look at the Australian outback, the Congo rainforest and rehabilitated manatees in the Amazon. The series contains more than 300 satellite images, which are so detailed that if you were to print them all out full size they would cover an area bigger than 100,000 sq ft - the equivalent of about 40 tennis courts or nearly two football pitches.  The images were sourced from more than 20 different satellites, while the team also filmed on the ground in 20 countries including Japan, Peru and Botswana - often having to coordinate filming at the same time as satellites passing overhead. Executive producer Jo Shinner said: 'There is no doubt that the most sobering and extraordinary insight of all is being visually confronted with the incontrovertible truth of just how fast our planet is changing. 'Time-lapses over years show cities growing and swallowing up the countryside around them. Huge swathes of forests are decimated before your eyes or converted into regular agricultural patterns. Ice melts away from mountain tops and glaciers.' She added: 'It is like having an exclusive ring-side view on how the planet works and the secrets hidden in its remote corners.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6901877/Stunning-satellite-pictures-offer-glimpse-BBCs-new-Earth-Space-series.html 

:: 4-7-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Francis Praises Multiculturalism: ‘Migrants Always Bring Riches’

By THOMAS D. WILLIAMS, PH.D.7 Apr 2019

Pope Francis continued his immigration crusade this weekend, saying that migrants bring with them the wealth of a multicultural and multi-ethnic world. “Let us thank God for a multi-ethnic and multicultural society,” the pope told students and faculty of the San Carlo school of Milan gathered in the Vatican Saturday, “because dialogue among cultures, persons, and ethnicities is richness.” “We must not be afraid of the water of life, of this multiethnicity, of this multiculturalism,” Francis said, “and here I touch on a sore topic: don’t be afraid of migrants.” “Migrants are those who always bring us riches. Europe itself was made by migrants! The barbarians, the Celts…,” he said. “All these came from the north and brought their cultures with them. Europe grew in this way, with the contrast of cultures.”

In his off-the-cuff address, the pope seemed to continue a discussion from last week in which he attacked U.S. President Donald Trump over his proposed border wall. Asked by a reporter what he thought of Trump’s wall, the pope warned that “builders of walls, whether they are of razor-wire or brick, will become prisoners of the walls they build. That’s history.” We need bridges and “we feel pain when we see people who prefer to build walls,” he said. Continuing in the same vein, the pope told the teachers and schoolchildren Saturday to beware of those who build walls. “Today there is the temptation to make a culture of walls, to erect walls, walls in the heart, walls in the earth to prevent an encounter with other cultures, with other people,” the pope said. “And whoever erects a wall, whoever builds a wall will end up as a slave inside the walls he built, without horizons. Because he lacks this otherness.” Addressing the hypothetical question of whether all migrants should be welcomed, the pope said the first thing was to keep an open heart. “If I have a racist heart, I have to examine why and convert,” Francis said. “Migrants must be received, accompanied, integrated. Let them receive our values and let us receive theirs, an exchange of values.” “This is the beauty of human generosity,” he concluded. “We grow richer by welcoming others. Richer in culture, richer in growth.” “But building walls is useless,” he said. What we need is “an open culture that allows us to look at the foreigner, the migrant, the member of another culture like a subject worth listening to, considering, and appreciating,” he said. Follow Thomas D. Williams on Twitter Follow @tdwilliamsrome

https://www.breitbart.com/immigration/2019/04/07/pope-francis-praises-multiculturalism-migrants-always-bring-riches/ 

:: 4-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Many 3rd World Immigrants Does It Take Until America Is the Newest 3rd World Country?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 9, 2019 - 12:23.

The number one national security concern in America has nothing to do with the Chinese and the Russians. It has to do with the impact of illegal immigration. America is being de-culturized, its economy destroyed, its political structure is being irrevocably changed for the worse and the family unit is being imperiled. America Needs Immigration but Not This Type America needs immigrants due to our pathetic 1.8 birth rate. We need a birth rate of 2.1 to maintain our population. There are important social programs at risk if we do not maintain our birth rate and these include Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid. Therefore, we need immigration, however, we need the right kind of immigration. We do not need to bring in large numbers of people that refuse to assimilate and honor our rule of law. We need merit base immigration. We need immigrants who granted a 7 year naturalization process in which they learn to speak English and pass a test on the Constitution and American history. Further, we need to hold the Senator Grahams' of American politics to a far higher degree of accountability than presently exists. When Graham says that "the American people do not own America, it belongs to the world", does that mean I can stop paying my taxes? When they were first elected didn't Graham, the late McCain and Flake take an oath in which they promised to uphold the rule of law in this country as set forth in the Constitution? Doesn't that mean we are a government that is of the people by the people and for the people? Who gave these ultra-liberal political miscreants that right to give away our country "to the world" and then make us pay for it? There is a political alternative to this insanity.

The United Nations Is the Enemy of All Americans The head of UN immigration, boldly and inappropriately stated that the United States should be celebrating mass immigration. The UN is championing the fact that Europe has been overrun by millions of immigrants from Africa and the Middle East from cultures that do not assimilate with the West. The leaders of Western governments are ignoring the rapes, the murders and the massive accommodations that the locals are being subjected to. In Germany, people cannot criticize the government's immigration policies, in social media, or risk going to prison. German citizens have been incarcerated for Facebook posts about immigration which are not flattering or supportive of the insanity. Many German citizens have been forced, as previously reported on The Common Sense Show, to vacate their rented homes in favor of the new immigrants. In Sweden, the number one crime is the rape of Swedish women by immigrants. Please spare me the argument that not all the immigrant participate in these heinous crimes. The fact is that these crimes present a clear and present danger to the locals that did not exist prior to the massive wave of disorganized and unscreened immigration being sponsored in Western nations by the United Nations. In Britain, their National Health Service is on the verge of collapse. Why? It has been crushed under the weight of immigrants that take from the system and do not put anything back (eg pay taxes). Despite all of these problems, the United Nations champions massive, disorganized immigration. Why? Because it serves to dilute the culture. Oh, I know this is a conspiracy theory and as some would have you believe there is no such thing as a conspiracy. But before you can install a new world order, you must destroy the existing cultures and the spirit of nationalism. Thing are so bad in France, that the French Jews are saying in ever-increasing numbers that they are going to have to relocate for their own safety and some are even saying that by 2030, France will be empty of Jews. And through all of this, the United Nations thinks that this is a good idea. When I have recently spoken of the removal of dissident journalists in programs such as Boa and Operation Lightening Strike, and we witness the unfolding of the NDAA and EO 13603 in order to control the masses through food and enforce civilian conscription without compensation, we are merely witnessing the manifestation of a plot introduced generations ago during the Woodrow Wilson administration. All of these efforts are designed to mobilize an unwilling nation to fight World War III. Some are reacting to these revelations as if America has been caught off guard. We are living in a time of silent invasion. Entire communities have been overrun by hordes entering our country. For example, the Sinoloa cartel runs Humboldt County, CA. The invasion is ubiquitous, however, many refuse to see the danger. The fact remains that Americans were not paying attention, and in large part, still are not aware of what is happening to their country. Key Russian defectors have been warning us for decades that we were being infiltrated by communists and this invasion is sponsored by the Democrats, the world’s newest set of communists. Illegal immigration's cost to our economy, infrastructure and welfare expense is enough to collapse out country. At the end of the day, we have to ask ourselves one question: How many third world immigrants does it take until America is the newest third world country?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-war/how-many-3rd-world-immigrants-does-it-take-until-america-newest-3rd-world 

:: 4-8-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We're All Being Judged By A Secret 'Trustworthiness' Score

by Tyler Durden Mon, 04/08/2019 - 23:15

Nearly everything we buy, how we buy, and where we're buying from is secretly fed into AI-powered verification services that help companies guard against credit-card and other forms of fraud, according to the Wall Street Journal. More than 16,000 signals are analyzed by a service called Sift, which generates a "Sift score" ranging from 1 - 100. The score is used to flag devices, credit cards and accounts that a vendor may want to block based on a person or entity's overall "trustworthiness" score, according to a company spokeswoman. From the Sift website: "Each time we get an event -- be it a page view or an API event -- we extract features related to those events and compute the Sift Score. These features are then weighed based on fraud we've seen both on your site and within our global network, and determine a user's Score. There are features that can negatively impact a Score as well as ones which have a positive impact." Factors which contribute to one's Sift score (per the WSJ):

• Is the account new?

• Are there are a lot of digits at the end of an email address?

• Is the transaction coming from an IP address that’s unusual for your account?

• Is the transaction coming from a region where there are a lot of hackers, such as China, Russia or Eastern Europe?

• Is the transaction coming from an anonymization network?

• Is the transaction happening at an odd time of day?

• Has the credit card being used had chargebacks associated with it?

• Is the browser different from what you typically use?

• Is the device different from what you typically use?

• Is the cadence of the way you typed out your password typical for you? (tracked by some advanced systems)

Sources: Sift, SecureAuth, Patreon

The system is used by companies such as Airbnb, OpenTable, Instacart and LinkedIn.

Companies that use services like this often mention it in their privacy policies—see Airbnb’s here—but how many of us realize our account behaviors are being shared with companies we’ve never heard of, in the name of security? How much of the information one company shares with these fraud-detection services is used by other clients of that service? And why can’t we access any of this data ourselves, to update, correct or delete it? According to Sift and competitors such as SecureAuth, which has a similar scoring system, this practice complies with regulations such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, which mandates that companies don’t store data that can be used to identify real human beings unless they give permission. Unfortunately GDPR, which went into effect a year ago, has rules that are often vaguely worded, says Lisa Hawke, vice president of security and compliance at the legal tech startup Everlaw. All of this will have to get sorted out in court, she adds. -Wall Street Journal In order to optimize scoring "Sift regularly evaluates the performance of our models and tries to minimize bias and variance in order to maximize accuracy," according to a spokeswoman. "While we don’t perform audits of our customers’ systems for bias, we enable the organizations that use our platform to have as much visibility as possible into the decision trees, models or data that were used to reach a decision," according to SecureAuth Vice President and chief security architect Stephen Cox. "In some cases, we may not be fully aware of the means by which our services and products are being used within a customer’s environment." Not always right  While Sift and SecureAuth strive for accuracy, sometimes it's difficult to decipher authentic purchasing behavior from fraud. "Sometimes your best customers and your worst customers look the same," said Jacqueline Hart, head of trust and safety at Patreon - a site used by artists and creators to allow benefactors to support them. "You can have someone come in and say I want to pledge $10,000 and they’re either a fraudster or an amazing patron of the arts," Hart added. If an account is rejected due to its Sift score, Patreon directs the benefactor to the company's trust and safety team. "It’s an important way for us to find out if there are any false positives from the Sift score and reinstate the account if it shouldn’t have been flagged as high risk," said Hart. There are many potential tells that a transaction is fishy. “The amazing thing to me is when someone fails to log in effectively, you know it’s a real person,” says Ms. Hart. The bots log in perfectly every time. Email addresses with a lot of numbers at the end and brand new accounts are also more likely to be fraudulent, as are logins coming from anonymity networks such as Tor. These services also learn from every transaction across their entire system, and compare data from multiple clients. For instance, if an account or mobile device has been associated with fraud at, say, Instacart, that could mark it as risky for another company, say Wayfair—even if the credit card being used seems legitimate, says a Sift spokeswoman. -Wall Street Journal A person's Sift score is constantly changing based on that user's behavior, and any new information the system gathers about them, according to the spokeswoman. From Sift: We learn in real-time, which means Scores are constantly being recalculated based on new knowledge of fraudulent users and patterns. For example, when someone logs in, we've found out a lot of information in the meantime about suspicious devices, IP addresses, shipping addresses, etc., based on the activity of other users. Add this to the fact that there may have been some new labeled users since their last login, and the scores can sometimes have a significant change. This is also more likely if the user hasn't had much activity on your site. -Sift.com While Sift judges whether or not one can be trusted, there's no file with your name on it that it can produce for review - because it doesn't need your name to analyze your behavior, according to the report - which seems like total BS. "Our customers will send us events like ‘account created,’ ‘profile photo uploaded,’ ‘someone sent a message,’ ‘review written,’ ‘an item was added to shopping cart," says Sift CEO Jason Tan. It’s technically possible to make user data difficult or impossible to link to a real person. Apple and others say they take steps to prevent such “de-anonymizing.” Sift doesn’t use those techniques. And an individual’s name can be among the characteristics its customers share with it in order to determine the riskiness of a transaction. In the gap between who is taking responsibility for user data—Sift or its clients—there appears to be ample room for the kind of slip-ups that could run afoul of privacy laws. Without an audit of such a system it’s impossible to know. Companies live under increasing threat of prosecution, but as just-released research on biases in Facebook ’s advertising algorithm suggest, even the most sophisticated operators don’t seem to be fully aware of how their systems are behaving. -Wall Street Journal "I would argue that in our desire to protect privacy, we have to be careful, because are we going to make it impossible for the good guys to perform the necessary function of security?" asks Anshu Sharma - co-founder of Clearedin, a startup which helps companies avoid falling victim to email phishing attacks.  His solution? Transparency. When a company rejects a potential customer based on their Sift score, for example, it should explain why - even if that exposes how the scoring system works.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/were-all-being-judged-secret-trustworthiness-score 

:: 4-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Creepy AI Monitoring UK Employees' Work Tasks In Real Time

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/09/2019 - 04:55

Over 130,000 people in the UK and abroad are being monitored by an artificial intelligence system known as Isaak - which scrutinizes staff behavior minute-to-minute, according to The Guardian. Dozens of UK businesses are using the "Isaak" system which analyzes tasks such as who's email who, and when, how workers are collaborating, and which staff are "influencers" or "change-makers," according to the report. Designed by London-based company Status Today, the system can pinpoint "certain individuals within a network" to better allocate workloads and responsibilities, "ultimately improving the overall workplace environment and reducing stress and overworking." Thus far, Isaak has gathered data on more than a billion actions. The computer can compare activity data with qualitative assessments of workers from personnel files or sales performance figures to give managers a detailed picture of how behaviour affects output. Users so far include five law firms, a training company called Smarter Not Harder and a London estate agency, JBrown, according to Status Today, which promises “real-time insights into each employee and their position within the organisational network”. Workers do not automatically have a right to see the data, which is controlled by the employer. -The Guardian Critics say workers will be under mind-numbing pressure to constantly perform for fear of being singled out by the AI. "If performance targets are being fine-tuned by AI and your progress towards them being measured by AI, that will only multiply the pressure," said labor and globalization professor Ursula Huws of the University of Hertfordshire. "People are deemed not to be working if they take their hands off the keyboard for five minutes. But they could be thinking, and that doesn’t get measured. What is this doing for innovation, which needs creative workers?" Huws says that people's mental health is at risk if they don't take occasional breaks for recreational activities such as browsing social media or playing a game (somehow everyone stayed sane before computers, but we digress). According to a survey released last week, UK workers tend to procrastinate for around three hours per day. Iaak is part of what experts have labeled the "precision economy," in which every action of an individual is measured and analyzed for peak efficiency. The Royal Society of Artspredicts that in the next 15 years, life insurance premiums will be set with data from wearable monitors and workers in retail and hospitality will be tracked for time spent inactive. As gig economy working spreads, people will qualify for the best jobs only with performance and empathy metrics that pass a high threshold. Those with lower scores will have access to only the most menial and sometimes miserable tasks such as content moderation on social media, the RSA has predicted. -The Guardian Status Today CEO Ankur Modi says that his system is aimed at providing a "wellbeing analysis" that can detect when people are overworked. He admitted, however, "there's always a risk that it might be misused" by companies only looking to boost productivity without addressing employee wellbeing. "If one salesperson is performing well and you can see overwork and another isn’t performing well and isn’t overworked, that could be enough to start a conversation," said Modi - who also argued that the system could help employers reduce or eliminate bias and discrimination by removing subjectivity from management decisions. AI ideas that are being developed elsewhere have included the use of facial recognition software and mood monitoring at work, recording a worker’s location on wearable devices and the monitoring of keyboard strokes. A survey by the Trades Union Congress last year found that a majority of workers were opposed to all of these. -The Guardian  According to Trades Union Congress general secretary Frances O'Grady: "Workers want to be trusted to do their jobs. But this kind of high-tech snooping creates fear and distrust. And by undermining morale, it could do businesses more harm than good. Employers should only introduce surveillance technologies after negotiation and agreement with the workforce, including union representatives. There should always be a workplace agreement in place that clarifies where the line is drawn for legitimate use, and that protects the privacy of working people."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/creepy-ai-monitoring-uk-employees-work-tasks-real-time 

:: 4-9-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coming to America: Canadian man fined $55,000 for misgendering a ‘transgender’

Posted on April 9, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 32 Comments

Yesterday, our Grif published an important post, “Democrats file legislation to force all Americans to accept the LGBTQ agenda,” on a bill in the House, H.R. 5: Equality Act, introduced by Rep. David Cicilline (D-RI), which would add “sexual orientation” and “gender identity” as protected classes under federal civil rights law. If the so-called Equality Act becomes law, it would impact essentially every part of American life. Everyday Americans, especially Christians, would be penalized for not conforming to the Left’s LGBT dicta and agenda, including: Employers and workers must conform to new sexual norms or else lose their businesses and jobs. Hospitals and insurers must provide and pay for “transgender” therapies and surgeries against their moral or medical objections. Parents would be forced to provide sexual reassignment treatments for their children who are confused about their sexual identity. Religious (read: Christian) institutions would be forced to provide adoptions to permit same sex couples to adopt children. Canada is already doing that — penalizing anyone who doesn’t conform to the LGBT dicta.

The British Columbia Human Rights Tribunal is a quasi-judicial human rights body in British Columbia (BC), Canada. It was established under the British Columbia Human Rights Code and is responsible for “accepting, screening, mediating and adjudicating human rights complaints.”

The Tribunal is comprised of three members: Diana Juricevic, Norman Trerise and Devyn Cousineau.

On March 27, 2019, the BC Human Rights Tribunal fined Christian activist William Whatcott $55,000 CAD (US $41,298) for violating Section 7 of the BC Human Rights Code by misgendering Morgane Oger (birth name Ronan Oger), a male-to-female “transgender” and a 2017 New Democratic Party candidate, calling Oger a biological male (which is what he is) in street flyers and on the Internet. In the Tribunal’s 105-page ruling, authored by Devyn Cousineau, Oger — a biological male — is referred to as “Ms.,” “she” and “her”. The Tribunal says: Mr. Whatcott created a flyer entitled “Transgenderism vs. Truth in Vancouver‐False Creek” [Flyer]. In it, he called Ms. Oger a “biological male who has renamed himself… after he embraced a transvestite lifestyle”. He expressed a concern “about the promotion and growth of homosexuality and transvestitism in British Columbia and how it is obscuring the immutable truth about our God given gender”. He described being transgender as an “impossibility”, which exposes people to harm and constitutes a sin…. When Ms. Oger and her team learned of the Flyer, they had to formulate a response during their election campaign. Ms. Oger went to the police, who advised her of safety protocols. She warned her children to be wary of strangers. She describes the effect of the Flyer as destabilizing, terrifying, and searing. Ultimately, Ms. Oger was not elected in her [False Creek] riding [or electoral district]. After the election was over, Ms. Oger filed a complaint with the Human Rights Tribunal [Tribunal], alleging that the Flyer violated ss. 7(1)(a) and (b) of the Human Rights Code [Code]. Those sections prohibit publication of any statement that “indicates discrimination or an intention to discriminate” (s. 7(1)(a)), or “is likely to expose a person or group or class of persons to hatred or contempt” (s. 7(1)(b)). In response, Mr. Whatcott denies that the Flyer violates s. 7 and says that in any event his rights to freedom of speech and religion guarantee his right to distribute it. He says those freedoms are especially important during an election campaign…. In his constitutional argument, Mr. Whatcott argues that the “effect of the BC Human Rights Commission’s decision to proceed to the hearing stage in this case amounts to oppressive government action that violates the respondent’s s. 2, 15 and s.27 of the charter rights…. I can find no merit in Mr. Whatcott’s argument. The Tribunal is a creature of statute. It is bound to enforce and implement the Code, and the means by which it does this is to accept and adjudicate human rights complaints. In this decision, I have found that Ms. Oger has established a violation of s. 7 of the Code. A significant part of my analysis has entailed balancing Mr. Whatcott’s religious rights under the Charter and thus accounting for his religious freedoms. In Saguenay, the Court recognized that the application of human rights legislation may impose reasonable and justifiable limits on freedom of religion: paras. 89‐90…. Mr. Whatcott’s argument, if accepted, would require the Tribunal to reject any complaint for filing if it could impact on a person’s religious beliefs. Not only would this amount to an improper abdication of jurisdiction, but it would itself be an act of preferring one religious belief over another. “True neutrality” requires the Tribunal to abstain from such positions and rather adjudicate each complaint on its merits, weighing religious rights where appropriate: Sageunay at para. 134. That is precisely what it has done in this case. This argument is dismissed. I have found that Mr. Whatcott violated s. 7 of the Code. I declare that his conduct in publishing the Flyers was discrimination contrary to the Code and order him to cease the contravention and refrain from committing the same or a similar contravention: Code, s. 37(2)(a) and (b). Ms. Oger seeks an award to compensate her for injury to her dignity, feelings, and self‐respect: Code, s. 37(2)(d)(iii). She argues that, given the nature of the discrimination in this case, the fact that it is ongoing, and that it had a serious impact on a vulnerable person, an award of $35,000 is appropriate. Mr. Whatcott opposes the award and argues it is unduly punitive…. I accept that the impact on Ms. Oger was serious…. More importantly, though, the Flyer and its potential ramifications terrified Ms. Oger…. Given the high levels of violence and hatred that are still perpetrated against transwomen in our society, it was not unreasonable for Ms. Oger to fear a violent outcome from this Flyer, even though – as Mr. Whatcott, JCCF, and CAFE repeatedly argued – there was no express call to violence within the Flyer itself. As Ms. Oger explained, it was not necessarily Mr. Whatcott she had to worry about, but the person who might be emboldened by the Flyer to act on their own hatred for transwomen…. By using her birth name, Ronan, Mr. Whatcott further caused Ms. Oger to feel hurt and angry…. I accept that the injury to Ms. Oger’s feelings, dignity and self‐respect was severe, and that the effects are ongoing. The circumstances warrant a higher award than in previous cases arising out of s. 7…. I find that an award of $35,000 for injury to dignity, feelings and self‐respect [plus $20,000 in costs incurred by Oger] is appropriate…. In my view, the severity of Mr. Whatcott’s conduct, the fact that it was intentional and flagrant and persisted for the entire duration of the complaint, and the possible deterrent effect it could have on other transgender complainants seeking recourse at this Tribunal, mean that a high award is warranted in this case…. H/t FOTM reader-commenter William and Mass Resistance See also:

American College of Pediatricians speaks truth on transgenderism

Transgender journalist wants to cannibalize ‘transphobes’ in bone soup

Virginia school board fires Christian teacher for refusing to use ‘transgender’ pronouns

Pronoun Tyranny: CA State Senate prohibits ‘he/she, him/her’

The Left’s Pronoun Tyranny: First-grader sent to principal’s office for ‘misgendering’ another student

Gender Pronoun Tyranny: Professor downgrades student’s paper for using the word ‘mankind’

Radical feminist kicked off Baltimore LGBTQ Commission for referring to male rapist as male

German intellectuals call for end to gender-pronoun tyranny

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/coming-to-america-canadian-man-fined-55000-for-misgendering-a-transgender 

:: 4-9-19 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Media Freaks Out Over ‘The Coming Meme War Of 2020,’ That The MSM Helped Create, Because ‘The Left Can’t Meme’ Effectively

April 9, 2019 by Susan Duclos, All News Pipeline:

The liberal media, from websites like Mother Jones, to cable news outlets like CNN, are understandably concerned at how effective “memes” are becoming for conservatives in communicating an idea or behavior, using an image or GIF, that goes viral spreading from person to person online, often with the aim of conveying a specific theme, or meaning represented by the meme. WHY ‘THE LEFT CAN’T MEME’

Recently the leftist website Mother Jones headlined a lengthy piece “The Left Can’t Meme”: How Right-Wing Groups Are Training the Next Generation of Social Media Warriors,” with the sub-header “Memes helped elect Donald Trump. Now well-funded conservative groups are using them to proselytize.” In that piece the writers describe what they find disturbing about “the coming meme war of 2020.” According to Johnson, the answer to that question is memes. These bits of humor or political propaganda—generally images overlaid with a caption designed to go viral—are best known for littering social media, but some experts think they might have helped elect Donald Trump. Or as notorious internet troll Chuck Johnson has said, “We memed the president into existence.” Following that unexpected meme-driven success, well-funded conservative groups are making a more organized push to train young internet-savvy right-wingers in the art of meme-making, enlisting a growing army in what they see as the coming meme war of 2020. Turning Point USA, the conservative campus group that organized the conference, is merely one of these organizations seeking to sway hearts, minds, and elections via meme trainings. And it’s clear that when it comes to political memes, the left—which has never taken them very seriously—is trailing the right badly, and falling even further behind. Emphasis mine. It is that inability to meme effectively on the left that has caused the EU to pass Article 13, to ban memes, as Stefan Stanford recently detailed in an piece titled “Article 13 Offers Proof Globalists Are Terrified Of ‘Meme Warfare’ In 2020 As EU Enters Orwellian End Game After Draconian Law Sets Up Abolishment Of The ‘Free Internet.” (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

https://www.sgtreport.com/2019/04/media-freaks-out-over-the-coming-meme-war-of-2020-that-the-msm-helped-create-because-the-left-cant-meme-effectively/ 

:: 4-1-19 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prophetic Dream: God Will Expose, Overpower the Demonic Forces Hiding in Your Life

9:00AM EDT 3/30/2019 Anna Aquino

A few nights ago, I had a dream that I know was for me but it was also, I believe, for the church as a whole. I dreamed I was searching through a house I used to live in. Suddenly I opened the door, and I could see a man cowering and standing in the bathtub. He had been there for a while and was pale and thin. I brought out a shotgun to shoot him, and the gun would not work. I started to panic. This man sensed an opportunity and began to rush toward me. I knew I would be overpowered quickly, so I turned to run. As I did, my earthly father, a former grunt soldier in Vietnam and all-around tough guy, came running through the door and quickly overtook the enemy. The battle had been won and was over. As I awoke and went down to pray, I could sense right away what God was trying to tell me. The enemy had been found out. The enemy had been hiding and cowering in the corner of my house. He was in the last place I thought I would look. The weapon I had may not have worked, but God came to my aid. This dream was not about my earthly father but my heavenly Father. God had this battle. God easily defeated the enemy. I may have been stumped in battle, but this small and puny enemy was no match for my daddy. I didn't have time to overanalyze why my gun didn't work or why I started to run in fear. God already had the enemy defeated. I feel as though many in the body of Christ are struggling with this today. Maybe they took on a battle they weren't sure if they'd win, and they feel themselves growing weaker. Maybe they were ready to pick a fight that God never called them to fight. I want to remind the body of a couple Scriptures today. "And he said to me: 'This is the word of the Lord to Zerubbabel, saying: Not by might nor by power, but by My Spirit, says the Lord of Hosts'" (Zech. 4:6). "Thus says the Lord to you, 'Do not fear, nor be dismayed because of this great army, for the battle is not yours, but God's'" (2 Chron. 20:15b). Too many of us know these Scriptures in theory, but we aren't practicing them. What do I mean by that? We know God has already won the battle, but are we living as though we do? Or are we running in fear when the enemy starts to come and attack us? The enemy in my dream was a weak, emaciated man huddling in my bathtub. He was already defeated by God before I even entered into the room. It's not up to us to fight this battle, but to step aside and let our Father handle it. Put on your combat boots and trust in your God! Your heavenly Father is your hero. Rest in the knowledge that the battle has been won. He is coming for you and charging the enemy today! He has already won the battle. Trust in your God. The complete victory is yours! Anna M. Aquino is a published author, guest minister and prophetic voice. Her books, Cursing the Church or Helping It? Exposing the spirit of Balaam, Confessions of a Ninja Mom, An Ember in Time and A Marriage in Time are available wherever books are sold. She has been nominated as one of the top female writers of 2019 from The Author Show. She has been on TBN, TCT and a variety of other programs, both TV and radio. Please feel free to check out her website at annamaquino.com. Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter. Great Resources to help you excel in 2019! #1 John Eckhardt's "Prayers That..." 6-Book Bundle. Prayer helps you overcome anything life throws at you. Get a FREE Bonus with this bundle. #2 Learn to walk in the fullness of your purpose and destiny by living each day with Holy Spirit. Buy a set of Life in the Spirit, get a second set FREE.

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/75704-prophetic-dream-god-will-expose-overpower-the-demonic-forces-hiding-in-your-life 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 4-1-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Woman Writes 'Satan Lives' on Door of Two Churches as She Sets Them on Fire

Amanda Casanova | ChristianHeadlines Contributing Writer | Monday, April 1, 2019

A woman in Utah has been arrested after setting fire to two church buildings in Lindon, Utah. According to the Daily Herald, Jillian Nicole Robinson, 18, has been charged with a second-degree felony of arson and a third-degree felony of burglary. Police are also investigating her for criminal mischief and possession of burglary tools. Robinson caused some $600,000 in damage Friday morning after setting fire to two buildings of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Robinson had also written “Satan Lives” in permanent marker on one of the doors, according to the police report.   “Once inside, you didn’t have to be a detective or arson investigator to tell that these fires had been intentionally set by someone,” a Facebook post from the police department said. Police began to patrol the area and nearby churches and saw Robinson at another church building. She had again written “Satan Lives” on another door. Officers found Robinson had “in her possession a bottle which smelled of gas and a lighter and matches… a black Sharpie brand marker, screwdriver, and a drill with drill bits.” Robinson later confessed to the fires. “I was angry and all I wanted to do was set a small fire and it got out of control. I fled the scene and didn’t look back,” she reportedly wrote on the statement. “I felt like playing with fire because of my crazy life at home, this was not a hate crime.” She is being held at the Utah County Jail on a $20,000 bond.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/woman-writes-satan-lives-on-door-of-two-churches-as-she-sets-them-on-fire.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 4-8-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas Gaza Chief Threatens Tel Aviv Amid Truce Talks

The Times of Israel reports: Hamas’s chief in Gaza said Saturday that if there is a war, Israel will need to evacuate its civilians from Tel Aviv as well as the border communities, a day after the terror group’s leader said talks to achieve a truce were advancing. “If the Gaza Strip is dragged into war, Israel will suffer. It will not only have to evacuate the communities around the Strip, but also [the cities of] Ashdod and Ashkelon and even Tel Aviv,” Yahya Sinwar told a group of Gaza officials. “Our fingers are on the trigger and they will remain pressed against it in order to protect our people. We will be the sword and shield,” Sinwar said, according to the Hamas-linked Al-Aqsa TV. Sinwar also noted the role played by Egyptian mediators in negotiations to broker understandings between Israel and the terror group, saying the country “had a significant role in easing the siege imposed on Gaza, and we are grateful.” Both Israel and Egypt enforce a number of restrictions on the movement of people and goods into and out of Gaza. Israel says the blockade is necessary to keep Hamas and other terror groups in the Strip from arming or building military infrastructure. An Islamist terror group, Hamas seeks to destroy Israel.

https://www.breitbart.com/middle-east/2019/04/07/hamas-gaza-chief-threatens-tel-aviv-amid-truce-talks/ 

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recognizing Poverty

By Hal Lindsey

In September, USA Today reported on a mass shooter in Bakersfield, California. “Javier Cesarez had just gunned down five people at three locations,” they wrote, “but when he hijacked a car to try to make his escape, he told his victims that he ‘wasn’t a bad guy.’” And that illustrates a massive problem. The man killed five people in the period of about one hour. He hijacked a car with a woman and her children still inside. But he still couldn’t see the sinful state of his being. He saw himself as okay — not a bad guy. So, here’s the question. How bad does someone have to be to see himself as bad? In Matthew 5:3, Jesus began His famous Sermon on the Mount by establishing a theme He would return to again and again. “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” Most people read those words with little thought. Some chalk it up to the Lord’s love for the poor. And He does love the poor. But He didn’t say, “Blessed are the poor.” He said, “Blessed are the poor in spirit.” His words raise a surprising question. Does He want us to be spiritually impoverished? It’s easy to understand how material riches might harm someone, but what’s wrong with spiritual affluence? And the answer is, there’s nothing wrong with it. But we don’t start there. Notice where Jesus put this — right at the beginning of His great sermon. We start our journey with God by recognizing our spiritual deficiency without Him. And we should never forget it! The New Century Version says, “They are blessed who realize their spiritual poverty.” John Walvoord’s Bible Knowledge Commentary says, “The poor in spirit are those who consciously depend on God, not on themselves; they are ‘poor’ inwardly, having no ability in themselves to please God.” Luke 18:9 introduces one of the Lord’s parables by telling us who it was for. It says, “He spoke this parable to some who trusted in themselves that they were righteous.” That means it still applies. Billions of people in our world today are still trusting in their own righteousness for salvation. In His parable, Jesus told about two men who went to the temple to pray. One was a very religious man — a Pharisee. The other was a tax-collector. In those days, taxmen were famous for cheating people and pocketing part of the money. As a group, they were hated by almost everyone. In verses 11 and 12, the Pharisee prayed, “God, I thank You that I am not like other people: swindlers, unjust, adulterers, or even like this tax collector. I fast twice a week; I pay tithes of all that I get.” The self-righteous person measures himself by other people rather than by God’s standard. In verse 13, Jesus described the other man. “But the tax collector, standing some distance away, was even unwilling to lift up his eyes to heaven, but was beating his breast, saying, ‘God, be merciful to me, the sinner!’” The tax collector did not trust in his own righteousness. He recognized his spiritual poverty. He saw himself for what he was — a sinner. Then, in verse 14, Jesus said something amazing about the taxman. “I tell you, this man went to his house justified.” People who see themselves as “okay,” won’t turn to Jesus as Savior because they don’t see the need. But the Bible is clear. We all need Jesus because we’re all sinners.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-17-2019/ 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 4-8-19 NewsMax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge Blocks Trump Policy of Returning Asylum Seekers to Mexico

Monday, 08 April 2019 05:37 PM

A U.S. judge on Monday issued an injunction halting the Trump administration's policy of sending some asylum seekers back across the southern border to wait out their deportation cases in Mexico. The ruling is slated to take effect on Friday, according to the order by U.S. District Judge Richard Seeborg in San Francisco. The preliminary injunction will apply nationwide. The ruling removes at least temporarily a controversial Trump administration strategy aimed at slowing a flood of immigrants, many of them families from Central America, that swelled last month to the highest level in a decade. Because of limits on how long children are legally allowed to be held in detention, many of the families are released to await U.S. immigration court hearings, a process that can take years because of ballooning backlogs. In response, the Trump administration in January started sending some migrants to wait out their U.S. court dates in Mexican border cities, under a policy known as Migrant Protection Protocols, or MPP. The Department of Homeland Security said last week that it planned to expand the program. A U.S. Department of Justice spokesman declined to comment. The White House did not immediately respond to a request for comment. Seeborg said his ruling turned on the narrow question of whether the Trump administration had followed administrative law in implementing the policy. "The legal question is not whether the MPP is a wise, intelligent, or humane policy, or whether it is the best approach for addressing the circumstances the executive branch contends constitute a crisis," wrote Seeborg. The judge said the government shall permit the 11 plaintiffs in the case to enter the United States beginning on Sunday. He said the government still retained the right to detain the asylum-seekers pending the outcome of their case. MPP was rolled out in January. The government argued it was needed because so many asylum seekers spend years living in the United States and never appear for their court hearings before their claim is denied and an immigration judge orders them to be deported. MPP was based on a decades-old law that says migrants who enter from a contiguous country can be returned there to wait out their deportation case, although the provision had never been used in the way the administration has applied it. Civil rights groups sued, arguing the policy violated U.S. and international law by returning refugees to dangerous border towns where they would be unable to get legal counsel or notices of hearings. The plaintiffs include legal service organizations and migrants who fled Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador to escape what they said was extreme violence, rape and death threats. Apprehensions by border agents were on track to top 100,000 in March, the highest level in a decade, according to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. While illegal border crossings were higher in the early 2000s, most of those apprehended at that time were single men, often from Mexico. Gabriela Orellana, 26, an asylum seeker from El Salvador who was scheduled to have her first hearing on Tuesday, was delighted by the news of the judge's ruling. "I’m crying from happiness," she told Reuters. She is not one of the plaintiffs in the case. Orellana said she fled El Salvador with her 8-year-old daughter and 6-year-old son after she was shot by a gang member. She has been in Tijuana since January and has waited nearly two months for her first interview with U.S. immigration authorities.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/mexico-asylum-trump/2019/04/08/id/910745/ 

:: 4-6-19 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New sanctions just the start for Cuba over support for Venezuelan president: John Bolton

by Joel Gehrke | April 06, 2019 04:53 PM

President Trump plans to intensify economic pressure on Cuba over the communist regime’s support for Venezuelan strongman Nicolás Maduro, according to his top national security adviser. “The Cuban regime has served as a primary accomplice to Maduro’s theft of Venezuela’s wealth & resources, and is complicit in Venezuela’s humanitarian crisis,” John Bolton, the White House national security adviser, tweeted Saturday. “The U.S. is prepared to hold accountable any country or company that facilitates the repression of the Venezuelan people.” Bolton issued that warning after the Treasury Department blacklisted 34 ships that transport Venezuelan oil to the island. The Cuban regime denounced the tactics as “economic piracy,” but the U.S. officials maintain that they are stopping Maduro from providing payment for the Cuban security officials who are helping him maintain control of Venezuela in the midst of a severe political and economic crisis. “The Department of the Treasury has sanctioned companies and vessels facilitating illegal oil transfers from the Maduro regime to Cuba,” Bolton also tweeted. “This is only a first step.”

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/policy/defense-national-security/new-sanctions-just-the-start-for-cuba-over-support-for-venezuelan-president-bolton 

:: 4-8-19 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage

Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said.  Live News/Middle East Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago more on Libya

Libyans flee to Tunisia as fight for Tripoli intensifies today

UN: Libya militias in Tripoli profiting from human trafficking yesterday

How far can Haftar get with his Tripoli offensive? yesterday  

Libya's GNA forces announce 'counteroffensive' to defend Tripoli

yesterday

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. The empty Mitiga International Airport after services were temporarily suspended [Mahmud Turkia/AFP] In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said. Death toll rises

Haftar last week ordered his self-styled Libyan National Army (LNA), which is allied to a parallel administration in the east, to march on Tripoli, the seat of the internationally recognised Government of National Accord (GNA) which is protected by an array of militias. The showdown threatens to further destabilise war-wracked Libya, which splintered into a patchwork of rival power bases following the overthrow of former leader Muammar Gaddafi in 2011. It also risks torpedoing a UN-led national reconciliation conference scheduled for April 14-16 aimed at hammering out a peace deal and set a roadmap for long-delayed elections. Haftar, who was a general in Gaddafi's army before defecting and spending years living in the United States, casts himself as an enemy of "extremism". His opponents, however, view him as a new authoritarian leader in the mould of Gaddafi. The heavy fighting has so far displaced 2,800 people, according to the UN. The GNA's health ministry said at least 27 people, including civilians, have been killed since the start of the offensive, with at least 27 wounded. According to the LNA's media office, 22 of their troops have been killed. The World Health Organization also said two doctors were killed trying to "evacuate wounded patients from conflict areas".

Live News/Middle East

Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago more on Libya  Libyans flee to Tunisia as fight for Tripoli intensifies

today  UN: Libya militias in Tripoli profiting from human trafficking

yesterday  How far can Haftar get with his Tripoli offensive?

yesterday  Libya's GNA forces announce 'counteroffensive' to defend Tripoli

yesterday

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. The empty Mitiga International Airport after services were temporarily suspended [Mahmud Turkia/AFP] In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said. Death toll rises Haftar last week ordered his self-styled Libyan National Army (LNA), which is allied to a parallel administration in the east, to march on Tripoli, the seat of the internationally recognised Government of National Accord (GNA) which is protected by an array of militias. The showdown threatens to further destabilise war-wracked Libya, which splintered into a patchwork of rival power bases following the overthrow of former leader Muammar Gaddafi in 2011. It also risks torpedoing a UN-led national reconciliation conference scheduled for April 14-16 aimed at hammering out a peace deal and set a roadmap for long-delayed elections. Haftar, who was a general in Gaddafi's army before defecting and spending years living in the United States, casts himself as an enemy of "extremism". His opponents, however, view him as a new authoritarian leader in the mould of Gaddafi. The heavy fighting has so far displaced 2,800 people, according to the UN. The GNA's health ministry said at least 27 people, including civilians, have been killed since the start of the offensive, with at least 27 wounded. According to the LNA's media office, 22 of their troops have been killed. The World Health Organization also said two doctors were killed trying to "evacuate wounded patients from conflict areas".

Fighting was under way on Monday at Tripoli's old airport [Mahmud Turkia/AFP]

Humanitarian concerns Maria do Valle Ribeiro, the UN humanitarian coordinator in Libya, said the clashes around Tripoli have prevented emergency services from reaching casualties and civilians, and have damaged electricity lines. The increased violence is also worsening the situation for people held in migrants detention centres in the Libyan capital, she warned. Detained refugees and migrants told Al Jazeera they are "terrified" about what will happen to them, with some saying they have been left without food or water and others saying they had been taken from their cells and forced to move weapons. Meanwhile, fighting was under way on Monday at Tripoli's former international airport on the southern edge of Tripoli. The disused facility has been abandoned since 2014, after suffering heavy damage during fierce clashes between armed groups. Activists accuse Haftar's forces of committing human rights violations, with Human Rights Watch saying in a statement on Saturday that LNA fighters "have a well-documented record of indiscriminate attacks on civilians, summary executions of captured fighters, and arbitrary detention". But the right group's statement also noted that militias affiliated with the GNA and based in western Libya "also have a record of abuses against civilians".

SOURCE: Al Jazeera and news agencies

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/04/tripoli-functional-airport-hit-air-raid-clashes-rage-190408133455465.html 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

[ :: 5-13-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Pray about the earthquakes, the tornadoes, the hurricanes, pray about the hail, the snowstorms, the blizzards, pray concerning these things.  For the enemy is moving mightily in different areas to cause the price in your grocery stores to skyrocket and if you don’t pray this will affect you. etc.

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 4--19 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Weather Channel

Verified account @weatherchannel

An intense April storm will bring heavy #snow, high winds and potential #blizzard conditions to the Plains and upper Midwest later this week: https://wxch.nl/2uQzDTc 

https://twitter.com/weatherchannel/status/1115029262912847872 

:: 4-9-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Areas paralyzed by blizzards and floods last month are getting ready for a SECOND ROUND of BOMB CYCLONE – 2nd UNUSUAL INLAND BOMBOGENESIS in less than a month

By Strange Sounds - Apr 9, 2019 0

Only three weeks after a “bomb cyclone” — one of the most intense storms on record — pummeled the Plains and Midwest, another bombogenesis of similar strength has been forecast. This spring storm seems poised to dump even heavier snow; it could also be followed by another round of significant river flooding. Meteorologists say much of it is normal. But what is unusual is the second consecutive month for an inland bomb cyclone. Areas that were paralyzed by blizzards and floods last month are getting ready for round two of a weather phenomenon known as a “bomb cyclone.” Over the past few days, various forecast computer models have shown a blizzard of epic proportions for the north-central Plain States and Upper Midwest. Every time a model is updated, the storm depicted seems to get even more intense. At this point, it seems likely that some of the same areas impacted by devastating flooding just weeks ago are about to get slammed by an historic blizzard Wednesday through Friday. As of Monday night, the storm system was located in the Pacific Northwest and is moving across the Rockies where it is expected to dump heavy snow into Tuesday to the mountains of Wyoming and Colorado. The storm will intensify as it enters the central Great Plains on Wednesday. The barometric pressure — a measure of intensity in which lower means stronger — may drop to levels nearly as low as during the record-setting bomb cyclone in mid-March. In fact, this storm could tie or set April low pressure records. As the storm strengthens, it will drag thick Gulf of Mexico moisture northward on a collision course with below freezing temperatures north of the system. It’s forecast to slow down at that point and perhaps even stall for 24 hours. That would mean a prolonged period of blinding heavy snow, wind gusts to 70 mph and near zero visibility in Nebraska, South Dakota, northern Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin from Wednesday through Friday. The latest computer models put the bullseye for the heaviest snow band from Sioux Falls, South Dakota, through Minneapolis east to Eau Claire, Wisconsin. Snow totals could be staggering, with some models showing more than 30 inches in some areas. While not out of the question, snowfall of more than 30 inches is less plausible at any time, but especially this late in the season. That’s because in milder spring air, snow tends to be heavier, wetter and more compacted. Still, a narrow band of two feet seems well within reach. For the sake of comparison, Minneapolis’ biggest snowfall was the Halloween Blizzard of 1991, when 28 inches piled up. The second biggest snowfall there was 21 inches in November 1985. It wasn’t a coincidence that the two heaviest snows weren’t in the middle of winter. That’s because during mid-winter, the atmosphere is often too cold and dry in the Upper Midwest to support the most substantial snowfalls. In fact, 15 of the 20 biggest snow totals happened outside of the dead of winter. But in autumn and spring, the atmosphere is loaded with more moisture, lending more credibility to the possibility of the forecast spring blockbuster topping the charts. Regardless of snowfall amounts, it seems certain that copious amounts of water will be squeezed out of the air – a liquid equivalent of two to four inches. Once the snow melts starting this weekend, the water would run off into already flooded rivers in the High Plains and Midwest. Sunday night, dozens of gauges along the Mississippi, Big Sioux and James rivers were in major or moderate flood stage. Flooding has mostly receded along the Missouri River. Since Jan. 1, that part of the country has seen about twice its normal precipitation. With saturated ground, melting snow is likely to converge into area rivers. With that setup in mind, NOAA issued a rare, strongly worded Spring outlook calling for potentially historic flooding. Ed Clark, director of NOAA’s National Water Center in Tuscaloosa, Alabama explained, “This is shaping up to be a potentially unprecedented flood season, with more than 200 million people at risk for flooding in their communities.“ So, when the blizzard ends, attention will need to shift to melting snow and runoff. There’s no telling how significant the flooding will become but given the warning signs, it’s certainly something that needs to be monitored closely. Welcome to springtime in the Rockies and parts of the Great Plains. That will be the second consecutive month for an inland bomb cyclone. And that’s very unusual. The March 13 bomb cyclone caused massive flooding and produced winds of between 96 and 110 mph. What about the next one in the coming days?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/bomb-cyclone-usa-april2019-forecast.html

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive blizzard to hit the Rockies and Midwest Wednesday bringing heavy snow and high winds just weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area

The blizzard is expected to hit the Rockies, then head into parts of South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Wisconsin and Michigan

The major storm would strike just three weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area

Meteorologists anticipate snowfall to be as much as 24 inches in certain areas

Wind speeds of between 40 to 60mph are expected in the central US

Winds could reach 90mph from southeastern Wyoming through eastern New Mexico and the Texas and Oklahoma panhandles

High winds could limit visibility and increase fire damage possibility in dry areas

Anticipated heavy rains could lead to flooding in lakeshore areas of the Great Lakes and worsen flooding already experienced in Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois

By Dailymail.com Reporter Published: 11:48 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 12:36 EDT, 8 April 2019

The central United States is bracing for a spring blizzard that's expected to hit the heartland on Wednesday and Thursday. Weather watchers anticipate the major storm will include everything from high winds to heavy snow and rain, while also bringing the return risk of severe weather, just three weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area. Temperatures could drop more than 30 degrees Fahrenheit across the northern Plains starting Tuesday, setting the stage for lots of snow. The snowstorm is expected to cover the Rockies with fresh snow, then head northeastward into areas of South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Wisconsin and the upper peninsula of Michigan, AccuWeather reported. It's possible that the snow could go down as far south as Kansas. It's said that a foot or more of snow could fall on the North Central states and that the snow would be of the heavy and wet variety, which could lead to dangerous road conditions as snowfall rate pick up and cold air comes through quickly. Forecasters believe that as the storm increases in strength, moisture from the Gulf of Mexico will be drawn northward and collide with sub-freezing temperatures from the north, leading to a lengthy period of near zero-visibility snow in Nebraska, South Dakota, northern Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin from Wednesday through Friday, CBS News reported. Some computer models indicate snowfall could reach more then 30 inches in some areas from Sioux Falls, South Dakota, through Minneapolis and east to Eau Claire, Wisconsin, although it's more likely that the snow would max out at about 24 inches. Some states are getting ahead of the game with winter storm watches already in effect in most of South Dakota into southwest Minnesota, according to Minnesota Public Radio. High winds are also expected to hit along with the heavy snow. Meteorologists predict that wind gusts in the central US could reach 40 to 60mph, with the highest winds hitting the central and southern Plains. It's believed that winds as strong as 90mph could even be seen across the Front Range and High Plains from southeastern Wyoming through eastern New Mexico and the Texas and Oklahoma panhandles. Winds at these rates can result in a variety of damage both on the ground in and in the air, including broken tree limbs, downed power lines, flight turbulence and property damage. There's also the chance that these winds could increase fire damage in dry weather areas in the southern Plains, while also reducing visibility in areas where snow is expected and creating blizzard conditions. Heavy rains, meanwhile, could lead to flooding in lakeshore areas of the Great Lakes, as well as impacting areas already dealing with river flooding, such as Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois. The areas where the blizzard hits hardest are likely to experience travel delays, particularly flight cancellations and road closures, according to AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Dan Pydynowski. The central US storm is expected to move on to the Northeast by the end of the week.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6899309/Massive-BLIZZARD-hit-Rockies-Midwest-Wednesday-bringing-heavy-snow-winds-rain.html 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4-8-19 KATU TV2 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Much of Western Oregon on 'Flood Watch' as rain, melting snow push rivers to flood stage

by KATU Staff Monday, April 8th 2019

PORTLAND, Ore. – A spring storm brought heavy rain to the Pacific Northwest, putting part of Western Oregon under a "flood watch" through Monday with local waterways at or approaching flood stage.  The Portland District, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is increasing controlled water releases at most Willamette Valley dams as the heavy rain and melting snow are projected to fill reservoirs to near 100% capacity in the coming days. Water managers expect levels in the Willamette Valley to be at flood stage through the middle of the week at several gauges, including Goshen and on the main stem of the river at Harrisburg and Albany. Forecasts show Salem near flood stage Wednesday. In Lane County, mandatory evacuation orders are in effect for the 100-year floodplain along the Row River and Coast Fork of the Willamette River from the Dorena Reservoir north to the Mt. Pisgah area. That's due to the release water from the Dorena Reservoir near Cottage Grove. Lane County says flow rates at the reservoir will be higher than rates recorded during the historic flooding of 1996. According to KATU Meteorologist Rhonda Shelby, the Willamette River will crest sometime on Tuesday. In Albany, water levels are already high enough to cover picnic tables at parks along the river. The National Weather Service says flooding this late in the year is rare and has only happened once in recent history, back in early April of 2012. In Oakridge, a landslide has closed Highway 58. According to the Oregon Department of Transportation, crews will start clearing the area when the sun comes up. There's no estimate on when the road could reopen. The state says one trouble spot for landslide danger is in the Columbia River Gorge through the Eagle Creek Wildfire burn scar. Officials warn that ground cover burned in the 2017 fire can easily become loose because of all the rain. Just last week, the U.S. Forest Service had to escort hikers off a trail near Multnomah Falls because of falling rocks. The active rockfall closed the Wahkeena-Multnomah loop until further notice. Mountain Wave Search and Rescue says other hiking trails might also be dangerous. “Everything will be changing. Water will be softening up. The trails that are relatively new or have been remodeled and so they’re not really sound like they have been in years past," said Ray Livingston of Mountain Wave Search and Rescue. If you have plans to hike anytime soon, Livingston says use extra caution and make sure have proper rain gear and shoes. The Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Industries warned residents in the state to be on alert for landslides, which can be triggered by heavy rain.

https://katu.com/news/local/western-oregon-on-flood-watch-as-rain-melting-snow-push-rivers-to-flood-stage 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-7-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Large seismic event similar to what preceded the 2011 Japanese quake and tsunami underway off New Zealand’s North Island – Ongoing earthquake swarm – Officials urge Kiwis to get prepared

By Strange Sounds - Apr 7, 2019

A swarm of earthquakes has been triggered off the North Island’s east coast by a large seismic event similar to what preceded the 2011 Japanese quake and tsunami. GNS Science has confirmed one of the largest “slow-slips” ever observed in New Zealand is currently underway off the coast of Gisborne in the Hikurangi subduction zone. This slow-slip began last week and so far scientists have recorded “up to 3cm of eastward displacement,” said Wallace. “This is caused by up to 10-15cm of movement on the Hikurangi plate boundary offshore of Gisborne.” While these events are fairly common, happening every one or two years, this slow-slip is on track to be “as large at the previous slow-slip” recorded off Gisborne in 2010. Since Monday, 85 quakes have been recorded in the area. There have also recently been multiple small earthquakes recorded around the North Island, including in the north and off the coast of Whakatane. But GNS Science say it is hard to directly tie those to this slow-slip. What is a slow slip? A slow-slip is essentially a slow, silent earthquake undetectable by humans and the seismograph network because it is the movement of faults over weeks or months, according to GNS Science geophysicist Laura Wallace. That compares to typical quakes which happen over minutes or seconds.  They tend to last for a few weeks, meaning this slip is still early in its cycle and small earthquakes triggered off the coast of the Mahia Peninsula by the event could continue for a while to come. What now? International seismologists have found the 2011 Japanese earthquake was preceded by a slow-slip earthquake that lasted a month, but the predictive value of the events remain unclear. Scientists are studying the slow-slips off Gisborne through instruments on the seafloor off Poverty Bay to understand more about the movements and subduction zone processes. This could help with earthquake forecasting in the future. On Wednesday, Kiwis were urged to prepare for a large M8.9 earthquake off the coast of Gisborne which experts believe is inevitable and could happen within our lifetime. “We know a large earthquake and tsunami is something we will face in our lifetime, or that of our children and grandchildren. The reality is it isn’t a matter of if, but when.“ The Hikurangi subduction zone is New Zealand’s “largest and most active fault”. It is found just off New Zealand’s east coast, running from Gisborne to the top of the South Island, and is where the Pacific plate is subducting beneath the Indo-Australian plate. “New Zealand sits on a subduction zone just like Japan, and people should be prepared for the next large earthquake and tsunami,” said a statement from East Coast LAB.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/new-zealand-earthquake-swarm-big-one-gisborne-preparedness.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 4-1-19 The Washington Free Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite Photos Show Chinese Anti-Satellite Laser Base

Images also reveal work on EMP and electronic warfare weaponry

BY: Bill Gertz April 1, 2019 5:00 am

Commercial satellite images have provided the first photographs of a secret Chinese anti-satellite laser base in western Xinjiang province, along with other high-technology weapons facilities. The laser facility is located near a lake and is about 145 miles south of the Urumqi, the capital of Xinjiang. The facility was discovered by retired Indian Army Col. Vinayak Bhat, a satellite imagery analyst who specializes on China. China is using its satellite tracking stations located throughout the country as a means of identifying and targeting satellites. "Once the accurate satellite path and other data is known, directed energy weapons located at five different places can take over the task," Bhat said. The Xinjiang base is one of those laser bases that include four main buildings with sliding roofs that Bhat assesses contain high-powered chemical lasers powered by neodymium. Bhat estimates that the smaller shed with the sliding roof is a laser tracker. Taken together, the Chinese can fire one to three of the lasers against an orbiting satellite that China is seeking to disrupt. The Defense Intelligence Agency stated in a report made public in February that China is set to deploy a ground based laser cannon next year. The report said Beijing "possibly already has a limited capability to employ laser systems against satellite sensors." "China likely will field a ground-based laser weapon that can counter low-orbit space-based sensors by 2020, and by the mid-to-late 2020s, it may field higher power systems that extend the threat to the structures of non-optical satellites," the report, "Challenges to Security in Space," says. The DIA said directed energy weapons can be used to "disrupt, damage, or destroy enemy equipment and facilities." "These weapons, which can have effects ranging from temporary to permanent, include lasers, high-power microwaves, and other types of radiofrequency weapons," the report said, noting the difficulties in identifying the source of such attacks. It is not known if the Xinjiang base was the source of the well-known laser illumination of U.S. reconnaissance satellites several times in August and September of 2006. The laser "painting" occurred as the satellites passed over China. Then-Director of the National Reconnaissance Office Donald Kerr said at the time that the laser illumination did not damage the satellite's ability to collect information. The 2006 incident was believed to be tests of ASAT targeting since the illumination was assessed to be from a low power laser beam. Ian Easton, a China analyst at the Project 2049 Institute, says the United States is vulnerable to Chinese ASAT weapons. The United States operates nearly half of the 270-plus military satellites in orbit, as well as hundreds of civil, commercial and dual-use satellites that can be used for military operations. "China has also apparently tested and deployed at least one large, ground-based ASAT laser weapon for use on a number of targets in [low-earth orbit], and is developing a submarine-based ASAT missile with which it could eventually target U.S. national security satellites in [geosynchronous orbit," Easton said. China has claimed in military writings that it successfully blinded a satellite with a laser in 2005 using a 50 to 100 kilowatt mounted laser gun fired from Xinjiang. A report by the Center for Strategic and International Studies identified lasers like those in China are non-kinetic counterspace weaponry. "These attacks operate at the speed of light and in some cases, can be less visible to third party observers and more difficult to attribute," the report from April 2018 says. "High-powered lasers can be used to damage or degrade critical satellite components, such as solar arrays. Lasers can also be used to temporarily dazzle or permanently blind mission-critical sensors on satellites." To blast a satellite from earth with a laser required a focused beam, adaptive optics, and advanced pointing controls that steer the laser beam as it is fired through the atmosphere. According to the CSIS report, a laser attack can damage satellite sensors within the field of view of the sensor and that is the key to attributing the source of ground-based attacks. For those using lasers to attack satellites, it is difficult to determine the damage since the laser's impact on the sensors and other electronics may not provide debris or physical indicators. Bhat also disclosed the locations of other facilities in China used for exotic weapons systems, including an electromagnetic pulse facility in Xinjiang. Photos of the location showed what appear from space to be an EMP simulator. EMP is the pulse produced by a nuclear blast or solar flare that can disrupt electronics for thousands of miles. The photo shows a road leading in to the facility under a cylindrical EMP generator that can illuminate equipment and vehicles with EMP. "This facility is used for researching methods of hardening Chinese military equipment and reverse effects on adversaries’ equipment using electronic components," Bhat says. Also in Xinjiang is a mobile pulse generator—an electronic warfare system used to create electromagnetic interference that can disable satellites.

Bill Gertz Email Bill | Full Bio | RSS

Bill Gertz is senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. Prior to joining the Beacon he was a national security reporter, editor, and columnist for 27 years at the Washington Times. Bill is the author of seven books, four of which were national bestsellers. His most recent book was iWar: War and Peace in the Information Age, a look at information warfare in its many forms and the enemies that are waging it. Bill has an international reputation. Vyachaslav Trubnikov, head of the Russian Foreign Intelligence Service, once called him a “tool of the CIA” after he wrote an article exposing Russian intelligence operations in the Balkans. A senior CIA official once threatened to have a cruise missile fired at his desk after he wrote a column critical of the CIA’s analysis of China. And China’s communist government has criticized him for news reports exposing China’s weapons and missile sales to rogue states. The state-run Xinhua news agency in 2006 identified Bill as the No. 1 “anti-China expert” in the world. Bill insists he is very much pro-China—pro-Chinese people and opposed to the communist system. Former Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld once told him: “You are drilling holes in the Pentagon and sucking out information.” His Twitter handle is @BillGertz.

https://freebeacon.com/national-security/satellite-photos-show-chinese-anti-satellite-laser-base/ 

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 3--19 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Key Russian missiles ‘damaged en route to China’

Reports that 40N6 missiles were damaged while being shipped to China have raised doubts about Russia’s S-400 air defense system and hit plans by Beijing to pressure Taiwan

By Stephen Bryen

China is missing key missiles that formed a key part of its strategy to pressure Taiwan. The missiles themselves form a part of the S-400 air-defense system China is acquiring from Russia. Unfortunately for China these special missiles were involved in an alleged mishap at sea and Russia did not deliver them. The special missiles – the 40N6 – that launch from the S-400 could potentially close down airspace surrounding Taiwan and keep out US warplanes in case Taiwan needed American support should China launch a major provocation or even an invasion of the island. Unlike other missiles used by the S-400 system, the Russians claim that the 40N6 coupled with radar improvements could successfully block US stealth aircraft such as the F-22 and F-35. Also unlike the other S-400 missiles, the 40N6 has very long range, enough to keep out US fighters from bases in Japan, Okinawa or on US aircraft carriers. The missing missiles bound for China were on a cargo ship that Russia says encountered a storm at sea either in or near the English Channel in mid-January. The ship, the Nikifor Begichev (named in honor of a highly decorated Russian polar explorer who was born in 1874), sustained some damage and floundered for six days before it was able to return to its Russian port of Ust-Luga, 10 days after it started out. (Critics, meanwhile, have wondered why the S-400 missiles and equipment were sent by sea in the frozen north instead of by rail to China.) There is no information that the Begichev gave an international distress call or, for that matter that any Russian or other ships were dispatched to assist the vessel. Ust-Luga port is located near the Gulf of Finland, about 110 kilometers (86 miles) west of St. Petersburg. The Begichev and two other ships (Ocean Lord and Ocean Power) were transporting components of the S-400 air-defense system to China. The Russian-Chinese contract for the system was originally signed in 2014. Of the three ships, the Begichev returned to port, and the Ocean Power, which left port after the Begichev also returned. Ocean Lord completed its trip to China (although it had left port earlier on December 19 and arrived in Tianjin on February 9). Ocean Power would set out again and arrive in China, but it was not carrying the crucial missiles. According to the Russians, the vital cargo of 40N6 missiles was stored on the deck of the Begichev. The missiles allegedly were damaged beyond repair and had to be scrapped. The cargo was insured and the Russian insurance agency agreed to pay compensation. ‘Only the 40N6 can kill stealth jets’ The S-400 supports four different missiles – but the 40N6 is the only one that the Russians claim can kill stealth aircraft such as the F-22 and the F-35. For China to have a free hand to operate against Taiwan or even Japan, it needs to contend with top-line American stealth aircraft that are already operating out of Guam, Okinawa and Japan (and Japan is adding the F-35 to its air force as well). The S-400 is a mobile, advanced air-defense system that uses a number of different radars including units that can detect stealth aircraft. Two of the radars that are an optional part of the cluster use the L Band and VHF radar bands, which operate at a lower frequency compared to more precise X band radars or other military search and tracking radars in C or S bands. American stealth aircraft are designed to be less visible, especially at medium and long range from tracking radars, particularly in the X band. The Pentagon calls this technology “low observable.” The Russians have added L band and VHF systems as an optional part of the S-400 complex to give it the ability to track US-made stealth aircraft. But neither L Band nor VHF systems have great accuracy against air targets, especially at long range. To work around this limitation, the 40N6 operates differently in how it locates a target. The 40N6 has a range of up to 400 kilometers (250 miles) and uniquely for tactical air-defense missiles can operate from high altitude (29 km above the surface). The 40N6 missile is hypersonic and the Russians say that unlike typical missiles that begin to slow down as they approach their target, the 40N6 does not lose speed but actually goes faster as it dives down to its target. In addition, the 40N6 is said to be able to better locate its target using the missile’s active onboard radar because it sees planes or vehicles by looking down from above, where stealth designs are not as well optimized. In effect, the onboard radar supplements the X, L and VHF radars on the ground and improves the accuracy of the missile, especially against stealthy targets. And there is another difference. The US and Israel (working with Raytheon) have shifted to “hit to kill” warheads for air and missile defenses (as for the THAAD and Ground-based mid-course Interceptor, Patriot 3 and for Israel’s Arrow 3). But the Russians are instead using a blast fragmentation warhead with a kill envelope of around 100 meters. A hit-to-kill missile has no explosive warhead and has to physically hit the incoming aircraft or missile. The 40N6 with a more conventional but lethal warhead may be a better solution against aircraft rather than attacking missiles because modern aircraft can try and maneuver to avoid a direct hit. Russia’s extraordinary claims Russia has been making extraordinary claims about its military capabilities and new weapons and one has to take them all with a grain of salt. The S-400 with the 40N6 has never actually been tested against a stealth fighter plane. Indeed the design of the 40N6 and its supporting radars looks like an attempt to anticipate stealth’s potential vulnerabilities and combines different solutions (types of radars, speed of missile, blast warhead, “dive” from high altitude) to try and achieve the promised result. From Russia’s perspective, the 40N6 approach is not at all surprising. Russia does not have real stealth technology and, instead, is designing systems to kill stealth threats. China claims to have stealth technology, but India recently discovered it could easily detect Chinese J-20 stealth aircraft using older Russia warplane radars. China ordered 128 anti-stealth 40N6 missiles from Russia. How many were on the Begichev is not known, but it was not such a large ship and would not be able to carry all the missiles ordered. The Begichev carried its large cargo on its deck. There are photos of the ship loaded with large containers. Once the 40N6 missiles are delivered to China, the US will have to find ways to counter them in order to retain air superiority around Japan, Okinawa and Taiwan. Finding a solution will not be easy and China could gain a strategically valuable capability in the form of the 40N6 as an area denial weapon. Interestingly, the shipment of 40N6 missiles lost en route to China has raised eyebrows, even in Russia. How come all the missiles were lost or had to be destroyed? The issue was addressed by Russian defense analyst Pavel Felgenhauer. Felgenhauer writes for Novaya Gazeta, a publication well known for investigative journalism. Since 2001, three of its best journalists have been murdered because their reporting upset Russia’s leadership. Perhaps the most notorious (and best known in the West) was the killing of journalist Anna Politkovskaya in 2006, allegedly over her controversial reporting of the Second Chechnya war. Missile shipment ‘sabotaged by Russia’ Felgenhauer argued that the missiles going to China were sabotaged by Russia. Felgenhauer thinks the missiles were trashed because they don’t work, and that senior Russians did not want the Chinese to learn that they don’t work. Over-promising and too much propaganda about the superiority of Russian weapons seems to be an issue that goes right to the top in Moscow and includes its President, Vladimir Putin. The result is that Russia has bought itself some years before the 40N6 will be delivered to China, if ever. Russia has many customers for the S-400 system, the most recent is Turkey, a NATO member, and it has good prospects for sales among many US clients. It would not be helpful for Russia to have to admit to technical or operational issues. China must be angry and suspicious about whether Russia’s promises are credible. China can’t achieve air superiority over the United States without 40N6 missiles that really work, because, despite its boasting, China’s fighter aircraft are no match for the United States. Beijing’s bid to isolate the United States has suffered a serious setback.

https://www.asiatimes.com/2019/03/article/key-russian-missiles-damaged-en-route-to-china/ 

:: 3-31-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No AI in humor: R2-D2 walks into a bar, doesn't get the joke

SETH BORENSTEIN Associated Press•March 31, 2019

WASHINGTON (AP) — A robot walks into a bar. It goes CLANG. Alexa and Siri can tell jokes mined from a humor database, but they don't get them. Linguists and computer scientists say this is something to consider on April Fools' Day: Humor is what makes humans special. When people try to teach machines what's funny, the results are at times laughable but not in the way intended. "Artificial intelligence will never get jokes like humans do," said Kiki Hempelmann, a computational linguist who studies humor at Texas A&M University-Commerce. "In themselves, they have no need for humor. They miss completely context." And when it comes to humor, the people who study it — sometimes until all laughs are beaten out of it — say context is key. Even expert linguists have trouble explaining humor, said Tristan Miller, a computer scientist and linguist at Darmstadt University of Technology in Germany. "Creative language — and humor in particular — is one of the hardest areas for computational intelligence to grasp," said Miller, who has analyzed more than 10,000 puns and called it torture. "It's because it relies so much on real-world knowledge — background knowledge and commonsense knowledge. A computer doesn't have these real-world experiences to draw on. It only knows what you tell it and what it draws from." Allison Bishop , a Columbia University computer scientist who also performs stand-up comedy, said computer learning looks for patterns, but comedy thrives on things hovering close to a pattern and veering off just a bit to be funny and edgy. Humor, she said, "has to skate the edge of being cohesive enough and surprising enough." For comedians that's job security. Bishop said her parents were happy when her brother became a full-time comedy writer because it meant he wouldn't be replaced by a machine. "I like to believe that there is something very innately human about what makes something funny," Bishop said. Oregon State University computer scientist Heather Knight created the comedy-performing robot Ginger to help her design machines that better interact with — and especially respond to — humans. She said it turns out people most appreciate a robot's self-effacing humor. Ginger, which uses human-written jokes and stories, does a bit about Shakespeare and machines, asking, "If you prick me in my battery pack, do I not bleed alkaline fluid?" in a reference to "The Merchant of Venice." Humor and artificial intelligence is a growing field for academics. Some computers can generate and understand puns — the most basic humor — without help from humans because puns are based on different meanings of similar-sounding words. But they fall down after that, said Purdue University computer scientist Julia Rayz. "They get them — sort of," Rayz said. "Even if we look at puns, most of the puns require huge amounts of background." Still, with puns there is something mathematical that computers can grasp, Bishop said. Rayz has spent 15 years trying to get computers to understand humor, and at times the results were, well, laughable. She recalled a time she gave the computer two different groups of sentences. Some were jokes. Some were not. The computer classified something as a joke that people thought wasn't a joke. When Rayz asked the computer why it thought it was a joke, its answer made sense technically. But the material still wasn't funny, nor memorable, she said. IBM has created artificial intelligence that beat opponents in chess and "Jeopardy!" Its latest attempt, Project Debater , is more difficult because it is based on language and aims to win structured arguments with people, said principal investigator Noam Slonim, a former comedy writer for an Israeli version "Saturday Night Live." Slonim put humor into the programming, figuring that an occasional one-liner could help in a debate. But it backfired during initial tests when the system made jokes at the wrong time or in the wrong way. Now, Project Debater is limited to one attempt at humor per debate, and that humor is often self-effacing. "We know that humor — at least good humor — relies on nuance and on timing," Slonim said. "And these are very hard to decipher by an automatic system." That's why humor may be key in future Turing Tests — the ultimate test of machine intelligence, which is to see if an independent evaluator can tell if it is interacting with a person or computer, Slonim said. There's still "a very significant gap between what machines can do and what humans are doing," both in language and humor, Slonim said. There are good reasons to have artificial intelligence try to learn to get humor, Darmstadt University's Miller said. It makes machines more relatable, especially if you can get them to understand sarcasm. That also may aid with automated translations of different languages, he said.  Texas A&M's Hempelmann isn't so sure that's a good idea. "Teaching AI systems humor is dangerous because they may find it where it isn't and they may use it where it's inappropriate," Hempelmann said. "Maybe bad AI will start killing people because it thinks it is funny." Comedian and computer scientist Bishop does have a joke about artificial intelligence: She says she agrees with all the experts warning us that someday AI is going to surpass human intelligence. "I don't think it's because AI is getting smarter," Bishop jokes, then she adds: "If the AI gets that, I think we have a problem."

https://news.yahoo.com/no-ai-humor-r2-d2-143213538.html 

:: 3-29-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The robots that learned to reproduce: Scientists teach AI-powered bots to 'mate' by combining pieces of their code

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam is studying how robots can 'mate' with each other

The process involves two robots combining their code to produce offspring

Could revolutionize how robots are made and equip them for new environments

By Annie Palmer For Dailymail.com Published: 14:28 EDT, 29 March 2019 | Updated: 14:28 EDT, 29 March 2019

Evolutionary roboticists have been testing radical methodologies that allow robots to 'mate' with one another autonomously. The process would work with two robots that are able to combine their code and produce 3D-printed offspring. And while it may seem far-fetched, researchers say this could become commonplace within about 20 years, according to Wired. Research around evolutionary robots was published recently in the journal Nature Machine Intelligence. In it, computer scientists from Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam devised an automatic process that 'designs robots across multiple levels and niches them to tasks and environmental conditions.' 'Life’s ability to produce useful embodiments comes from a free-form evolutionary process where variance occurs across multiple levels,' the study explains. 'Making robot design similarly free-form and level-based might herald a new wave of capable embodiments to finally tackle challenging unstructured environments.' Breakthroughs in evolutionary robotics could lead to great improvements in robots' ability to navigate complex environments. Among the environments called out by the researchers include: 'Cataloguing biodiversity in remote areas, searching destroyed buildings for survivors following an earthquake, and exploring labyrinthine cave systems.' For the study, the researchers from Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam programmed two robots to create their own offspring. Researchers added 'noise' to the data supplied to create the offspring, so as to model the process of biological mutations, according to Wired. They found that the resulting offspring had elements of the two robots' 'genomes,' as well as some mutations. 'One parent is fully green, and the other parent is fully blue,' Gusz Eiben, a profess or artificial intelligence at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, told Wired. 'Then the child has some modules that are blue and some that are green, but the head is white. 'That's not what we put in - it's a mutation effect,' he added. It comes as additional research has been conducted around using algorithms and 'evolution' to build better robots. Last year, scientists in Australia let algorithms design robot legs to handle different surfaces. Typically, when scientists build robots, they look back at earlier designs and engineer different versions accordingly. However, for the study, they took 20 digital shapes, tested their walking abilities and, from there, took the top performers and 'mated' them to produce similar-looking legs. They did this repeatedly until they generated legs that are adapted to walk on hard soil, gravel or in water, Wired reported. Continued work around evolutionary robotics could make it easier to produce advanced robots more quickly than before. Fears that the technology will spiral out of control are most likely irrational, as humans still oversee the 'evolutionary' process while it's carried out by robots, Wired noted.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6865793/The-robots-learned-reproduce-Scientists-teach-AI-powered-bots-mate-combining-code.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 3-31-19 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Clapper Sings – Former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper Tells CNN Obama Ordered the Trump-Russia Spying Operation (VIDEO)

 by Jim Hoft March 31, 2019

On Monday former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper went on with CNN’s Anderson Cooper to discuss the Mueller Report after its release on Sunday. After two years of investigation Special Counsel Robert Mueller and his team of angry Democrats did not find any collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia. Mueller also did not find any evidence of conspiracy after President Trump fired crooked leaker FBI Director James Comey. Clapper defended the Obama administration’s spying on their political opposition during the election. And then Clapper appeared to put blame on Barack Obama for spying on his opponent during the 2016 presidential election.

Via Red Right Videos: ANDERSON COOPER, CNN HOST: The 2017 assessment that the President says he now agrees with, that was done while you and then NCI Director John Brennan were still in office. So, how can we reconcile the President attacking you, but apparently after a very long time finally, allegedly saying — or saying he allegedly agrees with the product of the intelligence community that you, yourself oversaw?

JAMES CLAPPER: Yes, well, this is — yes, as we’ve come to know the President, he is not a stalwart for a consistency or coherence. So it’s very hard to explain that. One point I’d like to make, Anderson, that I don’t think has come up very much before, and I’m alluding now to the President’s criticism of President Obama for all that he did or didn’t do before he left office with respect to the Russian meddling. If it weren’t for President Obama, we might not have done the intelligence community assessment that we did that set off a whole sequence of events which are still unfolding today, notably, special counsel Mueller’s investigation. President Obama is responsible for that, and it was he who tasked us to do that intelligence community assessment in the first place. I think it’s an important point when it comes to critiquing President Obama.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/03/clapper-sings-former-director-of-national-intelligence-james-clapper-tells-cnn-obama-ordered-the-trump-russia-spying-operation-video/ 

:: 4-1-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hold Hillary Accountable for Russiagate Hoax

Once again, Hillary Clinton got away with it.

April 1, 2019 Daniel Greenfield

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism. After the Mueller report plopped with a wet thud on the media, everyone is blaming everyone else. MSNBC and CNN are blaming the fake experts they invited on and interviewed night after night, urging them to make outlandish predictions that Mueller would soon have Trump locked up for treason. Like Inspector Renault, they’re shocked that the baseless claims they had been repeating were nonsense. And a few of the experts who turned it up to 11 will no longer be invited into media green rooms. Meanwhile the politicians are blaming the media, even though Rep. Adam Schiff, Rep. Maxine Waters, Rep. Jerry Nadler, Rep Ted Lieu, and many other political reps were every bit as bad as the ‘experts’. Some, like Schiff, are doubling down and will go on investigating Russian collusion until the media stops inviting them on morning shows to discuss the nothing that they found last week and the week before. Oddly, no one is blaming the political arsonist who started the dumpster fire that is Russiagate. The Russian conspiracy theory was invented by the Clinton campaign. It was used as a pretext for spying on Trump associates. And then became an argument for invalidating the results of the 2016 election. And while the Republicans and Democrats tore each other apart over Russiagate, Hillary Clinton sipped her chardonnays and spent the evenings cackling madly at the TV while watching Washington D.C. burn. The Russiagate conspiracy theory had multiple purposes. The most cynical one was exempting Hillary and her Clintonworlders from any of the blame for the election defeat. Invoking Russia was also an effort to create an election issue that Clinton, a former Secretary of State, could claim expertise on. It would also neatly counter Trump’s focus on Islamic terrorists and on China with a Cold War boogeyman. Russia split lefties along interventionist lines. Hard core anti-war types became Russia skeptics. Most of the rest went along because they hated Trump more than they cared about foreign policy. That’s why, aside from Israel, foreign policy has mostly been absent from the 2020 battles even as the radical primaries push Democrat candidates further leftward on a wide variety of domestic issues. That’s strikingly different from the 2016 primaries where Hillary’s opponents repeatedly attacked her over the Iraq War. This time around, Rep. Tulsi Gabbard is the only candidate to run on a leftist foreign policy platform. And has next to nothing to show for it. Even Senator Bernie Sanders, a Castro and Soviet sympathizer, is carefully steering clear of foreign policy except for the ritualistic bashing of Israel. Why is foreign policy out of bounds? One reason is a surplus of inexperienced candidates who have spent hardly any time in national office, some who never did, squatting in the 2020 clown car. But a big part of the reason is that Hillary Clinton’s domestic positions are seen as fair game for lefty critics, but, due to Russiagate, her foreign policy people and her international positions are viewed as off-limits. 2020 candidates have a choice between endorsing Hillary Clinton’s interventionism, “We came, we saw, he died”, which would earn them the ire of grass-roots leftists, or avoiding the subject altogether. The clowns in the 2020 clownmobile car don’t want to step on Russiagate trip wires or offend the lefties. That’s why the only safe subject to tilt leftward on is Israel. After the Mueller report fell, they may be a little bit more willing to question interventionism, but the base remains passionately convinced that Russia plotted to put President Trump in the White House. The post-Mueller poll by Reuters shows 84% of Democrats still believe in collusion. 57% strongly agree. Hillary Clinton may not be a 2020 honored guest, but her legacy is safe. 2020 Dems will be cautious about criticizing her, not only because she still has a fan base, but because she never really lost. The election was stolen by a bunch of Russian bots on Facebook. And no lessons, except for the need to censor social media, have been learned from her defeat. Once again, Hillary Clinton got away with it. The media deserves plenty of the blame. But MSNBC, CNN, the New York Times and the Washington Post, not to mention the outlets more explicitly tied to the Steele report, were acting as Hillary’s greedy ideological catspaws. They got rich off the hoax, but they didn’t invent it. Hillary Clinton’s people did. Any real reckoning should begin with the mother of all the hoaxes. But that too is very risky. Hillary Clinton tied in Obama’s people into the conspiracy. Any reckoning of Hillary’s role in Russiagate would rebound and take down sizable chunks of the Obama administration. Once again, Hillary Clinton used complicity, tying multiple interests into mainstreaming her hoax, that her lie had become too big to fail. Like the banking system, it would take too much down with it. The media is a safer target. Its only collateral damage is its non-existent credibility. Obama’s people however committed actual crimes. Eavesdropping on the political opposition is redolent of Watergate. And while the Dems no longer need Hillary, they very much need Obama. Especially if the top of the 2020 ticket ends up being a white New Englander with as much appeal to black people as mayonnaise. Take down Hillary over Russiagate, and Obama goes with her. It’s safer to just leave her alone. Any meaningful reckoning of the Russiagate hoax won’t end with the media. It will follow it through Fusion GPS, the DNC, and Clinton associates who hoped to swing the election with one last dirty trick. It will trace the passage of the Clinton conspiracy theory through the DOJ and the FBI. It will measure the institutional damage inflicted on the government, not just the permanent tainting of the 2016 election. Nobody complicit in Russiagate is about to allow that to happen. And so everyone, from the media on down, is willing to be Hillary’s fall guys instead. The Clintons have never had a shortage of those. Hillary Clinton’s political career is over. But despite the odds, she’s managed to evade blame not only for her crimes, but for her terrible political instincts and failures. And she is able to sit back and watch Democrats and Republicans still fighting it out over a game that she set into motion years ago. It’s hard not to believe that she doesn’t feel glee at the damage she is continuing to inflict on America. Russiagate was not a media failure. The media these days is just a Democrat messaging operation. Its broadcasts and articles exist to promote the partisan agendas of its political faction. Holding the media accountable for spreading smears, lies and conspiracy theories is like blaming the dog, instead of the owner, when it makes a mess on your lawn. The media makes messes, but it doesn’t originate them. MSNBC, CNN and the Washington Post can’t and won’t clean up the Russiagate mess. The only one who can is a retired politician dictating books, doing speaking tours and watching TV in her home in Chappaqua, New York. She is also the only person to have escaped a Russiagate reckoning. Unlike her fellow Democrats, she has nothing at stake in this post-Clinton political order and is happy to watch the country burn, and her party with it, to slake the frustrated anger of her final defeat. Russiagate is Hillary Clinton’s revenge on everyone. On Trump, on Republicans, and on her own party. If she can’t have the White House, she can still set the agenda by watching her big lie take over the national conversation, hounding Trump and forcing the Dems to fight her war using her last dirty trick. The only way to stop the damage that the last two years have inflicted on our country is to hold Hillary, Obama, their associates and officials accountable for the catastrophic dirty trick known as Russiagate.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/273299/hold-hillary-accountable-russiagate-hoax-daniel-greenfield 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 4-1-19 Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Latest Scheme to Turn Gun Owners into Criminals

American Thinker ^ | April 1, 2019 | Jonathon A Moseley

Posted on 4/1/2019, 7:02:48 AM by Moseley

Gun-owners, they are coming: on March 21, a Fredericksburg man was prosecuted and convicted of the misdemeanor crime of merely holding a B.B. gun in public. I know because I was in the trial, as the attorney defending Mr. Wolff. The Second Amendment protects the right to keep and bear arms. However, gun control activists are trying to criminalize gun ownership. Their next step is that you are a criminal if you take a gun out in public. If they have to let you own a gun, you can't ever take it out of its case. Liberals continue to try to criminalize private ownership of guns, despite losing a key battle in District of Columbia v. Heller, 128 S.Ct. 2783, 2820–2821, 171 L.Ed.2d 637, (2008). Unlike conservatives, left-wingers never quit. They intend to win the war eventually and disarm the American people. Now they claim that it is illegal to "open carry" a firearm. The mere existence of a gun if anyone else is around now has become the crime of "brandishing" and/or "assault" (which means frightening people, contrary to popular misunderstanding) or both. In Virginia, in the Fredericksburg General District Court, my client was charged with two counts of "brandishing" a firearm under Va. Code § 18.2-282 and two counts of assault under the all-purpose (vague) Va. Code §18.2-57, for a single incident that took no more than 30 seconds. (In my own defense, I took the case knowing that Virginia statutes are bad and need to be challenged by a campaign of appeals.)

(Excerpt) Read more at americanthinker.com  ...

In the early morning of January 3, 2019, Mr. Wolff — who because of the pain of his injuries did not sleep most of the night — heard a loud commotion in the private athletic club parking lot right to him. There was a history of trespassing, drunken parties, and police activity there. He described often seeing the blue flashing lights of police cars filling his living room from that spot over the years. He knew that the parking lot was blocked by a cable and a lock, so anyone parking there would be committing a crime, including breaking the cable and the lock. Just last week, he found a .22 bullet casing in that parking lot. He testified that he did not know what was going on, so he took his B.B. gun for his own protection. Standing in his own yard, he shouted across the fence, "What are you doing there? That is private property." The woman then shouted, "He's got a gun!" The man and the woman then calmly walked away, never answering his question. They were "flaggers" assisting a road construction project, but nobody had ever informed Mr. Wolff before. His question was never answered. He went back into his townhouse, thought the incident was over, and went back to his morning meal. Nobody suggested that he ever pointed the B.B. gun at anyone, nor that he waved it or flourished it in an ostentatious or angry manner (referring to dictionary definitions of "brandish"). But he was then arrested for two counts of "assault by intimidation" and two counts of brandishing, purely because the two workers said they were afraid. There was body-cam video of the interviews after the fact. Everyone agreed on the day of the incident that the defendant carried a B.B. gun by holding the barrel (the front tip up by his hip) so that the trigger end hung down near the ground, and that he held the B.B. gun down next to his leg. He then leaned it up against the fence. There were four counts alleging two victims from the same incident. So if you have a gun around ten people, you could be charged with twenty misdemeanors from one single action. That would be ten crimes of brandishing by just holding the gun passively and ten crimes of assault from the same holding, because there are ten people around. The judge seemed sympathetic but said that he felt constrained by prior court cases to find Mr. Wolff guilty of Va. Code § 18.2-282, which also criminalizes merely "holding" a firearm "in such manner as to" frighten someone. The judge discussed with me that the statute is completely subjective from the standpoint of the complaining person. I say this makes the statute unconstitutional — void for vagueness — because anyone can say he is afraid just because you are holding a gun. How do you know what to means to hold a gun "in such a manner" as to make someone afraid? There are no standards to follow. How do you know if you are breaking the law? What is "brandishing?" Nobody knows. There is no definition in the statute. Virginia considers dictionaries, but those definitions are all over the map. We should all be offended by vague and ambiguous laws that can be bent like putty in the hands of prosecutors or police.

1 posted on 4/1/2019, 7:02:48 AM by Moseley

[ Post Reply | Private Reply | View Replies]

To: Moseley Mr. Wolff is a disabled veteran living on a small pension. He needs help to pay $1,300 for the court reporter’s transcript. Otherwise, he won’t be able to take the case up on appeal. If anyone cares about the growing assault on every American’s Second Amendment rights, please help with a donation of whatever you can manage, large or small

https://www.gofundme.com/prosecuted-for-quotopen-carryquot-need-transcripts 

Now, in order to take the case to Second Amendment organizations like the Virginia Civil Defense League, Gun Owners of America, and the NRA, or The Rutherford Institute with John Whitehead in Virginia, it is necessary to show the court reporter’s transcript to them. They need to know that this case is a good example of the legal question before going forward with it.

2 posted on 4/1/2019, 7:03:56 AM by Moseley ( http://www.MoseleyReport.com  )

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/news/3738958/posts?page=5 

[ :: 10-26-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For man brings many things about themselves, their foolishness, they run off at the mouth and they do not consider the things that they are saying. They poke the bear in the eye and poke the bear in the eye and they poke the bear in the eye and they do not realize that the bear can be very vicious, that he can tear them to shreds, that he can kill those that they love, he can kill their sons and their daughters and they never think of this. They only do the stupid things that they think themselves because they don’t inquire of me or ask of me and therefore the things that come are because of their foolishness. etc.

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For they have poked the bear over and over and they tell the bear how much more mightier than they are and the bear has now spoken.  If those that are speaking against us don’t stop we will strike you and you will know you have been struck.

[ 4-22-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc for great disaster now cometh upon the face of the earth and you shall see it all.  For you cannot poke a dog in its eye continually no matter how tame and not have him respond, and you shall see the responses, they shall not be what you want, but it is that time and they shall not change because it is that time.  etc.

:: 3-31-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'The Gun' Rules In Venezuela Now And Their Grid Down & Descent Into Anarchy Are Huge Warnings To America

- A US Invasion Of Venezuela Could Lead To Similar Situation Here If Worst Case Scenario Unfolds

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 31, 2019

In this Friday story over at Reuters, they report upon the latest 'raising of the stakes' in Venezuela after President Trump national security advisor John Bolton warned Russia about their military presence in Venezuela, claiming any moves to establish or expand operations there would be considered by the US a 'direct threat' to international peace while warning that 'all options' would be made available for the US to respond if Russia didn't remove their troops from the nation. With large parts of Venezuela having once again 'returned to the dark ages' after electrical power went out again, the latest nationwide blackout that has made the Venezuelan people feel like they've 'returned to a time of life of centuries ago', we should pay close attention to what is happening there for several different reasons. As we hear right off the bat in the final video at the bottom of this story, with Venezuela's descent into anarchy almost complete, 'the gun' rules there now. With Nicolas Maduro and the Venezuelan government blaming the US for this latest blackout, claiming that our military had used unlawful electro-magnetic-pulse weapons to bring down their national grid and cast their nation into darkness, we've previously reported on ANP that Venezuela could be the fuse that lights World War 3 should Russian and US troops face off against each other. But with President Trump now finally past the Russian-collusion scam concocted by the left, we could also be witnessing more 'theater' as Trump's 'tough words' show the left he's no 'Russian pawn'. But with Zero Hedge reporting Friday night that the Pentagon had just put in a $250 million order of specialized gas masks, prompting their story to ask 'what do they know?', I couldn't help but immediately think of the gas mask worn by the rampaging murderous soldier on one of the Denver International Airport murals as seen in the side by side photographs below. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) With Russia wasting no time at all responding to Bolton's remarks as American writer robert Bridge reported in this March 28th RT story, reporting that the "US lecturing Russia to ‘keep out of Western Hemisphere’ is hubris & hypocrisy on steroids", has Bolton not read the latest news reports? As Dr. Peter Vincent Pry reported on ANP back on March 14th of 2018, 'mutually assured destruction is no longer mutual' thanks to Barack Obama's 'New START' treaty which allowed Russia to achieve the 'holy grail of nuclear superiority' over the United States, 'escalation dominance', via the development of Russia's unstoppable new hypersonic nuclear weapons. For those who think that Dr. Pry might be incorrect with his analysis, let's take a look at comments made by other experts on the topic of what World War 3 might look like in the present day and age we're now living within. Back on March 22nd of 2018, the website 'Task and Purpose' reported that while testifying before the Senate Armed Services Committee, US Air Force General John Hyten warned lawmakers "the U.S. isn't completely prepared to stave off adversaries' hypersonic missile technologies." Within that same story they reported that according to US Senator Jim Inhofe, a Republican from Oklahoma, America was powerless against Russia's new hypersonic weapons, a warning Inhofe repeated again back in November of 2018, that Russia was perhaps light years ahead of the US in their development of hypersonic nuclear weapons. And as we had reported on ANP back on March 13th while asking in a story if the Pentagon had recycled a program called 'Nitro Zeus' to take down Venezuela's power grid, a recent WW3 simulation done by globalist think-tank RAND determined that in a war between the US and Russia/China, America would be completely destroyed: "A gruesome annihilation" they warned. Yet for some reason, despite all of this proof that the US would likely be obliterated in World War 3, Bolton wants to continue to poke the 'Russian bear'. As mentioned above, while we could very well be witnessing a 'diversion' of some type in Venezuela, 'political theater' designed to achieve a certain purpose, we also should remember that neither President Trump nor Vladimir Putin are likely ready to completely sacrifice their country's in a nuclear war over Venezuela. So while a nasty and potentially dangerous war may kick off over Venezuela that we should be keeping our eyes on, we can also learn a ton about preparing by paying attention to what is now happening in Venezuela with the national grid down there a real-life-warning of what will happen here should the electrical grid go down for an extended period of time. While we tip our hats to President Trump for his recent Executive Order on EMP and protecting our electrical grid, what's happening now to the people of Venezuela could very well happen here in the US should America get into war with Russia. And as we've long been warned, should the grid go down here for an extended period of time, our nation too will be cast back into the 'dark ages' with big American cities sure to turn into death traps as food and supplies run out. So from this Yahoo story we can learn a few of the things that the Venezuelan people are now going through and we're not the least bit surprised that most all communications have gone down with the power, showing us why we should have inexpensive alternative emergency communications such a ham radio or an amateur set up just in case America is struck by an EMP, catastrophic solar storm or nuclear/biological war that causes the domino-like-collapse of our traditional communications here. From Yahoo.: The latest blackout this week also knocked out communications. According to NetBlocks, an organization monitoring telecoms networks, 85 percent of Venezuela has lost connection. In stores, cash registers no longer work and electronic payment terminals are blanked out. That's serious in Venezuela, where even bread is bought by card because of lack of cash. Some clients, trusted ones, are able to leave written IOUs. "People need to eat. We let them take food and they will pay us when bank transfers come back," explained shop owner Carlos Folache. As night casts Caracas into darkness, families light their homes as best they can. "We make lamps that burn gasoline, or oil, or kerosene -- any type of fuel," explained Lizbeth Morin, 30. "We've returned to the Middle Ages." And while America moves onward, as we had reported in this story on ANP back on February 23rd, with tensions flaring between the US and Russia over Venezuela, and with Russia's Mach 9 nuclear missiles sitting only 200 miles off of the East coast, 'doomsday' could arrive on America shores within 120 seconds of a Russian nuclear missile launch and such a catastrophe could only be one horrific escalating series of events away from occuring. And with any World War 3 with Russia sure to include Russia launching EMP weapons that take down our nationwide grid, quite literally sending us back to the 'dark ages' along with Venezuela, we've long been warned that an extended grid down scenario in the United States could eventually lead to the deaths of 90% of the population or more, largely from starvation. So we pray that cooler heads prevail in the days ahead on Venezuela as while we absolutely feel and pray for the Venezuelan people who are living like slaves under the thumb of a dictator, leading to millions leaving the country and tens of thousands more suffering from starvation, a US invasion of Venezuela that pits America soldiers against the special forces from Russia who are already there immediately turns into a potential World War 3 scenario should worst case scenarios unfold there. Is it worth it to John Bolton and President Trump to invade Venezuela if it possibly leads to World War 3 and all that we've been warned by Russian insiders living here in the US about what WW3 might bring with it? We simply cannot invade Venezuela if it eventually leads to WW3 being delivered full force upon US soil. So we'll close with this must-remember excerpt from Club Orlov's story "A Russian Warning", a story written prior to obtaining their new hypersonic nuclear weapons.: We now feel that it is our duty, as Russians living in the US, to warn the American people that they are being lied to, and to tell them the truth. And the truth is simply this: If there is going to be a war with Russia, then the United States will most certainly be destroyed, and most of us will end up dead. We are absolutely and categorically certain that Russia will never attack the US, nor any EU member state, that Russia is not at all interested in recreating the USSR, and that there is no “Russian threat” or “Russian aggression.” Much of Russia’s recent economic success has a lot to do with the shedding of former Soviet dependencies, allowing her to pursue a “Russia first” policy. But we are just as certain that if Russia is attacked, or even threatened with attack, she will not back down, and that the Russian leadership will not “blink.” With great sadness and a heavy heart they will do their sworn duty and unleash a nuclear barrage from which the United States will never recover. Even if the entire Russian leadership is killed in a first strike, the so-called “Dead Hand” (the “Perimetr” system) will automatically launch enough nukes to wipe the USA off the political map. We feel that it is our duty to do all we can to prevent such a catastrophe. Thus, if tomorrow a war were to break out between the US and Russia, it is guaranteed that the US would be obliterated. At a minimum, there would no longer be an electric grid, no internet, no oil and gas pipelines, no interstate highway system, no air transportation or GPS-based navigation. Financial centers would lie in ruins. Government at every level would cease to function. US armed forces, stationed all around the globe, would no longer be resupplied. At a maximum, the entire landmass of the US would be covered by a layer of radioactive ash. We tell you this not to be alarmist, but because, based on everything we know, we are ourselves alarmed. If attacked, Russia will not back down; she will retaliate, and she will utterly annihilate the United States.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Venezuela_Flash_Point_Russia_WW3.php

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 3-30-19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Social Credit System – It’s Coming to the United States

China, China Big Brother, social credit system

Guest Post by Marin Katusa

In 2015, a 16-year-old student from Jiangsu, China, tried to board a train. She couldn’t even purchase a ticket. The student, Zhong Pei, tried enrolling in classes at her university. But she was not allowed to do that either. Zhong had committed a serious crime: She was guilty of being related to someone else. Her father had killed two people and died in a car accident. So the Chinese government blacklisted her as “dishonest.” It took her four months before she was able to overturn the decision and go to her university. China’s Social Credit System – America’s New Nightmare? What Zhong experienced was the result of testing for China’s new “Social Credit System.” The SCS aims to be a unified program that provides a “social credit score” for every one of China’s 1.3 billion citizens. But the Chinese government needed help develop the algorithms that determine social credit scores. So it enlisted eight companies for pilot programs, including its two largest, trusted social media companies: Tencent and Alibaba. They both came up with their own solutions: Alibaba’s affiliate Ant Financial rolled out its own “Sesame Credit” system. And Tencent had a nationwide system that was trialed for less than a day before it was taken down with pressure from the People’s Bank of China. Both Alibaba and Tencent own enormous Chinese payments systems. They also own the largest Chinese marketplaces.  So Tencent’s program and Alibaba’s Sesame Credit can easily measure how much, how often, and what is bought online in China… and more importantly, when it is paid for. Chinese regulators are pressuring both as neither have received an official licence to operate their social credit systems. But Tencent and Alibaba are pushing aggressively because they see the benefits – these seemingly innocent systems could help bring order to the chaos of Chinese commerce. The plan, however, does not stop there. And the Chinese government has already laid the framework for the dystopian future.  Laws from 2012 and 2016 require internet companies to retain customers’ real names and information. There will be no opting out from this future. In 2020, the system will become the Social Credit System (SCS). And it will be owned and operated entirely by the Chinese state government. The SCS will take into account not only purchases, but also hobbies, your lifestyle, and even who you hang out with. If you raise a child, attend government events, or do well at your job – things considered ideal for a model citizen – your social credit score will go up. However… If you drink too much, play too many video games, or speak ill of the government – your social credit score will go down. It’s a national database that will hold information on every citizen. It will assess information as innocent as whether an academic degree was actually earned. And as personal as if a female is supposed to be taking birth control. In short, the SCS will not be a measurement of how regularly you pay your bills. It will show the government precisely how well you toe the party line. Social Credit – Obedience to an Authoritarian State It’s a great idea, right? There are a lot of people in China. And it’s hard to prevent crime. Just think of all the great things it will do for the country: Citizens know exactly how trustworthy someone is before they befriend them. Bad driving gets punished (if you have ever driven in Vancouver, Canada-this would be a welcomed feature). While good driving gets rewarded. People become more confident in public institutions. If your social credit is high, you’ll reap huge benefits… You’ll be able to rent better cars and homes, without a deposit. Your children will have access to the best schools in your area. You’ll get access to better health insurance. Prospective employers will be more likely to hire you. It’ll be easier to get the paperwork to travel or to get a loan. Chinese officials say that by 2020, the SCS will “allow the trustworthy to roam everywhere under heaven…” But that’s only looking at the benefits for people with a high score. Here’s the end of that quote: “while making it hard for the discredited to take a single step.” If your credit score drops too low, you’re basically ejected from society. You’ll be rejected for housing and loans. Your children won’t be able to attend good schools – even if their grades say otherwise. You’ll have a harder time finding a date (dating sites and apps in China allow people to advertise their social credit score). You’ll be turned away from good job opportunities. Your internet speed could be cut. Or, like Zhang, you’ll be locked out of being able to buy train tickets and plane tickets. You won’t be able to leave the country. In effect, the SCS is designed to completely eliminate mobility – social, class, or travel – for those who do not agree with the government’s definition of a model citizen. If the punishments are so severe, surely it must be hard to get a low score. Only for horrific crimes, right? Wrong. The common slogan in China is: “whoever violates the rules somewhere shall be restricted everywhere.” Punishment is already happening on a broad scale. Chinese authorities have already banned more than 10 million people deemed “untrustworthy” from boarding flights and high-speed trains. It’s actually really easy to watch your SCS drop. Hang out with someone with a low score, and your own will go down. You can lose points based on spending time with your family and friends. By the way, that’s how North Korea keeps its citizens in line. It gets worse. When you check your score, you can see precisely who is dragging it down. So you know instantly who to avoid in your life. In a speech, U.S. Vice President Mike Pence described the SCS as: “…an Orwellian system premised on controlling virtually every facet of human life.” Every Move You Make, Every Step You Take… China’s Watching You Here’s the kicker: The Chinese people seem to want this systemPeople want to participate in the system to watch their score go up. They’re also unknowingly participating in a system of ostracism and social pressure. The social credit system is a tool to get people to fall perfectly in line. It’s not mandatory yet. Which means that all the people who want to do it – the ones who willingly toe the party line – are going to get in early to get super high scores. It will seem innocent. Fun, even. The social credit system is not scheduled to reach full nation-wide implementation until next year. But parts of it have already been put into play. Many communities around China are already running their own versions of the social credit system…  Last year, 17 million flights and 5.4 million high-speed rail trips were denied to would-be travelers who found themselves on the government’s blacklist. It’s said that most of the people on the blacklist are debtors. These are people who have defaulted on loans. And some of the current implementations of the social credit system only deduct social credit points when you break the law. Like getting a speeding ticket. Again, there’s a Sesame Credit app, which encourages users to compare their credit scores to those of their friends. It’s an obvious push to get people to share their ratings as a status symbol. More than 100,000 Chinese people have “tweeted” their SCS scores on the Chinese equivalent of Twitter. Above: A billboard in a Chinese community displays citizens with the highest social credit score. The madness has not yet begun. The logical implications of the system are horrifying to think about. You can literally die a death by a thousand paper cuts. Buy the wrong thing on Alibaba too many times, and you can no longer even get a job. Hang out with the wrong friends too many times, and you can’t get a loan or trade in the stock market. And once you’re out of society, you’re out for good. There’s virtually no way to get back in. You’re muted and invisible. Persona non grata. It’s an appalling return to the caste system of India. If your credit score is too low, you’re untouchable. People will turn on each other. China’s elite State Council published a planning document on the SCS that says that the “new system will reward those who report acts of breach of trust.” That’s a page straight from Soviet Russia’s KGB – only more effective. Accurate information on China is hard to obtain. It’s likely the current reality is already far worse than we know. The Land of the Decree, and the Home of the Slave

The majority of the elements are in place for the Social Credit System to be implemented. Not in China.  In the United States. We have:

The databases

The digital surveillance

The national credit score system

The systems of reward and punishment

The government-knows-best attitude

The electronic purchasing data

The ubiquitous social networks

Think about it. China started with Alibaba and Tencent. In the United States, we have Amazon and Facebook and Google. They know everything you read, see, search, buy, and say. Your Android or iPhone already tracks your location and reports it hundreds of times per day. And that information is already being used for complete censorship. In 2018, Facebook began a program that assigns every user a reputation score, which predicts their “trustworthiness.” Sound familiar? Here is how China implemented the Social Credit Score system in just under five years: They subjected all online behavior to intense study. They collected, stored and analyzed all social media and banking information. They began to severely regulate the freedom to travel. And . Indeed, a report from the World Privacy Forum indicates that in such a credit score systemhere’s what’s going on in the United States… Police threat-scoring algorithms are used to determine who the police should be tracking and surveilling. Social media is already being used in these algorithms. For the past decade, the NSA has been gathering information on people’s social media, locations, friends, and who they travel with. The agency can enrich the data with bank information, social media information, voter information and even GPS location information. The TSA has a rapidly expanding “no-fly” list. The list has no government accountability, and there is no recourse – unless, of course, you’re a powerful government official who ends up on iterror rates and false readings become a big issue.” Implications on the Yuan and U.S. Dollar Never underestimate the currency butterfly effect. This has huge implications for the yuan, which is the currency of China. The Social Credit Score will have incredible implications on business, government and ultimately, the strength of the currency. The world has never seen anything like this. And it’s only going to grow. China is the first country to implement this and certainly won’t be the last. You know others will do so to maintain power, increase power and manipulate power.  Pay attention to this and it will be very important in the coming years, and will have significant indirect effects to your portfolio. What could possibly go wrong? Last year, Chinese authorities said that part of the program would be to freeze the assets of anyone deemed to be “dishonest.” Imagine all of your assets suddenly disappearing because a red light camera read your license plate wrong. The infrastructure for this system is already in place in the United States. It’s just not about train rides or university classes anymore. Any individual not aligning with the current social and governmental norms will face poverty… homelessness… starvation… or worse. Under the new system of life by government approval, survival becomes simple: Obey… or die.

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/03/30/chinas-social-credit-system-its-coming-to-the-united-states/ 

:: 3-31-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coup Attempt Failed: Where Do We Go From Here? The Mainstream Media Is Absolutely Complicit In Treason - They MUST Be Held Accountable!

This Treasonous Attempt To Overthrow The Will Of The American People Must Be Dealt With Firmly

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline March 31, 2019

(ANP: In the only video at the bottom of this story, Judge Jeanine returned to Fox News to blast those who've committed treason against America.) Some have called it the start of the banana republic. Some have called it a socialist Leninist coup. Whatever it is called, the antics of the Democratic party can aptly be named a progressive socialist attempt at a coup d’etat. Once again we have the start of a revolutionary revolt based on nothing more than the collection of political power. They don't believe in the platitudes that they espouse and count on the citizens not recognizing that the policies that the progressive socialists need to implement are the same that Lenin first proposed on the Soviet people on his way to his socialist paradise. They continue to flash the morality that they think they have as superior to any other and continue to separate every class from one another. It has been shown that the classism that they continue to force on the American people is being used for nothing more than to increase violence on those that disagree and increasingly depending on the government. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) We have had representatives talk of her enemies floating in the rivers, the blood spreading in the streets or even the socialism that they have forced upon the Democrat party. Lists have been made as in the time of the Bolshevik revolution that were known as enemy lists. They will ignore any opportunities of moderation, compromise or even talking to those who oppose them. They will brook no dissent. From border security to the environment, to infanticide, and many other subjects, no objection will be allowed. Violence is part of the plan as well, although right now they gang up on young children, women and the aged. These are nothing more than the brown-shirts of another era in which the rule of law was subjected to totalitarian impulses. The Media is complicit in this coup, not recognizing that they would be the first to lose the ability to express any deviance from the accepted party line. We have seen the results of the massive indoctrination replacing the educational system that has done well for our country for almost 200 years. Critical thinking is no longer allowed, our children are being indoctrinated in many different areas. American history is being put forth as an opportunity to speak of subjects such as transgenderism, Islamic propaganda, abortion and many other of the Leninist philosophy. Our education system has been helpful in setting forth an army of millennial socialists. A large portion of the American people have been indoctrinated to believe the ideals that we have stood for, the values we have always shared no matter what your station in life and the freedom and liberties that brave men and women have always fought for is outdated. Our children are coming out of college believing that our challenges in this country are because we have too much freedom. Those who have not lived through the socialism that pervades the world do not recognize the implementation of the socialist will. Those under the age of 30 have never lived in a world where the government is operating for the sole reason of consolidating the power of the socialist regime. The promises that they are given sound good to them and they don’t have the critical thinking or experience to look further. They want what the progressive socialists offer and don’t understand that the cost would be too high. It has been said before, what the government agrees to give you, the government can agree to take away. It has to be understood that the media and academic indoctrination taking place, the violence of those that dissent is in line with the progressive agenda. The depth of their hatred is incomprehensible to those with an almost religious belief in the rule of law. The incoherence of the ideas they spew to the populous proves one thing above any other. That the progressive socialist agenda cannot win based on the merit of their arguments. Anyone who questions the authority that they have given themselves is met with verbal violence, being called a racist, a homophobe, an Islamophobe or whatever they think they can scream to end the argument. They think they are morally superior and that only the ideas that they formulate in their fevered minds can be valid. They work hard to limit on every level those who disagree with them. Our country deserves a government focused on the fight against tyranny, to work for the rights the American people have that have been slowly eroded from the society we deserve. Christians have been called Religious extremists by none other than the U.S. Army, calling the Christian community the number one extremist threat to America. Members of the armed forces have been threatened with prison for talking about their faith or sharing the gospel. It is informative that not only the Army but even the institutions teaching our children are allowed to discuss Islam freely and openly. The media is complicit by not mentioning the countless people in this country murdered, raped, or assaulted by those that wish to do our country harm. The progressive socialists continue to spread the falsehood that most of the violence is coming from the right, ignoring the daily violence done by those who should not be here to American citizens. By the FBI numbers given to the media have been 23,871 deadly Islamic attacks since 9/11. Interestingly enough, NO NUMBERS ARE AVAILABLE FROM A RELIABLE SOURCE ON RIGHT WING ATTACKS. Also not mentioned in the numbers that CAIR and others do not mention is murderers like the two police officers by Ismaaiyl Brinsley, a member of Black Guerilla Family a socialist black nationalist group. Barton Gellman a contributing editor to TIME Magazine has made a case that those with a strong support system in relation to the 2nd Amendment and those who consider themselves patriots and adherents to the rule of law be classified as right-wing extremists. The article claimed that patriots and 2nd Amendment supporters are extremist and a threat to law enforcement. Our federal government, initiated by Obama, has forced the American people to accept an influx of refugees and aliens from Islamic countries. The Hamas tied Council on American-Islamic Relations has been vocal about bringing more. They have continually called for the adoption of Sharia Law on a local and state level. The Islamic tradition of Taqiyya continues to be used in the United States. The Muslim Brotherhood, whose goal in the destruction of our culture and way of life has now infiltrated the past administrations in positions needed to further the goals the Muslim Brotherhood had set. They now infiltrate our schools, or Congress and even law enforcement including the FBI and CIA. It was CAIR who forced the sharia-compliant information in the Army manual stated above. It has been forced on those in the military so much that it is no longer permissible to tell families at military funerals "God Bless You" as promulgated to the troops and their families from the Veterans Affairs. In 2020, it will be up to the people in this country who will uphold the values of this great country. John Veliseks’ new book “One Patriots Opinion- for the Forgotten Men and Women of America” is now available on Kindle/Nook. 330 pages that any conservative would consider a must read and enjoy. Go to Kindle Book Search and type in “One Patriots Opinion”

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Progressive_Left_Denies_Social_and_Cultural_Values.php 

:: 3--19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DIVIDE AND CONQUER: Pope Francis Meets With Muslim King In Morocco And Declares That Jerusalem Should Never Belong Solely To The Jews

Pope Francis joined the Moroccan monarch in declaring the city the “common patrimony” of Christians, Jews and Muslims, on the first day of a visit to the North African country. The spiritual leader of the world’s 1.3 billion Catholics was invited by King Mohammed VI for the sake of “inter-religious dialogue,” according to Moroccan authorities. The statement Thursday made no mention of any Jewish link to Jerusalem.

pope-francis-tells-king-morocco-jerusalem-must-be-shared-jews-christians-muslims-antichrist-end-times

by Geoffrey Grider

Pope Francis and Moroccan King Mohammed VI called on Saturday for Jerusalem to be preserved as a symbol of peaceful coexistence where Jews, Muslims and Christians can be allowed to worship freely.

Just like everything that comes out of the mouth of the Roman pope, it was a tiny nugget of truth encompassed about with layers and layers of lies. Yes, Jerusalem is claimed by Jews, Christians and Muslims, absolutely, but of those three only the first two are mentioned in the bible as being ordained by God. The Muslims are the bastard children of Abraham, and are specifically mentioned in the Bible as have none inheritance. The children of Abraham through Hagar are to be “cast out” as we see here:  “For it is written, that Abraham had two sons, the one by a bondmaid, the other by a freewoman. But he who was of the bondwoman was born after the flesh; but he of the freewoman was by promise. Nevertheless what saith the scripture? Cast out the bondwoman and her son: for the son of the bondwoman shall not be heir with the son of the freewoman.” Galatians 4:22,23,30 (KJV) So that takes care of Lie #1 of Pope Francis, let’s move on to the second whopper he told in Morocco. This idea that Jerusalem cannot belong solely to the Jews because it “has to be shared” is another oft-repeated fact that is just not so. The bible says that the Battle of Armageddon, seen below in Joel 3, is fought over the fact that somebody, namely Antichrist, has “parted” God’s land of Israel in general, and Jerusalem in particular. That’s right, Jerusalem belongs to God. “For, behold, in those days, and in that time, when I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem, I will also gather all nations, and will bring them down into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will plead with them there for my people and for my heritage Israel, whom they have scattered among the nations, and parted my land.” Joel 3:1,2 (KJV) Isn’t it funny how whenever the Roman pontiff talks about Jerusalem, he never mentions that it is the capital of Israel and as such is not up to be shared by whoever feels like grabbing a piece of it? He speaks of Jerusalem like a commodity that can be bought and sold, and indeed it will be. By Antichrist in the time of Jacob’s trouble. Pope in Morocco urges Jerusalem be protected for all religions FROM THE TIME OF ISRAEL: Pope Francis joined the Moroccan monarch in declaring the city the “common patrimony” of Christians, Jews and Muslims, on the first day of a visit to the North African country. The spiritual leader of the world’s 1.3 billion Catholics was invited by King Mohammed VI for the sake of “inter-religious dialogue,” according to Moroccan authorities. In a joint statement, the two leaders said Jerusalem was “common patrimony of humanity and especially the followers of the three monotheistic religions,” during the pontiff’s visit to Rabat. “The specific multi-religious character, the spiritual dimension and the particular cultural identity of Jerusalem… must be protected and promoted,” they said in the declaration released by the Vatican. The statement contrasted sharply with a joint communique put out by Mohammed and Jordan’s King Abdullah on Thursday vowing to safeguard Jerusalem against attempts to change its Islamic or Christian identity. The statement Thursday made no mention of any Jewish link to Jerusalem. Improving relations with other religions has been a priority for the Argentine pontiff, whose papacy has been marred by a wave of child sex abuse allegations against clergy. Addressing thousands of Moroccans who had braved the rain to attend the welcome ceremony, Francis said it was “essential to oppose fanaticism.” He stressed the need for “appropriate preparation of future religious guides”, ahead of meeting trainee imams later on Saturday. Catholics are a tiny minority in the country where 99 percent of the population is Muslim. The king is revered across West Africa as “commander of the faithful.” Speaking at the ceremony at the Tour Hassan mosque and nearby mausoleum in Rabat, Francis defended “freedom of conscience” and “religious freedom.”   “Live as brothers,” he told a crowd of around 25,000, after arriving from the airport in his Popemobile, passing rows of Moroccan and Vatican City flags. READ MORE

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/pope-francis-meets-with-muslim-king-morocco-declares-jerusalem-should-never-belong-solely-to-jews-end-times/ 

:: 3-29-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Armed SWAT team violently storms family’s home, kidnaps three children for not being vaccinated

Friday, March 29, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) A family in Arizona is having to endure the wrath of the medical police state after a doctor decided to call the Department of Child Safety (DCS) on them for not vaccinating their children – resulting in an armed SWAT team raiding the family’s home and violently seizing their three children, all of whom were placed in temporary foster homes. It all started when one of the children, a two-year-old, developed a fever that exceeded 100 degrees Fahrenheit, prompting the child’s mother to take him to see the doctor in question. Because the child hadn’t been vaccinated, the doctor assumed out of nowhere that he probably had meningitis and needed to be taken to the emergency room right away.

While the mother initially agreed to the doctor’s extreme and unusual recommendation, her child’s fever broke not long after leaving the doctor’s office, having stated that he was “laughing and playing with his siblings” like normal. After taking the boy’s temperature and seeing that it was now normal, the mother called the doctor and said she would no longer be taking him to the emergency room, to which the doctor responded that she should still go anyway. The mother verbally agreed to this, though she didn’t end up going to the emergency room after all. But because the doctor had previously notified the hospital, for some unknown reason, that a mother would be coming in with her child, she later received a call from said hospital explaining that mother and child never actually arrived – and that’s when the insanity began.  Unless parents fight back, the state will continue to assume custody over as many children as it can get its hands on Upset that the mother didn’t follow the doctor’s recommendation, the doctor immediately called DCS, which then called local police to have them “check” on the family – which is similar to what happened to a Michigan mother who refused to give her daughter antipsychotic medications based on doctor recommendations. Two police officers arrived at the home and claim they knocked on the family’s door and received no response. Officers further claimed they heard someone “coughing” inside, before being approached by a neighbor who, after being told what was going on, responded to say that the person they were looking for “was a good mother.” The officers asked the neighbor to call the mother, which she did, and during this time a DCS case worker arrived, who updated the police on the status of the child, which no longer had a fever. One of the officers then called the doctor, who once again repeated her recommendation that the mother take the child to hospital. At this point in time, the case worker reportedly informed officers that DCS was planning to obtain a “temporary custody notice” from a judge to remove the child in question from the home for “emergency medical aid.” A court order was later issued, and the police officers decided that, if the family didn’t respond to their knocking, which was after midnight at this point, then they were going to engage in “forced entry” of the premises. At around 1 am, officers busted down the family’s door, one with a shield in hand and the other outfit in “lethal coverage,” and proceeded to remove all of the children from their parents’ custody. The children were quickly placed in separate foster homes, and 10 days later the case went to court – and all the while DCS was doing everything it possibly could to make the situation as difficult as possible for the family. Despite arguments from the family’s lawyer that they did what they believed to be the best thing for the child who had the fever, the judge ultimately sided with the state and DCS, telling the parents that they needed to “remember” that the state had a “family-reunification plan” in place, whatever that means. “The children’s grandparents are undergoing a DCS review, and hope to be permitted to temporarily shelter the kids once that’s approved,” writes Lenore Skenazy for Metro Voice News about the case. “But there’s no telling how long it will be before the kids can just go home to mom and dad.” For more related news, check out Evil.news. Sources for this article include: MetroVoiceNews.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-03-29-armed-swat-team-violently-storms-familys-home-kidnaps-three-children.html 

:: 3-31-19 Singularity Hub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The New Science of Psychedelics: A Tool for Changing Our Minds

By Vanessa Bates Ramirez - Mar 31, 2019

As our prosperity rises, our mental health is on the decline—and fast. Rates of depression, anxiety, suicide, addiction, and other psychological disorders have skyrocketed in recent years, and nobody knows what to do about it. Enter psychedelics: LSD, magic mushrooms, mescaline, ayahuasca—drugs you’d expect to find at a rave or a music festival, not in your psychologist’s office. But that may be about to change, as research in psychedelics increasingly shows their potential for treating psychological conditions. Previously known as a food and nutrition expert thanks to books like The Omnivore’s Dilemma and In Defense of Food, author Michael Pollan switched tracks a bit for his latest project. His newest book, How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us About Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence, published last year, has been an integral part of de-stigmatizing the psychedelics conversation. In a fascinating talk with The 4-Hour Workweek author Tim Ferris at South By Southwest earlier this month, Pollan shared insights from his research and his personal experiences. Some History The word ‘psychedelics’ was coined in 1957 by English psychiatrist Humphry Osmond. It combines the words for mind (psyche) and manifest (delic, from the Greek dēlos). “It’s vague in a way, but it’s suggesting that these drugs bring the mind into kind of an observable space,” Pollan said. “I tried in my book to rescue the word from all the encrustation of 60s Day-Glo acid rock and see if we could reclaim it, because it means the right thing.” It was their association with 60s counterculture, Pollan explained, that ultimately caused psychedelics’ decline as a scientific tool. By the time the public first heard about the drugs in the 60s, researchers in Europe and the US had already been studying them for 15 years, and using them to treat conditions like addiction and depression, with positive results. “The standards for scientific drug research then were different,” Pollan said. “The double-blind placebo controlled trial didn’t exist until 1962.” The anti-establishment subculture embraced psychedelics. But in 1965—the year the US first deployed troops to Vietnam—the government and the media started demonizing the drugs. They were labeled as immoral, and stories abounded about people having bad trips, ending up in psych wards, or staring at the sun until they went blind (the first two did happen, but the last was made up). “Nixon regarded LSD as one of the reasons that boys weren’t willing to go fight in Vietnam,” Pollan said. For most of history, he explained, young men sent to war to defend their country just went—they didn’t ask questions. But suddenly, young American men were asking questions—big ones, like “Is this a just war?” and “Is this something I want to fight for?” “LSD encourages people to question all sorts of frameworks in their lives, and may have contributed to that,” Pollan said. “It was a very threatening drug.” At least, Nixon thought so, and as a result he started his war on drugs. Psychedelics research gradually ground to a halt, and the drugs stopped being taken seriously as having any medical potential. Until now, that is.  Changing Our Minds Pollan shared that what really got him interested in psychedelics was hearing about their effects on people who’d been diagnosed with terminal cancer. “They were paralyzed by fear of death, and they had these transformative experiences that in many cases completely removed their fear. It was the most astonishing thing,” he said. The drugs have shown promise for alleviating a host of other disorders, including anxiety, depression, and addiction. Psilocybin is being used (“with striking success,” as Pollan put it) in a study of smokers at Johns Hopkins and a study of alcoholics at NYU, and has potential to treat eating disorders as well. If it seems surprising that one type of drug could treat so many different disorders, consider their common link: they all involve repetitive loops and destructive narratives. The part of the brain where this takes place—called the default mode network—is the part of the brain psychedelics affect, in the sense that the drugs quiet the network, thereby giving users a chance to escape destructive patterns of thought. The default mode network is a group of structures in the brain that connect the cortex to the areas involved in memory, emotion, and other inwardly-focused thinking, like self-reflection. The default mode network is least active when you’re focused on a task, and most active when you’re at rest without any external stimuli—which is when you start to daydream, remember things about the past, imagine things about the future, and simulate or replay your interactions with other people. “When they image the brains of people on psychedelics they expected to see a lot of activity, but they were surprised to see that the default mode network was suppressed, with less blood flow and less energy going to it,” Pollan said. “If the ego has an address in the brain it’s somewhere in this network. And this is the region that gets quiet.” Though we do know this much, we don’t know a lot more, about either how psychedelics work or how the brain works. “Our understanding of the brain is really primitive,” Pollan said. “We know psychedelic drugs bind serotonin to a receptor, then there’s a cascade of effects leading to synesthesia.” What takes place during that cascade, though? No idea. There may be modes of communication going on in the brain that we don’t even know about yet; Pollan cited a 2018 study where a hippocampus—the brain region associated with memory—was sliced in half, and neurons on either side could still interact without direct contact. It’s really important to be humble in anything we say about the brain,” Pollan said. Keeping Them Changed If what takes place during psychedelic use is a temporary rewiring of the brain—the compounds are out of the brain within four to eight hours—why is it that using the drugs has an enduring effect on so many people? “It’s not a purely psychopharmacological effect that they’re having, it really is the experience,” Pollan said. “It’s kind of like a reverse trauma. Many people who undergo this treatment say it’s one of the two or three biggest experiences of their lives.” The most positive and lasting effect of psychedelics, he explained, is the experience of ego dissolution. It’s our egos—our sense of ourselves—that write and enforce destructive narratives. “The ego builds walls. It isolates us from other people, it isolates us from nature, it’s defensive,” Pollan said. “And when you bring down those walls in the psyche, there’s less of a distinction between you and that other, whether that be other people in your life or the natural world or the universe. There’s this incredible flow, and powerful feelings of love and re-connection.” Though the experience may last just a few hours, people often feel that the insight or epiphany they have isn’t just a subjective opinion or idea, but a deeper revealed truth; the mind can be reset in a way that would take years of sessions with conventional therapists or psychiatrists. Just as a single trauma can put your mind on a new path, perhaps permanently, a single mystical experience may be able to do the same. “The mind has certain moments where right angle turns happen, and perhaps it can happen in a positive way as well as a negative way,” Pollan said. Moving Forward The psychedelics renaissance is coming at a time when new tools for mental health are sorely needed. Other branches of medicine—cardiology, oncology, infectious disease—have made huge strides in the last 50 years, both in reducing suffering and prolonging life. But mental healthcare has essentially been at a standstill since the introduction of the antidepressants known as SSRIs in the 1980s. To go from their current classification as Schedule 1 drugs—high potential for abuse and no currently accepted medical use—to getting approved as a medicine, psychedelics need to go through the standard three-phase FDA approval process: first an open-label, no-placebo pilot study, followed by a placebo-controlled trial, then a larger placebo-controlled trial. Pollan believes MDMA and psilocybin could be approved within five years; the FDA has granted breakthrough therapy status to both, which means they actively help researchers design trials that will move the drugs to approval. MDMA is already in Phase 3 trials. The biggest bottleneck is funding. The studies are expensive and controversial, and the National Institute of Mental Health has a minuscule budget compared to that of the National Institute of Health. Thus far, psychedelics research has been privately funded. “It’s not a right-left issue, especially when it comes to treating soldiers with PTSD,” Pollan said. But there is the issue of how to incorporate the drugs into mental healthcare as we currently practice it. The pharmaceutical industry isn’t interested in a drug people only need to take once; likewise, the therapy business model depends on people coming back every week for years. Even if this shifted, therapists would need extensive training before being able to administer psychedelics. “I think we’ll figure it out, but it’s a whole new structure, a whole new paradigm, and that may take a little while,” Pollan said. After all his research, though, he for one is highly optimistic. One of the things that excites me most about psychedelics is that yes, there’s a treatment here—but they’re also very interesting probes to understand the mind,” he said. “[Psychiatrist] Stanislav Grof wrote that psychedelics would be for the study of the mind what the telescope was for astronomy or the microscope for biology. Now that is an audacious claim—but I no longer think it’s crazy.” Note: A video of the full session, well worth watching, is available here.

Image Credit: Dmitry Laudin / Shutterstock.com We are a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for us to earn fees by linking to Amazon.com and affiliated sites.

https://singularityhub.com/2019/03/31/the-new-science-of-psychedelics-a-tool-for-changing-our-minds/#sm.0001yqcq4bsuefoivs01rinf14xrf 

:: 3-31-19 Geller Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pathetic: 91-Year-Old Swede Convicted for ‘Hate Speech’ Critical of Islam

By Pamela Geller - on March 31, 2019

Sick. Sharia law in Sweden. You think they’ll give him hard labor? He’s hardly the first. Last month, a Swedish court convicted a 70-year-old man of “hate speech” for claiming on social media that Somalis are lazy and don’t work. It certainly won’t be the last. Sweden is expected to receive another 7.5 million Swedish Kronor (£618,375/$807,150) from the European Union this year to go towards hate crime projects.

91-Year-Old Swede Convicted for Anti-Islam Hate Speech

A 91-year-old Swedish man has been convicted of hate speech in the municipality of Bromölla after making disparaging comments about Islam and Muslims online.

Breitbart, March 31, 2019:

The man, who may be one of the oldest Swedes on record to be convicted of hate speech, posted a number of comments in a Facebook group containing around 12,000 people in which he disparaged Muslims, Lokaltidningen reports. Among the posts written included one in which the elderly man said, referring to Muslims, “You cannot, with the best will in the world, call these beings people. They seem to be inbred as they carry on.” BreitbarThe Kristianstad district court convicted the man of hatred against an identifiable ethnic group, noting that the post reached a potential audience of 12,000 and had been up for nearly a year. “The messages have content that is clearly abusive to Muslims and it, therefore, expresses such inaccuracy as is required to be held liable for the crimes against ethnic groups,” the court said. While the normal penalty for the crime could include two months in prison, the 91-year-old was given a conditional sentence along with a 6,500 Swedish kronor (£535/$700) fine.  The case is just the latest to involve a Swedish pensioner convicted for hate speech made online. In 2017, a man in his 70s was convicted in Gothenburg for a similar post in which he referred to Muslims as “monkeys” on Facebook. Earlier this year another pensioner, this time in Uddevalla, was convicted and fined 7,200 Swedish Kronor (£593/$775) for a Facebook post in which the 70-year-old claimed that Somali migrants were lazy and refused to work. In the last several years, Sweden has seen a surge in reported hate speech crimes, with the social justice group Näthatsgranskaren taking credit last year for the increase, saying that they had made at least 800 reports to police in a single year. The group also admitted that the average demographic of those they had reported tended to be older women over the age of 65. Sweden is also expected to receive another 7.5 million Swedish Kronor (£618,375/$807,150) from the European Union this year to go towards hate crime projects. The Truth Must be Told

Your contribution supports independent journalism Please take a moment to consider this. Now, more than ever, people are reading Geller Report for news they won't get anywhere else. But advertising revenues have all but disappeared. Google Adsense is the online advertising monopoly and they have banned us. Social media giants like Facebook and Twitter have blocked and shadow-banned our accounts. But we won't put up a paywall. Because never has the free world needed independent journalism more. Everyone who reads our reporting knows the Geller Report covers the news the media won't. We cannot do our ground-breaking report without your support. We must continue to report on the global jihad and the left's war on freedom. Our readers’ contributions make that possible.  Geller Report's independent, investigative journalism takes a lot of time, money and hard work to produce. But we do it because we believe our work is critical in the fight for freedom and because it is your fight, too. Please contribute to our ground-breaking work here.

https://gellerreport.com/2019/03/91-yo-convicted-hate-speech.html/

:: 3-31-19 Rueters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6.2-magnitude earthquake hits coast of Ecuador

LONDON - A 6.2 magnitude earthquake struck 27 kilometers (17 miles) north of the city of Santa Elena on the coast of Ecuador on Sunday, the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) said. The quake struck at a depth of 18.5 km, the USGS said.

Reporting By Raissa Kasolowsky; Editing by Emelia Sithole-Matarise

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-quake-ecuador-idUSKCN1RC089 

:: 3-31-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EUROFIGHTER TYPHOONS INTERCEPT RUSSIAN TU 142 !!

20,570 views  Defense Updates  Published on Mar 31, 2019

Play War Thunder for FREE! Register using https://wt.link/DefenseUpdates  and get a premium tank or aircraft and thee days of premium account time.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZPT8f5qYZDw&feature=em-uploademail 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 3-26-19 Scott :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Flooding threatens more than a million private wells in U.S. Midwest

Michael Burke The Hill  Tue, 26 Mar 2019 11:42 UTC

Flooding in the Midwest is posing a risk of contamination to more than 1 million private wells that supply drinking water to rural areas in the region, The Associated Press reported Tuesday. The AP reported that the National Ground Water Association, a trade group, said there are 1.1 million private wells in 300 flooded counties across 10 states in the Midwest. Those states are Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, South Dakota and Wisconsin, according to the AP. Flooding creates the possibility that water from the flood will get into the wells and contaminate the water. Flooding creates the possibility that water from the flood will get into the wells and contaminate the water. Liesa Lehmann, the private-water section chief for the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, told the AP that any wells within a flood area "are certainly going to be vulnerable to contamination." "Anyone who has a private well within a flood plain area of a major river, those wells are certainly going to be vulnerable to contamination," Lehmann said. Lehmann added that well owners should assume that their drinking water is contaminated if they see floodwater near or over their wells. Chuck Job, the National Ground Water Association's regulatory affairs manager, told the AP that when the flooding is over, the well water should be pumped out and the well should be disinfected. The water should then be tested to ensure that it's safe to drink, Job added.

https://www.sott.net/article/410181-Flooding-threatens-more-than-a-million-private-wells-in-US-Midwest 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 3--19 Ultius :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A string of earthquakes have recently been in the process of devastating the nation of Nepal. This sample geological research paper from Ultius will provide an in depth look at not only the aftermath of these quakes, but attempt to surmise the cause of them as well. Earthquakes ravage Nepal An earthquake occurred in Nepal occurred on the 25th of April, 2015. According to Robertson and Koontz, the earthquake had a magnitude of 7.8 on the Richter scale, and it "occurred as the result of thrust faulting on or near the main thrust interface between the subducting India plate and the overriding Eurasia plate to the north, at a distance of approximately 80 km to the northwest of the Nepalese capital of Kathmandu" (paragraph 1). In essence, one of the tectonic plates that compose the substratum of the earth's geology slid over another plate in a quite volatile way, which resulted in the land at the surface breaking apart. This is, in general, the basic cause of an earthquake. It is estimated that about 8,000 people died in the initial earthquake equating the event to near Hurricane Katrina proportions (see UN News Centre). For the purposes of establishing a frame of reference, it is worth pointing out that an earthquake with a magnitude of 7.0 to 7.9 is considered a "major" one, and that earthquakes with a magnitude of 8.0 or greater are extremely infrequent and generally understood as serious catastrophes when they do occur. Aftershocks of the earthquake In addition to the initial event, Nepal has been suffering from aftershocks as well. This is a common occurrence in the aftermath of earthquakes, since the sliding of plates that causes the original earthquake in the first place does not cease immediately. As Robertson and Koontz have indicated, the aftershocks in the event currently under consideration here: "are expected to continue but occur less often with time. Aftershocks are earthquakes that occur following a large earthquake in the same general area as the mainshock and during the following days to years" (paragraph 2). A major aftershock occurred in Nepal on the 12th of May; with a magnitude of 7.3, it almost matched the Richter reading of the initial earthquake and qualified as a major earthquake in its own right (see Barry). The event is thus an ongoing one, and the extent to which Nepal will continue being afflicted with serious aftershocks in the near future remains unclear. The prediction of earthquakes has never been an exact science, and the most people can do is take precautions on the basis of the best knowledge at their disposal of the relevant risks. In the present case, the occurrence of previous high-magnitude aftershocks would likely be the best warning sign that such aftershocks could repeat themselves in the future.

Scientific explanation for the earthquake The main reason that Nepal is so prone to earthquakes pertains to basic geography and geology. As McLain has written: "Along the southern border of Nepal is the so-called Indus-Yarlung suture zone, where what is now the Indian subcontinent collided 40 million to 50 million years ago with the Eurasian plate. The collision created the Himalayan mountain range, the peaks of which are still rising by around one centimeter a year as a result" (paragraphs 2-3). In other words, Nepal is situated near the very place where occurred one of the most volatile collisions of tectonic plates in the history of the planet. The earthquakes that plague this region in the present day are more or less fully traceable to this historical situation. The plates beneath the Himalayas are still shifting to this very day; they have never become fully stabilized; indeed, the very nature of their collision was such that it may not even be possible for them to ever become fully stabilized. Volatility in Kashmir This is the same reason, incidentally, why an enormous earthquake devastated Kashmir in the year 2005. Kashmir can be found in the northern part of the nation of India, right up against the Himalayan mountain range. As Naranjo has pointed out: "Kashmir lies on the boundary of two colliding tectonic plates: the small Indian plate that underlies most of India and Pakistan, including much of Kashmir; and the vast Eurasian plate that underlies Europe, China, Russia, and much of the Middle East" (paragraph 4). It is precisely the collision of these plates that created the Himalayan mountain range; and, of course, it is also the shifting of these same plates that has been implicated as the cause of the recent earthquakes in Nepal. In short, the science underlying this event is quite clear and also helps explain several related events. At this point, though, it may be appropriate to turn to a consideration of the relationship the recent event to the history of such events within Nepal itself. Historical consideration of Nepal According to Ravillious, the recent major earthquake in Nepal: "was primed over 80 years ago by its last massive earthquake in 1934, which razed around a quarter of Kathmandu to the ground and killed over 17,000 people;" and "the latest quake follows the same pattern as a duo of big tremors that occurred over 700 years ago, and results from a domino effect of strain transferring along the fault" (paragraphs 1-2). Again, this history is fully congruent with the scientific explanation of Nepal's proneness to earthquakes that has been delineated above. Essentially, one earthquake establishes the necessary conditions for the next one. One disruption of the tectonic plates results in a temporary and unstable equilibrium; and when too great a pressure builds up within this equilibrium, it breaks, and this produces a new earthquake. In principle, such events have been going on since the beginning when the Indian and Eurasian plates first collided with each other. The chain running from an earthquake 700 years ago, to one 80 years ago, to one now would simply be the latest dominos in this chain of effects. Unprecedented aftershock activity On the other hand, though, the recent earthquake is relatively unique in having produced such large aftershocks. Admittedly, the difference between a 7.8 earthquake and a 7.3 aftershock is much greater than the numbers themselves may indicate: this is due to the logarithmic nature of the Richter scale, according to which a magnitude 8.0 earthquake is actually 10 times more intense (in terms of energy released) than a magnitude 7.0 earthquake. All the same, however, a 7.3 earthquake is still a major one, and it is not common for an aftershock to achieve such a magnitude (see Rawlinson). The inevitability of the earthquakes in Nepal It may be tempting to link the magnitude of this earthquake with the broader problems plaguing the planet as a whole in contemporary times, such as global warming. However, there would seem to be no immediate empirical connection between these various issues. Again: the tectonic shifts in the plates underlying Nepal have been occurring since the Indian plate first collided with the Eurasian plate, forming the Himalayan mountain range and ending the Indian subcontinent's career as an island. Earthquakes have followed from this original event through the more or less necessary chain of events triggered by knocking over the first domino in a chain of dominos. Therefore, it would likely be misguided to believe that the activities of human beings have had any substantial effects on this tectonic progression. The only real thing left up to human initiative is whether people would like to develop settlements upon such tectonic plates in the first place, and whether they would be able to develop strategies that could minimize harm and damage when the earthquakes do inevitably occur. The global response One of the major global responses to the earthquake has been the delivery of humanitarian aid to Nepal. The United Nations is one of the main stakeholders involved in such efforts. However, such efforts have thus far fallen significantly short of established objectives. As Mullen, Shrestra, and Smith-Spark have written: "So far, only 14% of the humanitarian aid sought by the United Nations for the relief effort has been met, according to the U.N. Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs. That means only $59 million has been committed, of the $423 million requested, since the first quake struck last month" (paragraph 2). In short, relief efforts have thus far been inadequate relative to the magnitude of the crisis in Nepal. The United States has, however, taken a lead in the relief efforts, as the nation usually does in the event of crises across the globe, such as the Ebola epidemic. But all the same, further efforts are clearly needed. Planning for future earthquakes Questions have also arisen with respect to what can be done not only to provide emergency assistance to Nepal but also to build up Nepal in such a way that the nation will be more protected against catastrophes like this one in the future. After all, given the geography of Nepal, there is every reason to believe that the nation will continue to get hit by earthquakes in the future. Therefore, instead of simply waiting for something terrible to happen and then responding to the crisis, it would be an intelligent move to develop strategies for avoiding the crisis in the first place. This could potentially raise questions about exactly what kind of humanitarian aid should be given to Nepal and how the aid given should be used, insofar as an effective use of resources could enable Nepal not only to recover from the present situation but also minimize potential harm that may be caused by future situations. Before such considerations could begin, though, bystander apathy must come to an end and further aid in general will be necessarily. Conclusion Nepal is still suffering from the aftermath of the initial earthquake, and further high-magnitude aftershocks could well be expected to happen. In this context, the globalized world clearly needs to step up the level of humanitarian aid that is being delivered to Nepal. In addition, once adequate resources have been committed to this cause, further analyses could also be conducted with respect to how to make use of these resources in a way that will also optimize Nepal's security against earthquake damage in the future.

https://www.ultius.com/ultius-blog/entry/the-recent-earthquakes-in-nepal.html 

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Reality of Evil

By Hal Lindsey

A 2011 article in Slate Magazine written by Ron Rosenbaum asked, “Is evil over? Has science finally driven a stake through its dark heart?… Yes, according to many neuroscientists, who are emerging as the new high priests of the secrets of the psyche.” In the last few years, countless scholarly articles and books posit the view that the human will is an illusion. They see men and women as machines — able to do only what their genetic and environmental programming tells them to do. Remove moral choice from the equation, and humans would not have the capacity for evil. They would simply act and respond according to set laws. We all recognize that we would be different if we had different parents, or grew up in another culture. Many things influence us. But these people are talking about more than influence. They’re talking about a complete inability to make choices. To them, the murderer does not decide to kill. He just follows his programming. They see the child molester as merely doing what nature and nurture have programmed him to do. Since this is fast becoming the prevailing view at universities, we can expect it to spread through society. What happens when parents, schools, and government see human beings as machines without choice? How could you punish anyone? What are the consequences of a “no consequence” society? And what happens when people see themselves as helpless puppets unable to choose? What would the world look like if people ceased to take responsibility for their actions, or hold one another accountable?It wasn’t my choice. It was my programming.” Satan’s job would be all but over. People would give in to every temptation believing they have no choice in the matter, and therefore no culpability for any of their actions. You would also have people being thrown into re-education camps meant to “fix” their programming. A few elites would take it on themselves to determine right and wrong for everyone. In 21st century America, we’re already glimpsing a society that ignores personal responsibility, and spends its time trying to reprogram its citizens. It doesn’t look good. The Bible teaches that human beings make moral choices. Every biblical command, every admonishment from God, is a divine acknowledgment of human choice. “You shall have no other gods before Me,” [Exodus 20:3 NASB] is a command to choose God over idols. You have the privilege of deciding, but also the responsibility. Without an understanding of the reality of evil, the world falls into chaos. ISIS makes a perfect example. On August 13th, the New York Times ran an article entitled, “ISIS Enshrines a Theology of Rape” by Rukmini Callimachi. Even with all the horrible things we’ve heard about ISIS, his report should shock the conscience of the world. In the moments before he raped the 12-year-old girl, the Islamic State fighter took the time to explain that what he was about to do was not a sin. Because the preteen girl practiced a religion other than Islam, the Quran not only gave him the right to rape her — it condoned and encouraged it. He bound her hands and gagged her. Then he knelt beside the bed and prostrated himself in prayer before getting on top of her. When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion. “I kept telling him it hurts — please stop,” said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. “He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.” What happened to this 12-year-old is happening to thousands of young girls across that region. If evil does not exist, if humans only follow their programming, then no one can blame the rapist. His crime would cease to be criminal. He could say he was merely acting out his programming. But God sees the inner workings of every heart. Jeremiah 17:10 says, “I, the Lord, search the heart.” [NASB] Jesus said, “I am He who searches the minds and hearts.” [Revelation 2:23 NASB] He sees the choice as it’s being made. In the hardest heart, an innate sense of right and wrong still exists. Even after a man’s conscience has been bound, gagged, and shut in a closet, the man still knows it’s there, and what it would say if it could. That’s why the jihadist defended himself to the girl he was about to rape. He knew he was wrong, but his interpretation of the Quran gave him an excuse. His religious belief freed his wicked nature from the usual constraints of societal norms and human punishment. But the Quran did not make the choice. He did.  The Times article said, “The practice (of rape) has become an established recruiting tool to lure men from deeply conservative Muslim societies.That, friends, is evil — rape as a “recruiting tool.” Join ISIS and rape little girls. It shocks and appalls us to hear such things. Why? Because we know that these are the actions of men, and not machines. A man has a choice, and these men have chosen evil.  The worst thing about evil is that we’re all infected. Most societies have safeguards in place to restrain people from evil’s worst manifestations. But we all do evil things. We are bent that way from birth, and have only one hope. Of all history’s philosophers and kings, only Jesus tells His followers, “You must be born again,” [John 3:7 NASB] and then performs the miracle Himself. The Bible teaches that we are born physically alive but spiritually dead. It’s only when we are miraculously born spiritually that we can communicate with the true GOD and come to know Him. The first thing we learn is that we now stand before a Holy GOD and are responsible to Him. We grow in that knowledge and in His love and forgiving Grace that is based on Jesus’ shed blood for our sins. It is best summed up by this verse of Scripture, “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” [2 Corinthians 5:17 NKJV] We grow spiritually in this as we grow in Christ. He will discipline us, but He will not disown us. As Jesus promised through the Apostle Paul, “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who has began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 1:6 NKJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2015/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hellbent

by Hal Lindsey

Burning and looting in Baltimore . . . the proliferation of nuclear weapons in Asia and the Middle East . . . terrorists gaining ground and destroying lives around the world . . . parents murdering their children . . . a stunning, worldwide breakdown of morality. . . .

The list could go on and on. Something dreadful is happening on Planet Earth, and to most people it seems inexplicable. That’s because most people don’t understand that the battle between good and evil is primarily a spiritual battle. Post-modern people have tossed aside something they all knew in childhood — that deep in the darkness of evil, there exists a monster. It is a person, an entity — vicious and depraved — an adversary to God and to all that is right and good. People have given this being many names down through the centuries. The Bible usually calls him Satan, or the devil. The world constantly tries to fix the problems Satan causes. It uses laws, armies, programs, police, and vast sums of money, but the successes are all too rare and short-lived. One problem is the world’s refusal to acknowledge the existence its enemy. Political, academic, and media elites see him as a relic of the Middle Ages. Another problem is that, though they hate the pain and poverty the devil’s ways bring, they embrace those ways like obedient children. The world fears crime and violence, but raises its children on a steady diet of unthinkably violent entertainment. The world laments broken hearts, warped souls, children being born to children, STDs, and the breakdown of family. At the same time, it encourages activities that result in those very things. They hate the devil’s results while they embrace the devil’s ways. Humanity is hellbent on evil. Christians often see the things I’ve just mentioned, and ignore God’s remedies in favor of worldly ones. We want to elect better people to high office, and where we can, we should. We want to send armies to the worst places, and in some cases, we should. We want to start new programs, form new committees, put more police on the streets, pass new laws, and sometimes those things can be good. But of all people, Christians should understand the devil in the darkness, and know that the battle is spiritual. 2 Corinthians 4:4 says, “The god of this world (a.k.a. Satan) has blinded the minds of the unbelieving, that they might not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.” [NASB] Evildoers have been blinded. Yes, to various degrees they have chosen their blindness. But only God can know the degree of choice involved, and we should remember that we have all chosen blindness over truth at some point in our lives. We must not forget our actual enemy. Behind the darkness of this world stands the prince of darkness. We will never beat him at his game. We win by following God’s rules. 2 Corinthians 10:3 says, “For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war according to the flesh.” [NKJV] Ephesians 6:11 & 12 says, “Put on the full armor of God, that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.” [NASB] Colossians 1:13 says that “He delivered us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son.” [NASB] From this verse and many like it, we understand that darkness is a domain, and Satan is its sovereign. Jesus called him “the prince of this world.” [John 14:30] On internet forums and in the comments sections following news articles, Christians often debate adversaries using the same foul language, the same ad hominem arguments, the same seething rage as those who promote evil. But God has a better way. Romans 12:21 says, “Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.” [NASB] The world is bent by hell. If we allow ourselves to be bent into that same shape, we have not overcome the world, but been over come by it. Stand strong for God. Don’t back down. But at the same time, “Love your enemies, do good to them which hate you, Bless them that curse you, and pray for them which despitefully use you.” [Luke 6:27-28 KJV] “Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not.” [Romans 12:14 KJV] We are in the middle of a great spiritual war, but we should not be discouraged. Jesus said, “In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33 KJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-28-2015/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 3-31-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abbas: U.S. to allow Israel to annex parts of West Bank, give Hamas Gaza

The Palestinian leader spoke in advance of the anticipated roll out of what US President Donald Trump is calling the “Plan of the Century” to resolve the Israeli-Israeli-Palestinian conflict.

By Tovah Lazaroff, Khaled Abu Toameh April 1, 2019 17:30

The Trump administration will allow Israel to annex portions of the West Bank and split the Gaza Strip from the West Bank so that it can be a state of its own, said Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas on Sunday. Speaking at the Arab League summit in Tunisia, “What is coming from the US is more dangerous and serious,” he said. “The US will tell Israel, annex part of the Palestinian lands and grant self-rule to what’s left of the land, and give the Gaza Strip a state so that Hamas can play there. “The US administration’s decision is to destroy the Arab Peace Plan and constitutes a dramatic change from the positions of previous US administrations,” Abbas continued. The Palestinian leader spoke in advance of the anticipated roll out of what US President Donald Trump is calling the “Plan of the Century” to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. His comments, however, also came one week after the historic decision by Trump to officially recognize Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights. Israel annexed the area from Syria in 1981, after capturing the territory during the defensive Six Day War in 1967. The Arab League on Sunday condemned the US for this recognition and said it planned to seek a UN Security Council resolution against the move. The US declaration on the Golan has sparked speculation that the Trump administration’s next move would be to support Israel annexing at least portions of Area C in the West Bank, where all of the Israeli settlements are located. Former US ambassador to Israel Martin Indyk tweeted on Sunday, “So by recognizing Israel’s annexation of the Golan, Trump is helping [Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu] Bibi get re-elected, which will help the right-wing annex the West Bank, which will lead to pressure from his base to recognize that too, which will doom his peace plan and Israel.” The UN General Assembly, the UNSC and international law in general has held that the territory is illegally occupied. In written testimony to Congress last year, legal expert Eugene Kontorovich, of the Northwestern University School of Law, explained that there were exceptions to that principle. He listed the cases of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam’s sovereignty over north and south Vietnam after an aggressive war and India’s annexation of the Portuguese territory of Goa. But the UN and its Security Council have not made such an exception for Israel. After the Six-Day War, the UNSC passed resolution 242 that affirmed the “inadmissibility of the acquisition of territory by war” as it related to territory Israel captured in that war. The resolution called for the withdrawal of the IDF “from territories occupied in the recent conflict.” Israel has since withdrawn from Gaza and the Sinai desert, annexed eastern Jerusalem and the Golan, and currently maintains military control over the West Bank. The Trump administration’s recognition of Israeli sovereignty on the Golan pushes back at UNSC’s resolutions 242 and 497, which deemed Israel’s annexation of the Golan to be illegal. The administration argued that Israeli sovereignty in the Golan was necessary for the country’s security, particularly given Iran’s military presence in Syria. Just one day later at the annual American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) policy conference in Washington, US Ambassador to the Israel David Friedman hinted at the link between the Golan Heights security argument to the West Bank. In speaking of the importance of pushing forward with a peace plan, Friedman said, “Can we leave this to an administration that might not understand the existential risk to Israel if Judea and Samaria are overcome by terrorists in the manner that befell the Gaza Strip, after the IDF withdrew from this territory.” Settler leaders and right-wing politicians, in the last four years, have pushed forward numerous annexation initiatives, including for the Gush Etzion Region and the Ma’aleh Adumim bloc. But if the argument is based on security, then Jordan Valley Regional Council head David Elhayani said he believes that the application of sovereignty to his region – situated between Jerusalem and Jordan – would be the logical first step for Israel’s next government. Join Jerusalem Post Premium Plus now for just $5 and upgrade your experience with an ads-free website and exclusive content. Click here>>

https://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Abbas-US-to-allow-Israel-to-annex-parts-of-West-Bank-give-Hamas-Gaza-585398 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 3-31-19 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia grabs the reins on Mideast peace

By Micky Aharonson

In one of his first comments as Palestinian Authority Prime Minister, Mohammed Shtayyeh said other countries, chief among them Russia, would support Palestinian rejection of the Trump administration's "deal of the century" for Israeli-Palestinian peace. It wasn't for nothing that Shtayyeh highlighted Russia. In recent years, Russia has expressed an interest in getting involved in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, due to its own regional and global interests of restoring its status as a superpower. Hence Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov recently refloated the idea of hosting talks between Israel and the Palestinians in Moscow. Over the years, Moscow has on multiple occasions proposed advancing a peace agreement via a Moscow summit, but Israel has preferred to let the United States spearhead the process. The current Russian interest in the conflict is a reflection of Moscow's ambitions to establish a presence in the Middle East as a mediator, within the prism of a zero-sum game against the Americans, and amid the view that U.S. clout on the Arab street is waning. Russia, from its perspective, assumes this activity is only beneficial: The cost, in any practical or abstract sense, is insignificant, and the expected returns of restoring Russia to prominence in the Arab and Muslim world are self-evident to the Kremlin. Russia also illustrates its desire to be a mediator on the global stage by saying and doing certain things to paint itself as a critical cog in any peace process. This always occurs simultaneous to, or immediately after, the Americans unveil their own initiatives. In 2017, for example, as talks were progressing over moving the U.S. Embassy to Jerusalem, Russia announced its desire, as a member of the Quartet, to advance a peace deal. At the time, Russia issued a surprise declaration that it recognizes west Jerusalem as the official capital of Israel, regardless of the establishment of a Palestinian capital in east Jerusalem. The Kremlin also supported direct talks between Israel and the Palestinians and expressed its interest in facilitating an agreement. The declaration emphasized Russia as a key player due to its membership in the Quartet and its permanent seat in the United Nations Security Council. Lavrov also denounced the "deal of the century" and stressed Russia's commitment to a peace deal based on U.N. resolutions and the Arab peace initiative. In recent months, as the American "deal of the century" has gained more exposure, Moscow has intensified its efforts to advance intra-Palestinian reconciliation, including repeatedly inviting Palestinian factions for talks in Moscow. Hamas is shunned to varying degrees by the U.S. and European Union, and Russia wants to signal it can hold dialogue with the PA and the regime in Gaza. Last month, for instance, Hamas representatives flew to Moscow and were given the opportunity to present an alternative solution to the conflict. Among the principles put forth were the rejection of the "deal of the century" and opposition to any form of normalization with Israel. Although these principles are irrelevant to negotiations with Israel, voicing them in Russia strengthens the narrative that Moscow is grabbing the reins as the only mediator capable of communicating with all the Palestinian factions, especially when they are all united in opposing the "deal of the century." The United States and Israel must assume from past experience that as the "deal of the century" approaches its deadline, two processes will take place. First, we can assume that ignoring Russia will provoke a Russian attempt to enlist an Arab and international lobby against the U.S. proposal. Additionally, Russia will advance its own alternatives for resolving the conflict, which the Palestinians can view as a basis for negotiations, such as the summit in Moscow, the Quartet path or any other platform that will include Russia as a member of the international "club." This situation makes it increasingly likely for a scenario to unfold in which Israel, not the Palestinians, is painted as the rejectionist side, particularly in light of the fact that a plan such as the one presented by Hamas in Moscow in completely unfeasible from Israel's perspective. In all likelihood, if it were possible to establish an international framework for a peace accord, which would include Russia, such as the Quartet, it would probably rise to the forefront. Because, among other things, Russia has expanded its leverage with the Arab world and it very much wants to partake in the prestigious "club" of nations.

Micky Aharonson was head of the foreign relations directorate of the National Security Council in the Prime Minister's Office and is a research fellow at the Jerusalem Institute for Strategy and Security.

http://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/russia-is-grabbing-the-reins-on-mideast-peace/ 

:: 3-26-19 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Erdogan: European politicians opposed to conversion of Hagia Sophia to a mosque are “enemies of Islam”

Mar 26, 2019 5:00 pm By Robert Spencer

This paints a large target on their backs, and may ensure, since they are clueless and cowardly dhimmis, that they will fall into line with Erdogan’s plans. “Erdoğan calls some EU politicians ‘enemies of Islam,’” SCF, March 25, 2019: Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan has accused EU politicians Kati Piri, Federica Mogherini and Johannes Hahn of being enemies of Islam while criticizing a recent report adopted by the EU in favor of the official freeze of the membership process with Turkey, according to Turkish media reports on Friday. During a recent interview on the pro-government Ülke TV, Erdoğan was asked about remarks by Piri, the Turkey rapporteur for the European Parliament (EP), against the conversion of the Hagia Sophia in İstanbul into a mosque. In response, he said: “There is no need to talk about that woman in the EP, anyway. Let’s not spread her propaganda. … They advise [the EU] to stop accession talks with us. I wish they had done such a thing and stopped the accession talks. Our foreign minister made the necessary explanations at the meeting there to [EU foreign affairs chief] Mogherini, then to that woman [Piri] and to the Austrian [Hahn], to all of them. But they are not honest, they are not sincere. We should not forget this: We are Muslims and they are enemies of Islam.”…

https://www.jihadwatch.org/2019/03/erdogan-european-politicians-opposed-to-conversion-of-hagia-sophia-to-a-mosque-are-enemies-of-islam 

:: 3-26-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::Red Alert! Watch Out For A Huge False Flag In The Days Ahead Following POTUS Trump Calling Out Deep State Treason

- Everything Leads Right Back To Obama And Hillary: Is It Time For The Traitors Heads To Roll?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 26, 2019

Despite the great news that we knew all along, that President Trump ISN'T some Putin pawn as the Demonrats and the mainstream media have been getting all frothed up at the mouth about for the past 2+ years, many are angry as can be today. I, like millions of other angry Americans, want justice for President Trump, the independent media, and millions of other Patriotic Americans who have been called 'Nazis' and 'Russian trolls' and thoroughly slandered by the rabid dogs in the msm and the leftist politicians who've been blatantly lying to the American people over and over again the past several years. With much of the rest of the America sure to get caught up to speed in the days ahead while Hollywood celebrities go into hilarious meltdowns and msm talking heads try to figure out how to spin Robert Mueller's revelations and the Demonrats in Congress turn to 'plan B', we look forward to 'America's Revenge' unfolding in the days and weeks ahead. As the Gateway Pundit reported in this recent story, Rep. Devin Nunes will be making criminal referrals to Attorney General Bill Barr on the FBI and DOJ officials who perpetrated this hoax that has gone on for nearly 3 years now, dating back to late 2015 and early 2016, well before the November 2016 election was even held. And with this hoax and 'insurance policy' that didn't pan out the way they hoped it would for the Demonrats likely leading directly back to Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton herself, as Susan Duclos reported within this ANP story, with 'justice' moving from Mueller's investigation to that of John Huber who is also investigating 'Uranium One', we may soon be witnessing what most of us never believed was possible. And with even President Trump now mentioning the 'T' word as was reported in this new Breitbart story, we see in his remarks below that he's been paying attention to the evil-doers in America for a long time. Are treason charges for 'deep state crooks' ahead? POTUS's remarks today from Breitbart.: “There are a lot of people out there that have done some very very evil things, very bad things. I would say treasonous things against our country,” Trump said. “And hopefully, people that have done such harm to our country, we’ve gone through a period of really bad things happening. Those people will certainly be looked at. I have been looking at them for a long time.” The president commented on the conclusion of Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation during a White House event hosting Israeli Prime Minister Bibi Netanyahu. Trump did not specifically name the people he wanted to be investigated but hinted that they had a lot to do with triggering the special counsel investigation. “Why haven’t they been looked at? They lied to Congress. Many of them, you know who they are,” he said. “They’ve done so many evil things.” Trump hinted that the country had to make sure that rogue forces in the FBI and the Justice Department could not bring a similar phony case against another president in the future. “What they did, it was a false narrative, it was a terrible thing. We can never let this happen to another president again,” he said. Yet while the corrupted members of the deep state who sold their souls and allegiance to America away to get Hillary Clinton elected may now be under investigation, as we've warned on ANP time and again, we've long believed that should 'the deep state' have to face justice, they'll first carry out a huge false flag event in an attempt to make those investigations 'go away'. And now may be the last opportunity they get to 'create' such an event. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Its_Time_For_Demonrats_Heads_To_Roll.php

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 3-27-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jussie Smollett hate crime hoax: He Did Not Act Alone, Sources Say It goes all the way up to Obama

By Mike Adams - March 27, 2019

Editor’s Note: Recirculated after Smollett charges dropped. Originally published February 22, 2019.

(Natural News) The Jussie Smollett hate crime hoax was planned at the highest levels of the (Obama) deep state and was intended to foment a race war across America, say multiple sources across the independent media. The official explanation that Smollett “masterminded” (if you can call it that) the hate crime hoax because he wanted a pay raise for his work as an actor on Empire just doesn’t hold water. He is reportedly being paid $65K per episode, bringing in more than $1.1 million per year. Yet we are supposed to believe he would risk his entire career (and significant earnings) to try to push for an increase in his pay? It doesn’t add up, and several independent media investigators are already starting to dig deeper into the Smollett fiasco. Dave Hodges of The Commonsense Show, for example, writes that a Confidential Informant (CI) says a deep state federal agent was actively involved in plotting the hate crime hoax. Via Dave Hodges: Latest: Jussie Smollett hate crime hoax: He Did Not Act Alone, Sources Say It goes all the way up to Obama I am in receipt of a federal agency source who claims that they have knowledge that the staged attack upon Smollette had the participation of a federal agent, but not necessarily the federal agency to which he/she belonged… The obvious purpose of this fake attack was to promote heated racial division and to bring into drama the participation of LGBT political interests because Smollette is admittedly gay. This also has the fingerprints of George Soros because this is just the kind of thing he does repeatedly to promote civil discord by manufacturing racial incidents and promoting them to incite racial division that culminates in violent public protests. It goes all the way up to Obama, reports Jones Similarly, Alex Jones from InfoWars announced live on the air this morning that a high-level government source informed him that this attack was crafted and pushed by the Obama deep state. Indeed, the whole thing smacks of precisely the kind of “community organizing” that Obama is well known to coordinate and promote. Remember: Everything the Left does is rooted in fakery and fraud. Even the Russia collusion narrative is a complete hoax. “Hands up don’t shoot” was a hoax. The “train rape” claims against Kavanaugh were a hoax. Many observers say the Charlottesville vehicle attack was instigated or staged, too. Barack Obama and Eric Holder tried to pull off a massive gun crime hoax with Operation Fast and Furious, and there are elements of nearly every mass shooting that raise huge questions about the authenticity of the reports surrounding those events (such as the fact that Broward County sheriff’s deputies were ordered to stand down outside the school and did nothing while the shooting took place). From gun control to toppling Trump, every goal of the radical Left is consistently pushed with the help of faked elements or false flag events. As Alex Jones explained today, “This is an Obama operation,” referring to the Smollett false flag, for which Smollett has now been charged with a felony. Smollett even faked the hate letter he mailed to himself, according to Chicago police. The Jussie Smollett story is nowhere near over… it has only just begun Never forget that the fake news left-wing media said anyone who didn’t believe Smollett’s original claims was a “conspiracy theorist.” This is how they attempt to shut down any questioning of the false flag hate crime hoax. As a matter of fact, those who questioned Smollett’s hoax were the real journalists, while those promoting the hoax were the fakers. The real questioning has only begun. Many more questions need to be asked on this, such as: Why was Jussie Smollett allowed to turn himself in with no cameras rolling, while Roger Stone was raided at gunpoint with dozens of heavily armed agents while CNN rolled its cameras after being tipped off?  Why are some members of the top brass of the Chicago PD being so polite and almost apologetic to Smollett? Didn’t he just waste thousands of hours of police time in Chicago? Didn’t he almost push a nationwide race war?   Why is Fox still defending Smollett? Are people in the Empire production crew involved in helping Smollett help stage the hoax to boost the success of the flailing Empire show, which has plummeted in ratings?  Where is the apology from CNN, MSNBC, The Atlantic and other radical left-wing media propagandists who pushed this hoax in the first place? So far there are zero apologies and zero retractions. Why is that? And why does Google News continue to promote the very same news sources that repeatedly hoax America with lie after lie? (And why does the NewsGuard browser plug-in give its highest rankings for the news sources that publish the most outrageous lies?)  Where is the federal conspiracy charge against Smollett for involving two other people in his hate crime hoax? Where is the charge for using the United States mail to send a threatening letter? Those are federal crimes… are there no charges for that? (Possibly those charges are still coming, we will have to wait and see.)

Where is the arrest of CNN’s Don Lemon for his role in this nationwide conspiracy? Don Lemon is not a journalist; he is a hack left-wing activist and co-conspirator who helped push this hate crime hoax with the intended purpose of damaging the reputation of Trump supporters and “keeping the hate alive” in America. In fact, there were a dozen key “journalists” who led the propaganda push for the Smollett hate crime hoax. Their names, according to Breitbart News, are:

– Eugene Scott (Washington Post)

– Don Lemon (CNN)

– Yamiche Alcindor (PBS)

– Joyce Vance (MSNBC)

– Jamil Smith (Rolling Stone)

– April Ryan (CNN)

– Jamele Hill (The Atlantic)

– Zerlina Maxwell (MSNBC)

– Joy Reid (MSNBC)

– Karen Attiah (Washington Post)

– Amy Siskind (Huffington Post)

– Brooke Baldwin (CNN)

Where are the investigations into these political activists for promoting a dangerous conspiracy that almost pushed America into a bloody race war? Remember, every one of these media hacks conducted zero fact checking and ran with the Smollett claims, touting them as established facts when they were, in fact, fabricated lies. Yet there isn’t a single one of these propagandists who has been fired, or criminally investigated for their role in this dangerous conspiracy to deceive America and foment a race war. Why is the left-wing media allowed to continue pushing utterly fabricated hoaxes at the expense of America? It’s time to expand the criminal investigation beyond Jussie Smollett and look at who really planned it and who catapulted it into public consciousness in a highly irresponsible, dangerous manner.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/jussie-smollett-hate-crime-hoax-he-did-not-act-alone-sources-say-it-goes-all-the-way-up-to-obama/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 3-27-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Let’s talk about food SHORTAGE: US grain bins collapse under catastrophic Iowa floods

By Strange Sounds - Mar 27, 2019

After millions of dead calves in Nebraska, now thousands of tons of grain lost in Iowa! Flood waters are causing havoc in some mid-western states – Iowa; Illinois; Missouri; Kansas; South Dakota; Minnesota; and Nebraska – and have resulted in an estimated $3 billion in damages so far. The video below by Iowa resident Gracie Newman shows just a fraction of the losses that have been incurred as a result of the unprecedented flooding. As can be seen from the video, at this location alone, at least five bins have burst, destroying thousands of tons of grain. Rising water levels have breached levees along the Missouri River and forced several towns to evacuate. It was also reported that in the state of Nebraska (west of Iowa) the flooding has already caused more than $1 billion in damages, with more than 2,000 homes and 340 businesses lost. Missouri Bin Collapse In a separate incident, a grain bin which was reportedly holding 21,591t – or 850,000 bushels – of corn collapsed in the state of Missouri, in the early hours of Monday, March 11. The grain was washed onto a nearby road and also blocked a railway line once its container’s walls split. No one was injured in the incident, which happened at a Bunge plant in LaGrange, Missouri.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/03/food-shortage-garin-silo-collapse-iowa-video.html 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 3-27-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boys forced to rape their sisters, women sexually assaulted until they bleed to death and men's genitals cut off: Survivors reveal 'unbelievable' horrors faced by refugees in Libya

Migrants are facing sexual violence and torture in prisons and refugee camps

On their way to Europe refugees are being kidnapped and raped, a report found

Women are raped until they bleed to death. Men have had genitals cut off

Refugees are stripped naked and forced to rape relatives while being filmed

By Chris Dyer For Mailonline and Associated Press Published: 06:27 EDT, 27 March 2019 | Updated: 07:33 EDT, 27 March 2019

Migrants travelling to Europe are being raped and tortured including by forced incest and mutilation, a shocking new study has revealed. Routine rape and sexual torture throughout their journey to Europe threatens many migrants, especially in Libya, with men facing abuse nearly as regularly as women. Smugglers torture migrants and film the attacks on Skype to extract ransom money from their families, according to the study carried out by the Women's Refugee Commission. One mental health worker described graves filled with men with their penises sliced off - a description corroborated by the account of a survivor of a mass mutilation. Migrants told similarly horrific stories about rape, forced incest and mass sexual abuse intended to humiliate detainees who had to strip naked and become either rapists themselves or victims. Men and women are forced to rape others, penises are cut off, boys have to rape their sisters and women are abused and raped until they bleed to death, the report said. A survivor from Gambia said, according to the report: 'If someone had told me this before, I would never have believed it. You can only believe it if you have seen it with your own eyes.' At one of the official prisons, a 19-year-old Nigerian woman told a health worker that women faced near constant threat of rape, and men only marginally less. Migrants bribe their way to freedom or escape if they can. 'They said that if we tell in Europe what is happening in Libya, our brothers and sisters in the prison will pay,' she said, according to the report. According to a 20-year-old man from Guinea, 'when the men came back crying, they would talk about what the guards did to them and how violent it was'. Sarah Chynoweth, the study's lead researcher told German broadcaster Deutsche Welle: 'On their journey through the desert, many refugees are kidnapped by human traffickers and armed groups or taken to official prisons. 'If a man tries to escape, all other men are forced to rape him. People are regularly punished, forced into submission and controlled.' Previous studies have found that nearly all women who cross from North Africa have been raped or sexually abused along the journey, but this report found that the danger was likely nearly as prevalent among men. The graphic study based on dozens of interviews with aid workers and migrants was released on Monday by the Women's Refugee Commission. It comes as Europe has blocked rescues at sea and outsourced its migration policy to Libya's coast guard instead. The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) estimates there are around 670,000 migrants in Libya and it is believed that between 5,000 to 6,000 are being held in camps. The EU has spent €338 million ($382 million) in Libya since 2014 to stem migration, much of it on strengthening the Libyan coast guard and the detention centres. Migrants turned back in the Mediterranean are unlikely to fare much better in official detention than they did in the warehouses, according to Chynoweth. United Nations staff and aid groups have limited access to the centres and Chynoweth said migrants told her than in any case 'we were just too terrified to say anything'. With European Union funding, the Libyan coast guard retrieves migrants from the Mediterranean Sea and returns them to detention centres nominally run by the Libyan government, where migrants say the abuse resumes. Because the men were victimised together, they were willing to talk about it in ways that might otherwise be taboo. Mostly, they don't talk about it. The area around Bani Walid is particularly notorious for its clandestine prisons, where migrants have described being held in sunless warehouses for months and even years on end while smugglers try to extract payments from them to continue their journey. Last May, more than 100 migrants and refugees broke out from one of the lockups, fleeing under their captors' gunfire. At least 15 people died and 40 were left behind, according to the aid group Doctors Without Borders. The survivors were ultimately shipped to an official Libyan detention centre. And now official detention is likely where they will end up even if they make it into the Mediterranean, due to European policy that has effectively banned rescues at sea in an effort to slow migration. Chynoweth has carried out similar studies among the Rohingya refugees in Bangladesh and Syrian refugees in the Middle East. What differs in the European context, she said, is how widespread it is, and the fact that profoundly disturbing forms of sexual torture are used for purposes of extorting ransoms - sent via video to desperate families. 'The minute people are stopped at sea, Europeans wash their hands of it,' said Hassiba Hadj-Sahraoui, the humanitarian affairs adviser for Doctors Without Borders, also known as Medecins Sans Frontieres. Earlier this month, the European Union issued a statement saying the continent's migration crisis is over, 'and current levels are a mere 10 per cent of what they were at their peak in 2015'. The statement cited 'appalling conditions' in Libya's detention centres as an issue, without suggesting solutions. One of the study's few bright points came aboard the MSF rescue ship Aquarius. On the ship, the medical team realised that men and boys appeared not to know that what they'd experienced was sexual abuse. Trained health workers decided in 2018 to emphasise free medical and psychological counselling. As a result, the study said, 33 per cent of sexual assault survivors who came forward last year on the Aquarius were male, compared with just three per cent in 2017. 'It was about creating that safe environment, allowing the men and boys to know they're not alone,' said Aoife Ni Mhurchu, who was a nurse on board the Aquarius at the time and specialises in working with vulnerable populations. Few migrants had any illusions that their attackers would face justice, said Ni Mhurchu, who worked in four detention centres in Libya before her time at sea. She said few detained in Libya would dare come forward while there. 'This climate of impunity in Libya signals to this extremely vulnerable population that reporting is not only dangerous but futile,' she said. The Aquarius is now chartered for a scientific expedition. The only people pulling migrants from the Mediterranean waters off the Libyan coast take them right back where they came from.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6855433/Survivors-reveal-horrors-faced-refugees-Libya-including-forced-incest-women-raped-death.html 

:: 3--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AI Can HATE With No Human Input

By Dagny Taggart

What if a robot decides it hates you? That might seem like a silly question, but according to research, developing prejudice towards others does not require a high level of cognitive ability and could easily be exhibited by robots and other artificially intelligent machines. The study, conducted by computer science and psychology experts from Cardiff University and MIT, revealed that groups of autonomous machines could demonstrate prejudice by simply identifying, copying, and learning the behavior from each other The findings were published in the journal Nature. Robots are capable of forming prejudices much like humans. In a press release, the research team explained that while it may seem that human cognition would be required to form opinions and stereotype others, it appears that is not the case. Prejudice does not seem to a human-specific phenomenon. Some types of computer algorithms have already exhibited prejudices like racism and sexism which the machines learning from public records and other data generated by humans. In two previous instance of AI exhibiting such prejudice, Microsoft chatbots Tay and Zo were shut down after people taught them to spout racist and sexist remarks on social media. This means that robots could be just as hateful as human beings can be. And since they’re thousands of times smarter than us, can you imagine the future if they developed a bias against humanity? No human input is required. Guidance from humans is not needed for robots to learn to dislike certain people. However, this study showed that AI doesn’t need provocation and inspiration from trolls to get it to exhibit prejudices: it is capable of forming them all by itself. To conduct the research, the team set up computer simulations of how prejudiced individuals can form a group and interact with each other. They created a game of “give and take,” in which each AI bot made a decision whether or not to donate to another individual inside their own working group or another group. The decisions were made based on each individual’s reputation and their donating strategy, including their levels of prejudice towards individuals in outside groups. As the game progressed and a supercomputer racked up thousands of simulations, each individual began to learn new strategies by copying others either within their own group or the entire population. Co-author of the study Professor Roger Whitaker, from Cardiff University’s Crime and Security Research Institute and the School of Computer Science and Informatics, said of the findings: By running these simulations thousands and thousands of times over, we begin to get an understanding of how prejudice evolves and the conditions that promote or impede it. The findings involve individuals updating their prejudice levels by preferentially copying those that gain a higher short term payoff, meaning that these decisions do not necessarily require advanced cognitive abilities. It is feasible that autonomous machines with the ability to identify with discrimination and copy others could in future be susceptible to prejudicial phenomena that we see in the human population. Many of the AI developments that we are seeing involve autonomy and self-control, meaning that the behaviour of devices is also influenced by others around them. Vehicles and the Internet of Things are two recent examples. Our study gives a theoretical insight where simulated agents periodically call upon others for some kind of resource. (source) Autonomy and self-control. Isn’t that what happened in the Terminator franchise? What if scientists can’t keep AI unbiased? What will happen if developers and computer scientists can’t figure out a way to keep AI unbiased? Last year, when Twitter was accused of “shadow banning” approximately 600,000 accounts, CEO Jack Dorsey discussed the challenges AI developers have in reducing accidental bias. This new research adds to a growing body of disturbing information on artificial intelligence. We know AI has mind-reading capabilities and can do many jobs just as well as humans (and in many cases, it can do a much better job, making us redundant). And, at least one robot has already said she wants to destroy humanity. Last year, a scientist deliberately created a robot with mental illness and Elon Musk warned us of the dangers of AI. The risk of something seriously dangerous happening is in the five year timeframe. 10 years at most. Please note that I am normally super pro technology and have never raised this issue until recent months. This is not a case of crying wolf about something I don’t understand. The pace of progress in artificial intelligence (I’m not referring to narrow AI) is incredibly fast. Unless you have direct exposure to groups like Deepmind, you have no idea how fast — it is growing at a pace close to exponential. I am not alone in thinking we should be worried. The leading AI companies have taken great steps to ensure safety. They recognize the danger, but believe that they can shape and control the digital superintelligences and prevent bad ones from escaping into the Internet. That remains to be seen… (source) Musk added, “With artificial intelligence, we are summoning the demon.”  What do you think? A robot apocalypse straight out of the movie theaters seems to be approaching. What if robots form biases against certain groups of people – or humanity overall? About the Author  Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/ai-hate/ 

:: 3-26-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deep State Shifts Blame Of Intelligence Failure To Obama

Copy Link Download 160 12‚606 views

The Alex Jones Show Published on Mar 26, 2019

Now that President Trump has been cleared of "collusion" with Russia, Deep State actors are now blaming president Obama for directing them in the first place. Alex breaks down these new talking points of the Deep State propaganda machine.

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5c9a723096f802002664df82 

:: 3-26-19 Americans for Legal Immigration PAC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Thread: Italian teen girl was likely dismembered alive by Nigerian migrant drug dealer

Italian teen girl was likely dismembered alive by Nigerian migrant drug dealer

By Arthur Lyons 26 March 2019

One of the most nauseating revelations to emerge from the trial for the murder of 18-year-old Italian Pamela Mastropietro is that she was likely to have been dismembered while still alive.  The horrifying reports come following court testimony given by Vincenzo Marino, a key witness in the trial of Nigerian drug pusher Innocent Oseghale who on trial for the brutal murder the young girl last year, Il Giornale reports. Mastropietro’s mother claims that her 18-year-old daughter had become estranged from the family and had become addicted to drugs following a brief relationship with a Romanian man. Marino, the key witness in the case, had been incarcerated at the same time as Oseghale and claimed to have overhead him admit to and give details about the murder. According to the sworn testimony given by Marino, the Nigerian drug dealer stabbed the Italian teen immediately after raping her. Marino said, “They had a fight, they pushed, Oseghale stabbed her in the liver and after a first stab Pamela fell to the ground.” The witness added that following the initial stabbing, Oseghale left the scene of the crime to summon another man to assist him in the disposal of Mastropietro’s body. After he ‘returned home, convinced him that Pamela was dead and started dismembering from the foot.’ It’s thought that the Nigerian man stabbed the girl once more after she tried to cry out for help. As stated by Marino, Oseghale didn’t name who his accomplice was. “He had washed [the body] with bleach because it would not have been known if she had died of an overdose or murdered,” Marion professed. “He said there was a sack in the fridge to put the pieces in, but they did not fit in there and that he had to cut it and put it in two suitcases,” the key witness added. In February last year, the dismembered corpse of the 18-year-old Mastropietro was discovered on the side of road in a number of suitcases in the Italian commune of Pollenza. The horrific discovery prompted national rage and also led to allegations of ritualistic cannibalism that’s known to be engaged in and practiced by Nigerian crime gangs that are operating across the continent. The discovery of young girl’s dismembered corpse also provoked a mass shooting attempt when Luci Traini, a 28-year-old Italian man who supposedly knew Mastropietro, targeted and wounded several migrants in an act of vengeance. Alassandro Meluzzi, an Italian psychiatrist and criminologist has alleged that the murder was most likely associated with Nigerian organized crime gangs. Just months after Mastropietro’s body was discovered, another Italian teenaged girl, Desirée Mariotinni, was found in dead from an overdose in Rome. Italian prosecutors subsequently arrested several migrant men in connection with her death, accusing them of raping the 16-year-old girl and intentionally causing her to fatally overdose on drugs. Italy has experienced a colossal crime wave in the wake of an incursion of hundreds of thousands of African migrants, many from Nigeria, into their country. The populist Italian government led by Matteo Salvini has done their best to stem the flow of migrants into Italy and to crack down on violent foreign crime gangs, but their efforts have been met with stiff opposition from globalist forces inside the European Union.

https://voiceofeurope.com/2019/03/it...dClbjaYRjNQO5Q 

https://www.alipac.us/f9/italian-teen-girl-likely-dismembered-alive-nigerian-migrant-drug-dealer-370739/ 

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Perfectibilists

By Hal Lindsey

On May 1, 1776, a man named Adam Weishaupt founded an organization that came to be known as “The Illuminati.” Today, there are lots of little covens of unconnected, devil-worshiping malcontents who claim the name “Illuminati.” And there is some evidence that the old organization may still exist. But for this discussion, you just need to know that they did exist, and they were formed as an angry reaction to the Church. They were the antithesis of Biblical Christianity. In the beginning, they were not called “The Illuminati.” Their original name was the “Covenant of Perfectibility” — commonly referred to as “Perfectibilists.” And that was their theme. They believed that human beings could perfect themselves through morality and reason, along with a lot of screwball, secret ceremonies. Even though they were the opposite of Christian, large numbers of churches today embrace the primary ideal of the Illuminati — belief in humanity’s ability to perfect itself. Such churches view the message of Jesus dying on the cross for our sins as old fashioned and irrelevant to a new generation. They claim that regular evangelical Christians place too much emphasis on Who Jesus was and what He did. They choose to place their emphasis on what Jesus said. But when you read their websites, you see that they carefully cherry-pick the words of Jesus. I think they do that because if you look at everything He said, it leads you back to Who Jesus is (God the Son) and what Jesus did (died on a cross for our sins and rose again). From Genesis to Revelation, the Bible contradicts their message of salvation by good works. Ephesians 2:8-9 says, “For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God; not as a result of works, that no one should boast.” (NASB) But if you quote from any of Paul’s letters, they shake their heads. Like the first century Christians at Corinth, they say with holy condescension, “I (am) of Christ.” (1 Corinthians 1:12) They claim to espouse the Sermon on the Mount. But anyone reading that Sermon should start at the beginning. The first words of the first beatitude are, “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” (Matthew 5:3 NASB) It’s a tough passage to get your head around. Why “poor in spirit”? Does He want us to be spiritually impoverished? It’s easy to understand how material riches might get us into trouble, but what’s wrong with being spiritually rich? Jesus started His message with those words for good reason — they are not an ending, but a beginning. We cannot start our journey with Him until we understand our spiritual poverty without Him. God does not come to you, hat in hand, requesting that you share with Him your spiritual riches. He doesn’t need your spiritual riches. You need His. He longs to share those riches with you. But you won’t receive them from Him until you understand that you don’t have them within yourself. In another part of the Sermon on the Mount, Jesus said, “Unless your righteousness surpasses that of the scribes and Pharisees, you shall not enter the kingdom of heaven.” (Matthew 5:20 NASB) Imagine how shocking that would have been to the people listening to Him. They viewed the scribes and Pharisees as the epitome of righteousness. These people counted the leaves on their spices to make sure they were accurately tithing. (Matthew 23:23) They not only studied the law, they studied mountains of tradition that had been built up around the law. (Mark 7:3) To be completely certain they never called the Lord’s name in vain, they didn’t even say His name. But Jesus said it’s not enough. Why? Because God is His own standard of goodness. He is the plumb line. Anything less than His level of righteousness is like a filthy rag. (Isaiah 64:6) In the Sermon on the Mount, Jesus said, “Therefore you are to be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect.” (Matthew 5:48 NASB) Only God is as perfect as God. But Jesus is that perfect because He is God. He is God the Son. His righteousness measures up. We must receive that righteousness or we cannot be saved. 2 Corinthians 5:21 says, “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.” (NASB) Jesus spoke of people being guilty of shocking sins like adultery (Matthew 5:27-28) and murder (Matthew 5:22) simply because of their thoughts. He was teaching us to think the right things. But He was also showing how egregiously we fail to meet God’s standards. Every person at some time has a lustful thought, is angry without cause, or fails to love his enemies. We can’t hope in our goodness. God’s grace is the only answer! The words of Jesus point humanity to the Person and mission of Jesus. He said, “For the Son of Man has come to seek and to save that which was lost.” (Luke 19:10 NASB) His message of grace is timeless. It is infinitely superior to any fashion or fad. The message of Jesus was Himself. So don’t be a grace-rejecting “Perfectibilist.” Instead, let Jesus do the perfecting in you. “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” (Philippians 1:6 NASB)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-14-2016/ 

:: 3-26-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Netanyahu Has Plan to End Syria Crisis, Sans Iran

Read Newsmax: Report: Netanyahu Has Plan to End Syria Crisis, Sans Iran | Newsmax.com

By Eric Mack | Tuesday, 26 March 2019 12:31 PM

A proposal to resolve the Syria crisis was presented by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to Russia and the United States, a trilateral approach which boots Iran out of the country, according to a report in The Times of Israel. Russia's Vladimir Putin has shown interest in the plan, according to a senior Israeli official in the report. Netanyahu has since presented President Donald Trump with the trilateral plan that "would see Iran removed from Syria, the official says, refusing to elaborate," per the Times. President Trump has positioned himself squarely pro-Israel, having moved the U.S. Embassy from Tel Aviv to Israel's capital of Jerusalem and recognized Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights. According to the Times, the leader of the Hezbollah terrorist group now predicts Trump will move to recognize Israel's sovereignty over the West Bank – land that has long been under dispute with the Palestinians. "We should expect that Trump will recognize Israel's sovereignty over the West Bank," Hassan Nasrallah said, according to the report. "When the world allowed Trump to usurp Jerusalem and declare it as Israel's eternal capital, it opened the door to every violation by the Americans and Trump. This is a pivotal event in the Arab-Israeli conflict. "Those who are still hesitant must become convinced that resistance is the only choice for the Syrians to recover the Golan, for the Lebanese to recover the Shebaa Farms and the Kfarshouba Hills, and for the Palestinians to get their rights."

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/benjamin-netanyahu-vladimir-putin-civil-war/2019/03/26/id/908781/ 

:: 3-26-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Respect the Sanctity of Life': US Takes New Step to Block Foreign Aid to Overseas Abortion Providers

03-26-2019 Steve Warren

US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced Tuesday the expansion of the Trump administration's ban on US aid to groups that promote or provide abortions. Pompeo said he's extended the ban to include organizations that may follow the rules while simultaneously passing funding along to other groups that don't. The secretary said the Trump administration will not allow American taxpayer money to pay for "backdoor funding schemes" for abortion. "The American people should rest assured that this administration and this State Department and our USAID will do all we can to safeguard US taxpayer dollars and protect and respect the sanctity of life for people all around the globe," Pompeo said. Pompeo said the administration was committed to protecting "the sanctity of life" in the United States and abroad and would enforce the policy "to the broadest extent possible" by not allowing foreign non-governmental organizations to skirt the ban. "We will refuse to provide assistance to foreign NGOs that give financial support to other foreign groups in the global abortion industry," Pompeo told reporters at the State Department. "We will enforce a strict prohibition on backdoor funding schemes and end runs around our policy. American taxpayer dollars will not be used to underwrite abortions." Critics say this hurts reproductive and maternal health care in developing nations. Pompeo denied that claim and said the US would continue to be a leader in such aid. The US spends $9 billion to support global health programs. It wasn't immediately clear how much would be cut, but pro-choice advocates were furious at the news. "This administration's obsession with attacking women's reproductive health is egregious and dangerous," Sen. Jean Shaheen (D-NH) said. "Further expanding the global gag rule puts international organizations in an impossible position: provide women the full scope of reproductive health care services or deny critical funding that saves lives. That is unconscionable." Pro-life groups welcomed the move. The Susan B. Anthony Fund praised Pompeo's decision in a statement, saying: "We are excited to see Secretary Pompeo taking additional steps to ensure that Americans' hard-earned dollars are actually used for health assistance, not funneled to groups that push abortion."

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2019/march/respect-the-sanctity-of-life-us-takes-new-step-to-block-foreign-aid-to-overseas-abortion-providers 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 3-26-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

airstrikes resume in southern Israel

Israeli fighter jets struck several targets in the southern Gazan city of Khan Younis, including a military compound and a weapons manufacturing site belonging to Hamas, the military said.

By Anna Ahronheim, Tovah Lazaroff, Herb Keinon March 27, 2019 00:32

Amid growing concerns between Hamas and Israel, incoming rocket sirens were activated Tuesday night shortly after Israeli Air Force struck targets in the Hamas-run Gaza Strip. Israeli fighter jets struck several targets in the southern Gazan city of Khan Younis, including a military compound and a weapons manufacturing site belonging to Hamas, the military said. The attack was carried out in response to the launching of a rocket from the Gaza Strip into Israeli territory and the launching of incendiary and explosive balloons. Moments after airstrikes, a rocket was fired from Gaza towards the industrial park south of the city of Ashkelon, the army said. According to reports in Hebrew media the rocket was intercepted over the city, but unconfirmed reports said it fell in open territory causing no damage or casualties. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who landed back in Israel in the late afternoon from Washington after cutting his trip short, met with senior security officials at the Kirya military headquarters in Tel Aviv shortly after addressing the AIPAC policy conference via a satellite connection. “We responded with great force,” he said. “In the last 24 hours, the IDF destroyed major Hamas terrorist installations on a scale not seen since the end of the military operation in Gaza four years ago.” At the same time as diplomatic efforts were taking place with the UN and Egypt acting as mediators between Israel and Hamas, the IDF said it was sending more troops to the Gaza border and approved the call-up of additional reserve forces. The decision to send additional infantry and artillery battalions to the South was made following a situation assessment led by Netanyahu and IDF Chief of Staff Lt.-Gen. Aviv Kochavi. According to a senior government official, Israel has not agreed to a ceasefire, and the fighting could erupt at any time. “There is no agreement on a ceasefire,” he said. “The fighting is liable to be renewed at any moment, and it was decided to reinforce forces and prepare for a continuation.” Kochavi also approved completing the summoning of additional reserve soldiers and canceled the exchange of IDF battalions in multiple regions that had been scheduled for later this week. On Tuesday evening, incoming rocket sirens were activated in the South. A projectile landed in an open field, causing neither injury nor damage. Earlier in the evening the IDF began lifting roadblocks, and trains resumed their service in the South following a day of relative quiet on the southern front. According to UN Special Coordinator to the Middle East Peace Process Nickolay Mladenov, his team has been “working intensely with Egypt and all concerned parties to ensure that the situation does not spiral out of control.” Speaking during a briefing to the UN Security Council, he added, “Nobody has an interest in a full military confrontation in Gaza.” Islamic Jihad official Khader Habib said Netanyahu was refusing to admit that a ceasefire had been reached in order to appear as a strongman to Israelis. “Netanyahu is trying to portray himself as a hero to his people, therefore he publicly denies the understanding reached with the Egyptians,” Habib said. “Resistance factions are committed to calm as long as the enemy abides by it.” On Tuesday night, armed with signs and flags, about 100 Sderot residents gathered at the entrance to the city to protest what they called the government’s “non-policy” on rocket fire from Gaza. The latest escalation between Hamas and Israel began Monday morning when a long-range J-80 missile launched from Rafah in the southern part of the Strip destroyed a civilian home 120 km. away in the central community of Mishmeret, wounding seven members of one family and a neighbor. Terrorists fired over 60 rockets into the South and the IDF carried out hundreds of strikes in Gaza overnight. Fighter jets, combat helicopters, tanks and naval vehicles struck on Tuesday morning additional terrorist targets in a military compound belonging to Hamas in Deir el-Balah in the central Gaza Strip, as well as a military compound belonging to Palestinian Islamic Jihad in Beit Lahiya, the IDF said. IDF tanks and attack helicopters and naval vessels also targeted several Hamas posts. “The Hamas terrorist organization is responsible for all the goings on in and out of the Gaza Strip. The IDF is determined to carry out the task of protecting the citizens of Israel and is prepared for various scenarios and intensifying its operations as necessary,” the army said. Incoming rocket sirens blasted throughout Sderot and the regional councils of Eshkol, Hof Ashkelon and Sha’ar Hanegev, as at least 30 rockets were fired toward Israel between 10 p.m. Monday and 3:15 a.m Tuesday, after Hamas said it had accepted the Egyptian-brokered ceasefire, which would have begun at 10 p.m. NEW RIGHT leader Naftali Bennett called on Netanyahu to convene a meeting of the cabinet and take action to “neutralize Hamas.” “Israel cannot surrender to Hamas again,” Bennett said. “This is the 10th round in the past year. Hamas directly hit a family in the center of the country, shot dozens of rockets at the towns by the Gaza border and held 200,000 students, teachers and parents hostage at home today. We, on the other hand, shot at some empty buildings and didn’t even kill one terrorist.” Yisrael Beytenu chairman Avigdor Liberman said this wasn’t a ceasefire but a total collapse of Israeli deterrence, damaging to the security of Israel’s citizens and a total loss of the sense of security. “I will never be a partner to defeatist policies, which is why I resigned from the government several months ago,” he said. MK Bezalel Smotrich of the Union of Right-Wing Parties said he doesn’t understand how someone who is a resident of the South could think of voting for Netanyahu after this. “Netanyahu’s failed behavior can lead to the end of right-wing rule,” he said. “So whoever doesn’t have an option to vote for the Left, strengthen the real Right.” Public Security Minister Gilad Erdan told Army Radio on Tuesday morning that “rumors of a ceasefire are incorrect” and that Israel “will continue to exact a very heavy price from Hamas for its attacks on Israeli citizens.” A home in Sderot suffered a direct hit by a rocket on Monday night but there were no injuries. The Home Front Command published updated guidelines for residents in the Gaza border region Tuesday morning, restricting gatherings of more than 300 people in closed spaces across the Gaza border communities. Schools in the region, as well as in Ashkelon, Ofakim, Netivot and the regional councils of Bnei Shimon, Merhavim and Hof Ashkelon had also been canceled. Israel began its retaliatory strikes at around 5:20 p.m., striking Hamas targets in Shati, Beit Hanoun, Shejaia and other locations throughout the Gaza Strip. The targets included military compounds, tunnel shafts that were used to transport weapons, military positions and rocket-launching positions. Another target struck by Israeli jets was the offices of Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Gaza City’s Rimal neighborhood, as well as a building that served as an office for military meetings and as the headquarters of Hamas’s internal security forces. The IDF said another target was a three-story building that served as Hamas’s “secret headquarters,” where terrorists belonging to the security and intelligence divisions of the organization were located. “We don’t want war, but if Israel wants it then what should we do? We ask our factions to respond,” said Gaza City resident Mohammad Sayed, 40. “But we hope Egypt reaches a deal to end this.” The Palestinian news agency WAFA reported that three Palestinians were wounded in the Israeli strikes and had been transported to al-Shifa Hospital for medical treatment. Lahav Harkov and Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Netanyahu-to-skip-US-speech-as-rockets-continue-to-hit-Israel-584659 

:: 3-26-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Second major blackout leaves Venezuelans fearing power cuts will be the norm

Vivian Sequera, Corina Pons

CARACAS (Reuters) - Venezuela’s government told workers and school children to stay home on Tuesday as the second major blackout this month left the streets of Caracas mostly empty and residents wondering how long power would be out amid a deepening economic crisis. President Nicolas Maduro’s Socialist government, which had blamed sabotage by the United States and the opposition for the previous power cut, said an “attack” on its electrical system caused the blackout that first hit on Monday. The outage shuttered businesses, paralyzed the country’s main oil export terminal, and stranded commuters. Intermittent service has long affected Venezuela’s largely rural interior, but residents of Caracas fear the increasing blackouts in the capital mean that unreliable power is becoming the new normal for them, too. “I hope that now with these blackouts in Caracas they can do something, that everyone reacts,” said Maria Melendez, a seamstress in the western city of Punto Fijo who said she has had to replace damaged appliances during previous blackouts.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-venezuela-politics/venezuela-streets-empty-after-second-blackout-in-a-month-idUSKCN1R71SU

:: 3-19-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ISIS 'caliphate' is reduced to a few hundred square yards of bombed-out scrapyard: Map shows how US-backed troops have surrounded tiny last stronghold

US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces have been seen celebrating 'victory' after seizing key ISIS encampment

SDF say some hardened jihadists were using their children as human shields as they defended slither of land

It comes as the SDF said it had arrested alleged terrorists over a suicide bomb that left four Americans dead in the Syrian town of Manbij in January

By Julian Robinson for MailOnline and Reuters and Ap Published: 04:25 EDT, 19 March 2019 | Updated: 17:37 EDT, 19 March 2019

US-backed forces are celebrating 'victory' after they captured a key ISIS encampment and reduced the terror group's 'caliphate' to a few hundred square yards of bombed-out scrapyard in Syria. Officials from the Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) were seen singing and dancing and giving 'V for victory' signs as they returned from the frontline in Baghouz in the country's east. The extremists had retreated in to a tiny parcel of land with some reportedly having used their own children as human shields. Pictures show the burning remains of cars along the banks of the Euphrates river where ISIS fanatics have been desperately digging in over the last few months. Hundreds of militants surrendered overnight, an SDF spokesman said, signalling the terror group's collapse after months of stiff resistance. Meanwhile, the spokesman, Mustafa Bali said the SDF had captured a group of alleged terrorists suspected of being behind a suicide attack in northern Syria that left four Americans dead earlier this year. Bali said the suspects were captured following technical surveillance. He did not elaborate on the number of suspects or when they were captured. The Americans were killed in a suicide bombing in January in the town of Manbij that was claimed by ISIS. In a statement posted on Twitter on Tuesday, he said the outcome of the ongoing investigation will be shared at a later time. The taking of the ISIS camp was a major advance but not the final defeat of the group in Baghouz, the last village held by the extremists where they have been holding out for weeks under siege, according to Bali. Still, fighters from the force were starting to celebrate anyway. 'I'm happy it's over. Now I know my people are safe,' said a fighter who identified himself as Walid Raqqawi who fought in the camp Monday night. He said he is returning to his hometown of Raqqa to rest. Comrades from his unit sang and danced in celebration at an outpost in Baghouz, all saying they were looking forward to going home. Hardened militant fighters holed up in the encampment have been mounting a last-stand defence of the enclave, all that is left of ISIS's self-proclaimed 'caliphate' that once spanned a third of both Syria and Iraq. The militants have been putting up a desperate fight, their notorious propaganda machine working even on the brink of collapse. On Monday, ISIS issued a video showing its militants furiously defending the encampment, a junkyard of wrecked cards, motorcycles and tents. In the footage. They shoot nonstop with AK-47s and M-16s from behind trucks, vehicles and sand berms. A group of children could be seen at one point amid the fighting. 'My Muslim brothers everywhere, we did our best, the rest is up to God,' a fighter said to the backdrop of black smoke rising from behind him. The SDF captured hundreds of wounded militants when it overran the camp on Tuesday, Bali said. It also captured 157 mostly foreign fighters. Asked earlier by Reuters how long it would take to defeat the remaining jihadists, Bali said he expected the operation to end 'very soon'. Some remaining militants had fallen back to the bank of the nearby Euphrates River, he said. 'The battles are not yet over,' he said. 'Some of the terrorists have taken their children as human shields. There are intermittent clashes.' ISIS fighters and followers have been steadily forced back to Baghouz after years of retreats in the face of military campaigns by an array of foreign and local forces. The complete fall of Baghouz would mark the end of the ISIS's self-declared territorial 'caliphate,' which at its height stretched across much of Syria and Iraq. For the past four years, U.S.-led forces have waged a destructive campaign to tear down the 'caliphate.' But even after Baghouz's fall, ISIS maintains a scattered presence and sleeper cells that threaten a continuing insurgency. The battle for Baghouz has dragged on for weeks - and the encampment has proven a major battleground, with tents covering foxholes and underground tunnels. The siege has also been slowed by the unexpectedly large number of civilians in Baghouz, most of them families of IS members. Over past weeks they have been flowing out, exhausted, hungry and often wounded. The sheer number who emerged - nearly 30,000 since early January according to Kurdish officials - took the Kurdish-led SDF by surprise. In the last two weeks, many IS militants appeared to be among those evacuating. But SDF commanders have stopped speculating when the battle may finally be over. Commanders say they don't know how many more may still be left, hiding in tunnels beneath the war-scarred village. In the seizure Tuesday of the encampment, hundreds of wounded and sick militants were captured and have been evacuated to nearby military hospitals for treatment, Bali, the SDF spokesman, said in a Twitter post. Still, he cautioned, 'this is not a victory announcement, but a significant progress in the fight.' There were conflicting reports from SDF commanders on the ground about the extent of the IS surrender. Commander Rustam Hasake told The Associated Press that SDF forces advanced on four fronts Monday night and were inside the camp when the last IS fighters surrendered at dawn. He said the last fighters were pushed out of the camp and were now in an open patch of land by the Euphrates River and were being processed and detained.  Another commander, however, said some IS militants continue to hold a tiny area in an open patch of land in the village, outside the encampment. AP journalists in Baghouz reported sporadic gunfire echoing in Baghouz and jets circling overhead. At a command post in Baghouz, a Humvee pulled up and unloaded weapons captured from IS on Tuesday, including sniper and hunting rifles, pump action shot guns and grenades and ammunition. Five trucks hauling 10 trailers full of people were seen coming out of Baghouz. A child could be heard wailing from inside one of them. At least 100 people, nearly all of them children, have died in the truck trips from Baghouz on the way to a camp in northern Syria, or soon after reaching it, according to the International Rescue Committee - a sign of how miserable conditions were inside Baghouz during the siege as supplies ran out. Bali, in a separate Twitter post Tuesday, said the SDF captured a group of suspects involved in a January suicide bombing that killed four Americans in the northern town of Manbij. He did not elaborate on the number of suspects or whether they were among the most recent militants to surrender. ISIS claimed responsibility for the blast outside a popular restaurant in Manbij, which killed at least 16 people, including two U.S. service members and two American civilians. It was the deadliest assault on U.S. troops in Syria since American forces went into the country in 2015. As they make their final stand, the IS militants have issued a string of statements this month claiming to have inflicted heavy losses on the SDF. In an audio posted online Monday, the ISIS spokesman, Abu Hassan al-Muhajer, issued his first message in six months, calling for revenge attacks by Muslims in Western countries in retaliation for the shooting attack on two New Zealand mosques that killed 50 people. He also ridiculed U.S. declarations of the defeat of the Islamic State group, calling the claim of victory a 'hallucination.' But SDF fighters celebrated as if the final collapse were imminent. At the SDF outpost in Baghouz, a commander danced with his soldiers. Fighters said remaining IS militants didn't put up much resistance. 'We fired on them with our rifles and heavy weapons and they didn't shoot back. So we walked into the camp and they didn't shoot at us,' said Orhan Hamad, from the northern province of Hassakeh. 'I tell the martyrs, it wasn't for nothing. With God's permission, we've finished Daesh.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6825363/U-S-backed-SDF-says-captured-157-militants-foreigners.html 

:: 3-7-19 The Independent :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jared Kushner goes rogue in Saudi Arabia, prompting national security concerns

'Who speaks for the government, the institutions or the family of the president?'

Chris Riotta New York @chrisriotta Thursday 7 March 2019 19:50

Jared Kushner has gone rogue. Donald Trump’s senior White House adviser once again abandoned government normalities during an official state trip to Saudi Arabia, reportedly discussing US-Saudi cooperation with Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman in a meeting that lacked representation from the US Embassy in Riyadh. The 38-year-old adviser also discussed the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the US’ economic investment in the Middle East with Saudi royalty, including King Salman, according to a White House readout from the trip that was released just as the president’s former lawyer Michael Cohen began his explosive public testimony on Capitol Hill last week. Mr Kushner’s quiet undertaking of such high-profile meetings has raised national security concerns from military and intelligence officials, who said the president’s son-in-law was “undermining US authority” in the region. Naveed Jamali — a former US Defence Department intelligence officer and double agent — told The Independent the Trump administration has frequently “blurred the lines of communication” between government agencies by sending Mr Kushner to meet with top international officials. “We know there is a flawed system by the fact that Jared Kushner has a security clearance,” Mr Jamali — who has launched a bid for political office — said on Thursday, noting the 38-year-old adviser’s omission of Russian contacts from his initial clearance application and foreign business assets that would typically bar an official from receiving a clearance. Mr Jamali added, “Who speaks for the government, the institutions or the family of the president?” Multiple sources from the US embassy in Riyadh have reportedly said they were not read into the details of Mr Kushner’s Saudi Arabia visit, and have yet to receive any sort of briefing on the White House official’s meetings with Saudi leadership. Mr Kushner was also reportedly provided security during his visit by Saudi officials — a component of a state trip typically handled by the US embassy in the region. Embassy staff also usually sits in on high-level meetings, and can include intelligence and military personnel, cultural attaches and officials from across government agencies. Those reports, first published in the Daily Beast nearly a week after Mr Kushner’s trip, were refuted by a senior administration official. “This reporting is not true and the sources are misinformed,” that official said. During his meetings with the Saudi crown prince, Mr Kushner seemingly failed to mention the high-profile killing of Jamal Khashoggi, a Washington Post journalist and US resident who disappeared after entering a Saudi consulate last year in Istanbul. The international intelligence community and Turkish officials have claimed the crown prince was involved in the alleged murder of Mr Khashoggi, who was often critical in his reporting of the Saudi government. Mark Hertling, a former US Army officer, lambasted the White House administration in a tweet for reportedly failing to include “critical subject matters experts” in Mr Kushner’s meetings with Saudi royalty. Walter Shaub, the former director of the Office of Government Ethics, also asked why Mr Kushner was “having secret meetings with the Saudi government” while keeping US officials “in the dark about the substance of the meetings”. “Are conflicts of interest at play here?” he wrote on Twitter. Mr Kushner, long considered a security risk embedded in the West Wing by career intelligence officials, was reported to have conducted informal conversations on the chat app WhatsApp with the Saudi crown prince, who he has developed a relationship with since Mr Trump’s 2016 election. The New York Times reported Mr Kushner was providing the prince with advice on how to weather the controversies surrounding the slaying of Mr Khashoggi. House Democrats have launched an investigation into the White House's security clearance processes under Mr Trump, demanding a trove of documents related to the matter and other investigatory concerns from Mr Kushner along with 81 total contacts and entities close to the president. “[Kushner] is somehow who is much more amenable to personal offers like financial gain,” Mr Jamali said. “He doesn’t seem to have the strongest allegiance to the US … that’s concerning.” We’ll tell you what’s true. You can form your own view.

At The Independent, no one tells us what to write. That’s why, in an era of political lies and Brexit bias, more readers are turning to an independent source. Subscribe from just 15p a day for extra exclusives, events and ebooks – all with no ads.

https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/us-politics/jared-kushner-saudi-arabia-crown-prince-jamal-khashoggi-trump-a8812806.html 

:: 3-15-19 MNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Meet 'Steve,' the rare celestial phenomenon lighting up the skies over Canada

The ribbon of light may look like an aurora, but Steve is his own class.

Michael d'Estries

March 15, 2019, 12:50 p.m.

If you happen to see a vertical ribbon of dancing, flickering purple light playing across the sky of the Northern Hemisphere, fear not. It's just Steve. That's right — Steve. The hilarious placeholder name comes from the Alberta Aurora Chasers, a group of aurora enthusiasts who discovered the atmospheric phenomena in 2016. Unlike your standard aurora displays, which look like gently wafting curtains, Steve is more of a narrow arc of light. The members settled on the unusual name in honor of the 2006 animated film "Over the Hedge," in which some woodland creatures name an unknown object "Steve" to make it appear less frightening. Steve may appear similar to other auroras because it lights up the night sky when the sun's charged particles interact with Earth's magnetic fields. But Steve is definitely in a class of his own — especially with the spectacular show of dancing purple lights.  How is Steve different? Well first and foremost, Steve actually isn't an aurora. Although researchers speculated for years that Steve was like other auroras due to its location and movements, a 2018 study negates that idea. When Steve appeared in March 2018, NOAA's Polar Orbiting Environmental Satellite 17 measured for charged particles in the sky around Steve. No charged particles were detected. Therefore, the process for creating Steve isn't the same for auroras. "Our results verify that this STEVE event is clearly distinct from the aurora since it is characterized by the absence of particle precipitation," said the study's author Bea Gallardo-Lacourt. "Interestingly, its skyglow could be generated by a new and fundamentally different mechanism in the ionosphere." So, what do we know for sure about Steve? Steve travels along the sub auroral zone (lower latitudes closer to the equator) while other auroras are found at higher latitudes — thus giving it its unique purple hues. "Steve might be the only visual clue that exists to show a chemical or physical connection between the higher latitude auroral zone and lower latitude sub auroral zone," said NASA's Liz MacDonald. On average, Steve can be seen about 20 km vertically (north-south direction) and 2,100 km horizontally (east-west direction), according to another study conducted in 2019 by Gallardo-Lacourt and her team. They also discovered Steve only lasts about an hour and usually only occurs after substorms — a disturbance in the magnetosphere when energy from Earth's "tail" enters the ionosphere. The purple lights are made up of "a fast moving stream of extremely hot particles called a sub auroral ion drift, or SAID." "People have studied a lot of SAIDs, but we never knew it had a visible light. Now our cameras are sensitive enough to pick it up and people's eyes and intellect were critical in noticing its importance," said NASA's Eric Donovan. To investigate the phenomena, Donovan combed over data captured by a trio of ESA satellites called Swarm. Located in two different polar orbits, the three satellites are constantly recording measurements of the strength, direction and variations of the Earth's magnetic field. To Donovan's delight, one of the satellites recently passed through a visit by Steve and captured its unique characteristics. "The temperature 300 km above Earth’s surface jumped by 3000°C and the data revealed a 25 km-wide (15.5-mile) ribbon of gas flowing westwards at about 6 km/s compared to a speed of about 10 m/s either side of the ribbon," he said in an ESA press statement. As you can see in the photos below, Steve isn't at all frightening; it's just plain beautiful. NASA is asking for help with Steve. If you think you've spotted Steve, you can submit your photos and video to aurorasaurus.org or download the app. NASA also has tips on how you can know if you've seen Steve.

Editor's note: This article has been updated since it was originally published in April 2017.

https://www.mnn.com/earth-matters/space/blogs/steve-river-light-night-skys-newest-phenomenon 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 3-19-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 19 March 2019

Up to a 1,000 thought to be dead with fears for another 500,000 as 90% of the Mozambique city of Beira is destroyed by Cyclone Idai

The death toll in Mozambique from Cyclone Idai could be as high as 1,000, President Filipe Nyusi has said. Fears are growing for more than 500,000 people in the Mozambique city of Beira after aid agency officials warned that 90% of the area had been "destroyed" by Cyclone Idai. The cyclone slammed into the southeast African country as a high-end Category 2 storm with 175 kph (110 mph winds) at midnight Thursday, causing widespread devastation, before moving inland into Zimbabwe and Malawi.  According to the BBC, the storm made landfall near the port city of Beira on Thursday with winds of up to 177 km/h (106 mph), but aid teams only reached the city on Sunday. A UN aid worker told the BBC that every building in Beira - home to half a million people - had been damaged. Gerald Bourke, from the UN's World Food Programme, said: "No building is untouched. There is no power. There are no telecommunications. The streets are littered with fallen electricity lines. In an address on national radio Monday, Mozambique President Filipe Nyusi warned that while the official death toll stood at 84, "everything indicates that we can have a record of more than 1,000 dead." Nyusi described seeing "bodies floating" in the water after two rivers broke their banks "wiping out entire villages " and isolating others. "It's a real humanitarian disaster of large proportions," said Nyusi.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/03/up-to-1000-thought-to-be-dead-with.html?m=1 

:: 3-18-19 CIDRIP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DRC: 24 Ebola cases confirmed in past 72 hours

Stephanie Soucheray | News Reporter | CIDRAP News | Mar 18, 2019

The Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) grew by 24 cases today and over the weekend, including several case-contacts who refused or delayed vaccination after family members fell ill. Since Saturday, 8 new cases were reported in Katwa, 6 in Vuhovi, and 5 in Masereka. Butembo, Kyondo, and Kalunguta also reported cases. Twelve new deaths were reported, including eight community deaths. The new cases bring the outbreak total to 960 cases, including 603 deaths. A total of 172 suspected cases are still under investigation. As of today, 89,173 people have been vaccinated with Merck's VSV-EBOV, including 22,470 in Katwa, 20,956 in Beni, and 10,972 in Butembo. Family cluster in Vuhovi refused vaccination On Saturday, health officials in the DRC said the cases in Vuhovi likely came from a single family who refused follow-up care and vaccination after a family member contracted the virus. "Following the last community death in this family, several neighbors and other villagers moved and asked to be vaccinated," health officials said, also noting that eventually the family members were treated at an Ebola treatment center. The cases from Masereka are also family members of a confirmed patient who died on Mar 4. More violence reported against response Also late last week brought the fourth violent attack on response workers in the last month, this time in Biena. According to media reports, the attack took place after health workers tried to take a blood samples from a deceased man who they suspected had Ebola. A group of young people attacked the workers, and police had to shoot at a crowd, killing one person. Last week, in a press conference concerning the outbreak--now in its eighth month--World Health Organization Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, PhD, said local violence is the most detrimental factor to response efforts.

http://www.cidrap.umn.edu/news-perspective/2019/03/drc-24-ebola-cases-confirmed-past-72-hours 

:: 3-19-19 Prophecy Update :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, March 19, 2019

Recent Increase In Ebola Cases Brings Total To 960, Including 603 Deaths, TB Epidemic Hits Minnesota

DRC: 24 Ebola cases confirmed in past 72 hours The Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) grew by 24 cases today and over the weekend, including several case-contacts who refused or delayed vaccination after family members fell ill. Since Saturday, 8 new cases were reported in Katwa, 6 in Vuhovi, and 5 in Masereka. Butembo, Kyondo, and Kalunguta also reported cases. Twelve new deaths were reported, including eight community deaths. The new cases bring the outbreak total to 960 cases, including 603 deaths. A total of 172 suspected cases are still under investigation. As of today, 89,173 people have been vaccinated with Merck's VSV-EBOV, including 22,470 in Katwa, 20,956 in Beni, and 10,972 in Butembo. On Saturday, health officials in the DRC said the cases in Vuhovi likely came from a single family who refused follow-up care and vaccination after a family member contracted the virus. "Following the last community death in this family, several neighbors and other villagers moved and asked to be vaccinated," health officials said, also noting that eventually the family members were treated at an Ebola treatment center. The cases from Masereka are also family members of a confirmed patient who died on Mar 4. Also late last week brought the fourth violent attack on response workers in the last month, this time in Biena. According to media reports, the attack took place after health workers tried to take a blood samples from a deceased man who they suspected had Ebola. A group of young people attacked the workers, and police had to shoot at a crowd, killing one person. Last week, in a press conference concerning the outbreak--now in its eighth month--World Health Organization Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, PhD, said local violence is the most detrimental factor to response efforts. Tuberculosis epidemic hits Minnesota as 296 Muslim refugees are diagnosed as active – majority are Somalis Two hundred and ninety-six refugees were diagnosed with active tuberculosis (TB) between 2010 and 2014 in Minnesota, according to the Minnesota Department of Health. Seventy-one were diagnosed within one year of their arrival, while 225 were diagnosed after the first year. The number of active TB cases reported among refugees arriving in Minnesota is ten times higher than reported in any of the fourteen other states that have released refugee TB data to the public, or made it available to Breitbart News.  Minnesota’s 81 percent of TB cases diagnosed among foreign-born residents is significantly higher than the 66 percent of TB cases in the entire country that were diagnosed among foreign-born residents in 2015. As Breitbart News reported previously, one major factor in the sudden increase in the number of reported cases of TB in the United States in 2015 (the first time in 23 years the number of TB cases has increased) is the increase in the foreign-born population as a percentage of the total population during this period of time. Twenty-nine percent of the 593 foreign-born cases of active TB diagnosed in Minnesota, or 161, were attributed to Somali born migrants. Almost all Somali migrants to the United States have arrived under the federal refugee resettlement program. The state of Minnesota’s population is 5.5 million. Fox News reports the population of the Somali community in the state of Minnesota is 40,000, according to census data. The Star Tribune, citing “community leaders,” reports the Somali population in the state may be as high as 70,000, or about one percent of the state’s total population. During the five years between 2010, and 2014, 22 percent of Minnesota’s active TB cases (161 out of 732) were diagnosed among the one percent of the state’s residents born in Somalia.

The remaining 99 percent of the state’s population accounted for 78 percent of Minnesota’s active TB cases (471 out of 732). At an average cost of $17,000 for each case of successfully treated active TB, taxpayers of Minnesota paid an estimated $5 million to treat the 296 cases of active TB diagnosed among refugees between 2010 and 2014–$3 million for the 161 Somali refugees diagnosed with active TB, and an additional $2 million to treat the 132 refugees diagnosed with active TB who were not born in Somalia. During these five years, 10,128 refugees were resettled in Minnesota, according to the Department of State’s interactive website. Of these, 4,163 listed Burma as their country of origin and 3,458 listed Somalia as their country of origin. Dahir Adan, who attacked ten Americans in a mall in St. Cloud, Minnesota on September 17 before he was shot and killed by an armed off-duty police officer, was a Somali refugee who arrived in North Dakota in the 1990s and subsequently moved to Minnesota, where he was a resident at the time of his death. One particular note of concern from a health perspective is the number of refugees allowed to arrive in Minnesota with a pre-existing TB health classification who developed active TB after arriving in the United States.

Posted by Scott at Tuesday, March 19, 2019

https://prophecyupdate.blogspot.com/2019/03/recent-increase-in-ebola-cases-brings.html 

[ :: 3-11-09 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Even now, saith your Father, they plot for a one world banking system, a one world government, a one world controlled by one man, etc..

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 3-19-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Millennials More Stressed Out Now Than Ever Before, And Mostly About Their Smartphones, What Happens When We REALLY Arrive At TEOTWAWKI?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 19, 2019

According to this new story over at Study Finds that the Drudge Report had linked to on Monday morning, 3 out of every 5 millennials are now in a world of hurt with life for them more stressful now than ever before. "From slow WiFi to broken phone screens to 'zero likes' on social media" their story begins, the survey of more than 2,000 millennials found that young adults are struggling to fall asleep an average of 138 nights each year due to the everyday stressors that have largely come along with the digital age we now live in. And while their list of the 'top stressors' that millennials face include some that most other Americans would agree with, such as their #1 stressor, losing a wallet or credit card, other 'stessors' that millennials find aggravating include such menial and every day things as: Washing Dishes. Choosing what clothes to wear. That pesky ole 'check engine' light coming on and 'forgetting passwords'. And while 6 of the top 20 'stressors' that millennials face tie directly in to their ever present smartphones while NONE of their top 'stressors' include such very real potential events as: the electrical grid going down for a lengthy period of time, World War 3 breaking out in America, total economic collapse or any number of other different TEOTWAWKI scenarios, we thought we'd take a look within this story at what might happen if we REALLY arrive at a SHTF scenario with so many young Americans so stressed out already. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep independent journalism alive.) As we had reported on ANP back in January of 2017, according to a disaster preparedness survey conducted that year, 47% of respondents actually believed that their cell phone was one of the most important 'survival tools' to have in a catastrophic situation. Obviously not bothering to take into account that if the electrical grid goes down and power is off across the region, state or country, most cell phones and cell phone towers are not going to be working anyways, what happens when those millennials who are totally dependent upon their phones for just about everything no longer have them available for anything? And what good would that smartphone do them anyways in most SHTF/TEOTWAWKI scenarios? Unless that phone can fire off rounds, build fires, cut wood, cook food, negotiate, fight, gather water or accomplish any other number of different tasks, having a smart phone in a real grid down, SHTF scenario is having another totally useless object just getting in the way. Yet as Market Watch reported back on June 21st of 2016, 39% of millennials engage more with their smartphones than they do with 'real' human beings, including their lovers, parents, friends, children or co-workers: "It’s not your imagination; Millennials really are glued to their smartphones". Yet what will happen if and when those phones become totally useless?

As this previously mentioned Study Finds story points out, with 6 out of the top 20 'stressors' that the average millennial faces in 2019 already tied to their cell phones, a REAL TEOTWAWKI scenario will surely bring stress like they've never known. Here are the top 20 stressful scenarios reported by millennials (ANP: Those 'stressors' directly tied to their phones in red):

1. Losing wallet/credit card

2. Arguing with partner

3. Commute/traffic delays

4. Losing phone

5. Arriving late to work

6. Slow WiFi

7. Phone battery dying

8. Forgetting passwords

9. Credit card fraud

10. Forgetting phone charger

11. Losing/misplacing keys

12. Paying bills

13. Job interviews

14. Phone screen breaking

15. Credit card bills

16. Check engine light coming on

17. School loan payments

18. Job security

19. Choosing what to wear

20. Washing dishes

And as Susan Duclos had reported on ANP just a month ago back on February 19th, should suddenly and without warning, we arrive at a TEOTWAWKI scenario in the days, months or years ahead, perhaps tens of millions of Americans may quickly find that their supply of psychological medications will come to an end as well should 'normal' no longer return. As Susan had pointed out in her story titled "When SHTF, What Happens To Those On Psychiatric Drugs When They Run Out? Prepping Should Include Natural Ways Of Dealing With People Suffering From Stress, Anxiety & Withdrawal", there are currently at least 80 million Americans who are taking psychiatric drugs regularly in 2018, nearly double those taking them only a few years before, with over 7 million of those taking psychiatric drugs being minors. Leaving 72 to 73 million adults currently on psychiatric medications, Susan warned "Should the SHTF scenario in question be a nationwide catastrophic event, then running to the pharmacy for a refill will not be in the cards, meaning that within the first month or two, there will be tens of millions of people running out of their psychiatric medications." And with 10's of millions of millennials already stressing themselves out over their smartphones, their smartphone batteries, their smartphone signals and their smartphone screens breaking, what happens when all hell breaks loose across America, their smartphones no longer work to tell them what to do and their psychiatric meds have run out? As Patriarch Kirill of the Russian Orthodox Church recently stated of the link between 'smartphones' and 'the anti-christ' , Patriarch Kirill warned "the antichrist will control humans through 'gadgets'". While Patriarch Kirill also stated then that he's not totally opposed to modern technologies, his words of warning when discussing smartphones and thinking about everything else that we've discussed within this ANP story tell us his words warrant extra attention. From the Moscow Times.: The leader of the Russian Orthodox Church has said that humans’ dependence on modern technology will result in the coming of the Antichrist. In an interview with Russian state media, Patriarch Kirill explained he does not entirely oppose gadgets, but warned against “falling into slavery” to smartphones. Patriarch Kirill said that the collection of user data including “location, interests and fears” will make it possible for humans to be controlled by external forces. “Control from a single point is a harbinger of the coming of the Antichrist,” Kirill told the state-run Rossia-1 TV network on Orthodox Christmas Monday. “The Antichrist is a personality that will be at the head of the world wide web controlling the entire human race. Thus, the structure itself presents a danger,” he said. The church leader stressed that “if we don’t want to bring the apocalypse closer, there should be no single [control and access] center.” Yet despite Patriarch Kirill's warning, as we've seen in China and now spreading rapidly all across the planet in 2019, a single system of control is being established, with 'artificial intelligence' watching every move of the Chinese people, blocking some from traveling on trains or airplanes as their nation grows increasingly totalitarian, and sending a loud and clear warning to us all here in America. Like something out of the science fiction TV show "Person of Interest", what we're now watching in China was described by this Forbes article as both 'Orwellian' and something out of the science fiction TV show 'Black Mirror' yet all we need to do is take a look at what's happening in China right now to get a look at what the globalists see for America. Yet according to the Pew Research Center, 92% of 'millennials' who are now stressing out big time own smartphones, with 73% of them believing the internet is 'mostly good' for society. Yet why do millions of millennials embrace the kinds of Orwellian technologies being unveiled in China? Interesting fact: 'Peer pressure' has led to nearly 40% of millennials actually going into debt over their social lives, with many spending money they don't have just to keep up with their 'friends'. So with millions of America's younger generation stressing out like never before and our nation having not even arrived yet at a REAL SHTF scenario, we can only imagine what might happen once 'the end of the world as we know it' really arrives and those millions of Americans who are completely dependent upon their smartphones for just about everything are forced into a 'cold turkey smartphone withdrawal' when the world is REALLY falling apart all around them.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Stress_Mess_Millennials_Freak_Out_Now_What_Happens_SHTF.php 

:: 3-18-19 The Outline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Belief in aliens could be America’s next religion

‘American Cosmic’ explores how the once-fringe phenomenon has taken root among the powerful.

By Clare Coffey Mar—18—2019 09:16AM EST

The aliens have landed. Or at least, they’re about to. That’s a reasonable takeaway when a renowned Harvard astronomer publicly declares, without apparent fear of repercussion, that he believes an alien spaceship may be orbiting our planet. Belief in the little green men (or tall, suspiciously Nordic, hyper-enlightened space brethren, depending on whose accounts you believe) has long been a one-way ticket to social disrepute. It belongs to the chainsmoking Nevada diner waitress, the virginal malcontent reading anti-Semitic lizard people websites in his mother’s basement, the aunt whose minivan is littered with pamphlets on lesser-known Marian apparitions and dire end-times prophecies, the bearded ’70s peace-and-love guru who later turned out to be a sex criminal. It is precisely three steps above joining the Black Hebrew Israelites. But that seems to be changing. A new book by D.W. Pasulka — professor and chair of the department of philosophy and religion at the University of North Carolina Wilmington — American Cosmic: UFOs Religion, and Technology, focuses not on grassroots investigative societies or marginal cults, but on UFO believers in the halls of power. Her narrative begins on a drive through the hills with pioneering computer scientist, venture capitalist, and ufologist Jacques Vallee. “Silicon Valley is full of secrets,” he tells her. It ends in the Vatican Secret Archives (alas, not because the Ultimate Clue lies steganographically hidden in a Templar codex). Along the way, Pasulka meets “Tyler,” a biomedical technology mogul associated with the U.S. space program. Tyler is the most curious part of a curious book. Like most of the scientists, government researchers, and tech giants Pasulka quotes, Tyler’s real name remains a secret. But Pasulka has presumably done scholarly due diligence on his background, which would otherwise be hard to believe: Tyler has over 40 biotech patents to his name, many of which he believes were communicated to him by non-human intelligence. He works in a government program where, according to him, the kind of intricate security-clearance labyrinths one might find in an X-Files episode are the norm. “I don’t know who is responsible for putting me on these jobs. I think that somehow they are responsible for it. My own direct boss doesn’t know what I do. This is how the program works.” Pasulka describes him breezing through airports without getting stopped by security: “We arrived at the airport, and Tyler sailed right past security, past first class, past economy class, and out the other side. He seemed to be literally beyond the law.” His name unlocks doors at the Vatican. In his official capacity as a researcher with the U.S. space program, one of his roles is merely to be at certain places at certain times — his superiors believe, apparently that his physical presence produces certain outcomes at experiments and rocket launches. “Certain outcomes,” is frustrating circumlocution, but it embodies a tension fundamental to the book. Pasulka documents the end of a long cultural shift regarding UFOs, as it moves from a marginal fringe to a major belief system. Part of this shift is what Jacques Vallee calls the “Invisible College,” the network of credentialed, well-placed researchers seriously investigating the phenomenon. “The phenomenon” is Vallee’s carefully neutral term for the collection of commonly attested events and effects that make up “UFO” sightings. The term is useful for those trying to apply a scientific or scholarly framework, because it makes no claims about the origins. And in fact, Vallee does not believe that what people commonly identify as extraterrestrials actually come from space. Vallee is agnostic on their actual origins, but at various points has posited that they may be some sort of window into another dimension, or an illusion created for psychological manipulation. To decent Romans, Christianity was a weird and possibly sorcerous cult practiced by rednecks and illiterates — until suddenly it was the force behind the empire. The social credibility of the “invisible college” could potentially lend a valuable gravitas to belief in the phenomenon, if they were to come forward. But for now, stigma or the protocols of the member’s work enforce silence and anonymity. At a moment where the UFO is betwixt and between — almost, but not quite ready for uncontroversial discussion in polite society — Pasulka finds that circumlocution, pseudonymity, and privacy militate against the academic virtues of transparency and exact citation trails. This dynamic creates a frustrating opacity for the reader: it’s often unclear which of the wilder parts of Tyler’s story she has confirmed independently. However, none of this secrecy necessarily suggests a conspiracy, unless it’s the same conspiracy that has dogged every system that moved from marginal belief to massive social leverage. To decent Romans, Christianity was a weird and possibly sorcerous cult practiced by rednecks and illiterates — until suddenly it was the force behind the empire. The Mormons were unwelcome freaks who believed in seer stones, indigenous American Israelites, and polygamy. Now they’re the face of clean-cut American success west of the Rockies. Polling shows that 35 percent of Americans believe that extraterrestrials came to earth in the past, and 26 percent believe that aliens have visited in modern times. This in itself does not necessarily make a new religion. Americans also believe, to varying degrees, in ghosts, Atlantis, and telekinesis. But according to Pasulka, UFO beliefs display other classic indicators of religion: sacred sites, sacred revelations, and testimony by credible witnesses to miraculous events. At one point, Pasulka travels to an unnamed site in New Mexico. Accompanying her are Tyler and Pasulka’s own colleague “James,” an astrophysicist at a prestigious university, and not only a UFO believer, but a repeat contactee. (He finds the phenomenon unwelcome, and describes it as something that in earlier times would be called “demonic.”) The unidentified mesa is allegedly the site of a spacecraft crash many years ago. Tyler has obtained special permission for the two academics to visit and look for artifacts, on the condition that they travel blindfolded. The sense of sci-fi melodrama does not decrease from there. The researchers do in fact find an artifact, a piece of material that shuts down an airport luggage scanner on the way home. “The material looked like crumpled tinfoil that was also a type of fabric. It was clumped with dirt and debris.” Pasulka cannot shake the suspicion that it was planted for her to find, that the whole thing was a setup. Eventually though, a team of scientists determines that the object is highly anomalous, unlike any known material on earth. “In religious studies, this would be a miracle, either a miraculous object or a miraculous event, such as a healing. Of course, this is not how Tyler and James would speak about the site, but it is my assessment. The sites in New Mexico function as the sacred sites of a new religion… They are the places of a hierophany, where non-human beings descended to earth and left us a ‘donation’ as James, chuckling, once called it.” A hierophany is a revelation of a sacred being, and Pasulka is not the first to make the connection between the descent of glowing saucers and glowing angels. Erich von Dänikan’s Chariot of The Gods gave rise to the cheerfully mendacious Ancient Aliens, which re-interprets almost every major ancient civilization’s religious and cultural legacy as the work of visiting extraterrestrials. Despite the undeniable goofiness of (and racist assumptions involved in) Giorgio A. Tsoukalos’ project, the “biblical UFO hermeneutic” has become popular. Adherents point to the Bible’s more bizarre manifestations of divine presence as indications that the Abrahamic religions are built on misidentified extraterrestrial encounters. For instance, Ezekiel’s wheel, traditionally believed to be revelation of the ineffable and awful Lord of hosts, is better understood as a spaceship. To the degree that alien religion is parasitic on established scriptures and traditions, it resembles what sociologist Daniel O’Keefe calls a magical protest sect. These sects arise when dominant organized religion feels too restrictive or lifeless. They expropriate aspects of the religions they protest, and repurpose them in ways that allow participants to directly manipulate the sacred. Thus, there’s no need to submit to restrictive ethical codes or interact with desiccated or corrupt ecclesial bureaucracies. You can “call down” UFOs from the skies yourself, as one of Pasulka’s interviewees does. Or, like Tyler, you can develop a personal protocol that will allow you to “interface” with a higher intelligence and creative source. “I basically believe, and there is evidence for this, that our DNA is a receptor and a transmitter,” he claims. “It works at a certain frequency — The same frequency, in fact, that we use to communicate with satellites in deep space. Humans are a type of satellite, in fact. So, in order to receive the signals and to transmit the signals, we have to tune our physical bodies and DNA. Because of this, I make sure I sleep really well… I rarely drink alcohol, as it interferes with my sleep, and I never drink coffee. Coffee really messes up the signal.” That Tyler’s ascetic protocol is bio-technical does not make it any less magical. Arthur C. Clarke’s famous dictum, that all sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic, cuts the other way as well: Magic can be understood as the human capacity for technology applied to the sacred. It would be surprising if Silicon Valley ever found something more worthy of worship than itself. Pasulka’s book makes the argument that the religion of the UFO is also the religion of technology, and it is a convincing one. In part, this refers to technology’s role in disseminating and popularizing the UFO encounter. Pop culture hits like Star Wars, 2001: A Space Odyssey and The X-Files have provided a narrative structure that patterns individual experiences of inexplicable phenomena, the way that a Catholic’s mystical experiences might be patterned and interpreted through the lens of Church Doctrine. If media experiences of the UFO account were limited to a few blockbusters, it’s hard to see how it could have the effects Pasulka claims. But the advent of micro-media platforms like YouTube and the rise of faux-documentarian investigations in the style of the History channel have compounded the Hollywood effect by orders of magnitude. Any scammer with a camera or hustler with an eye for the weird can simulate strange lights and speeding objects, or cut together unsourced footage glossed with their own theories. And they do, in spades, to the endless dismay of serious investigators. All religions depend in some way on technology: The relationship between the Protestant reformation and the Gutenberg printing press is a historical cliché. American Cosmic argues that for an alien religion to succeed, the screen is not merely an incidental component. It is both the organizing structure that defines the content of the religion, and the point of contact between believers and their object of worship: It is the synagogue, the madrasa, the tabernacle, the church. There is, however, another way that the UFO religion may be a religion of technology. More than one person has pointed out that alien accounts have some odd similarities with older fairy folklore: the strange lights, the miniature people, the domestic disturbances, the appearances and disappearances. But the most relevant point may be that fairies were often described as mimicking the appearance and behavior of the landed aristocracy. Tall, beautiful, and amoral, they spent their time hunting, dancing, and fighting. They did not take it kindly if you trespassed on their land. These days, the nearest most of us peasants get to wealth and power is using the technology that makes billionaires of the people who own it. Accounts of immensely powerful visitors with technology beyond the comprehension of ordinary humanity, whose inventions do strange things to the mind, who collect human tissue for their own purposes: These could certainly describe exterrestrial visitors. But you need go no farther than Palo Alto to find an equally plausible referent. If alien beliefs are an emerging religion, they may be an attempt to propitiate and manage anxiety around the strange new gods venture capital has created. The fact that Pasulka’s book heavily features the tech elite as prime examples of alien belief does not detract from this hypothesis; it would be surprising if Silicon Valley ever found something more worthy of worship than itself. Whether ufology will fully morph into what we currently recognize as religion is still an open question. For one thing, the completion of the process would detract from its current appeal. Pasulka points out that the now-famous dictum “I want to believe” is a credo for agnostics: Belief is never foreclosed, but always postponed. Alien belief allows for a crowded, living cosmos filled with the wild supernatural, but the exact shape of that supernatural always remains slightly out of reach. It provides a language of longing for something — an angelic visitor, the complete fulfillment of our own technological potential, revelation about the nature of the universe — which remains elusive. Still, there are signs that alien belief is poised to become one of the world’s ethical religions. Alien beliefs often implicate the world in wickedness and call for repentance — many accounts of alien contacts include calls for an end to war and an increase in peaceful human cooperation. A recent New York Times op-ed used an alien invasion as a model for thinking about climate change. Perhaps in a hundred years or so a new sect will emerge in a desertified wasteland, one devoted to the strange signs in the skies that once warned us of catastrophe. Perhaps, with fear and hope, its adherents will look to the skies for a promised return. Their worship will conclude with a reiteration of the sacred promise: The aliens are coming. Maranatha.

https://theoutline.com/post/7215/american-cosmic-review-aliens-are-extremely-real?zd=3&zi=7sfzmznn 

:: 3-19-19 All News Pipline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'IneptOcrats' Formally Known As Democrats Have Gone Full-On Socialism And Those That Escaped Brutal Socialist Regimes Are Appalled

March 19, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

So far there are 13 confirmed Democrat 'IneptOcrat' candidates for the 2020 presidential election, with three others having formed exploratory committees, with others, such as former VP Joe Biden maybe being a possible, probable candidates, all of them running on platforms that seemingly conform to the policies of one of the newest members of the House of Representatives, the one that is a self-declared socialist, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. SOCIALIST & COMMUNIST PLATFORMS One of the newer names running as an "ineptOcrat" is Andrew Yang who thinks running on a platform that includes handing $1,000 to every American adult, which would cost the U.S. approximately $4 trillion a year, is a practical idea. We have Kamala Harris, Cory Booker, Bernie Sanders, Elizabeth Warren and others have all touted "medicare for all." Elizabeth Warren even ventured into the "pay reparations" to African Americans because of slavery that ended over a century ago, well until polling showed that the majority of Americans don't like that idea, now she doesn't want to discuss the issue. Kamala Harris and Julian Castro also waded into that reparations minefield. Almost all the IneptOcrat candidates have signed on to support the "Green New Deal," which in it's initial roll-out, where the FAQ page for it was plastered on Ocasio-Cortez's website (before it was promptly removed after people saw the ridiculous things within), included things like eliminating "farting cows," and airplane travel. Of course she later claimed that a "draft," had been uploaded accidentally, yet that doesn't address the fact that they actually had a draft that included eliminating cow farts and plane travel. Those are just the tip of the iceberg as to how far towards socialism the 'IneptOcrats' are leaning these days. The term "IneptOcrats" was brought to my attention by Twitchy, and it fits so well, I decided to use it, with a hat tip to Twitter user Mo Mo, who provided a longer list of positions one or more of the presidential contenders, and party leadership are pushing for.

Democrat platform proposals:

-Abolish the Electoral College

-Expand SCOTUS

-Make the Senate representative of population

-Let 16 year olds vote

-Have a policy suggestion box

-Massive wealth redistribution through tax and envt'l policy

-Reparations

-Permit killing viable babies

She then followed that up with the following statement "Basically, more direct democracy followed by punitive, top down government fiat by bloated ineptocrats. Seems like a winner." She had a lot more to say, so click over to Twitchy and read through her thread, she makes excellent points. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep independent journalism alive.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Cortez_Officially_The_Face_Of_Ineptocrats.php 

:: 3-19-19 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SUPREME COURT GIVES TRUMP HUGE IMMMIGRATION WIN

3-19-19

The Supreme Court has ruled that the government does not have to arrest immigrants immediately after their release from detention in order to begin the deportation process. The ruling gives Trump and his administration a huge win. According to Fox News: The ruling that federal immigration authorities can detain immigrants awaiting deportation anytime after they have been released from prison on criminal charges represents a victory for President Trump. In the case before the justices, a group of mostly green card holders argued that unless immigrants were picked up immediately after finishing their prison sentence, they should get a hearing to argue for their release while deportation proceedings go forward. But in the 5-4 decision on Tuesday, the Supreme Court ruled against them, deciding that federal immigration officials can detain undocumented immigrants at any time after their release from local or state custody. The court also ruled the government maintains broad discretion to decide who would represent a danger to the community in deciding who to release or detain. During oral arguments in October the Trump administration argued that given the limited money and manpower available, it was nearly impossible for the federal government to immediately detain every immigrant upon their release from custody. Associate Justice Samuel Alito wrote the majority opinion, stating that "neither the statute's text nor its structure" supported the immigrants' argument. The court's conservative justices sided with the Trump administration, which argued as the Obama administration did, against hearings for those convicted of crimes and affected by the law.

Brett Kavanaugh wrote a concurring opinion in the case and was joined by Chief Justice John Roberts doing the same.

Read more at http://trumptrainnews.com/articles/supreme-court-gives-trump-huge-immigration-win#qM2YK2CPMrwEogAt.99 

http://www.fourwinds10.com/siterun_data/government/judicial_and_courts/news.php?q=1553092974

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 3-19-19 The End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s Happening – The Most Dangerous Volcano In North America Just Erupted And Shot Ash Nearly A Mile Into The Sky

March 19, 2019 by Michael Snyder

A lot of us have been watching Mt. Popocatepetl for a very long time. Could it be possible that we are now on the verge of the most destructive volcanic eruption in the modern history of North America? On Monday night at precisely 9:38 PM, a massive explosion at Mt. Popocatepetl sent a column of volcanic ash nearly a mile into the sky. A “yellow alert warning” has been issued by the authorities, and they are ordering everyone to stay at least 12 kilometers away from the crater. They are stressing that the threat has not passed, and as you will see below, an evacuation plan is in place in case an even larger eruption follows. And if a much larger eruption does follow, the devastation could be off the charts. Mexico City is only 43 miles away from Mt. Popocatepetl, and approximately 25 million people live within a 60 mile radius of the crater. The explosion on Monday night was definitely a wake up call. According to media reports, it was “loud enough to shake doors and windows of houses in the city of Puebla”… Mexico’s Popocatepetl volcano erupted late on Monday, hurling incandescent rock about 1.5 miles down its slopes and sending ash into the night sky near the nation’s capital. The explosion, one of the volcano’s largest eruptions in years, was heard from nearby communities and was loud enough to shake doors and windows of houses in the city of Puebla, according to local media. Mt. Popocatepetl has been increasingly active in recent months, and authorities are concerned that all of this activity could be leading up to something really big. In fact, it is being reported that they are “currently preparing for the worst case scenarios”… Local authorities are currently preparing for the worst case scenarios and haven’t ruled out more eruptions in the near future. In preparations, they have drafted a special operational plan allowing for quick evacuation of locals in case of any future emergencies.  Popocatepetl exploded earlier this week but had remained calm over the past several days as it only emitted water vapour, gas and a small amount of ash. So what would a “worst case scenario” for Mt. Popocatepetl look like? Well, scientists tell us that the volcano is capable of producing a “catastrophic Plinian eruption”… Popocatépetl is considered the most threatening volcano in North America, in terms of explosive activity and population threat. Its current low- or moderate-scale eruptive behavior can switch relatively quickly to a large, catastrophic Plinian eruption, the largest and most violent of all the types of volcanic eruptions, according to the volcanologists at the National History Museum. If you have never heard of a “Plinian eruption” before, here is Wikipedia’s definition… Plinian eruptions or Vesuvian eruptions are volcanic eruptions marked by their similarity to the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD, which destroyed the ancient Roman cities of Herculaneum and Pompeii. The eruption was described in a letter written by Pliny the Younger, after the death of his uncle Pliny the Elder. Plinian/Vesuvian eruptions are marked by columns of volcanic debris and hot gases ejected high into the stratosphere, the second layer of Earth’s atmosphere. The key characteristics are ejection of large amount of pumice and very powerful continuous gas-driven eruptions. According to the Volcanic Explosivity Index, Plinian eruptions have a VEI of 4, 5 or 6, sub-Plinian 3 or 4, and ultra-Plinian 6, 7 or 8. Short eruptions can end in less than a day, but longer events can take several days or even months. The longer eruptions begin with production of clouds of volcanic ash, sometimes with pyroclastic surges. The amount of magma erupted can be so large that it depletes the magma chamber below, causing the top of the volcano to collapse, resulting in a caldera. We are talking about a disaster that could potentially kill millions. In the Aztec language, Popocatepetl literally means “smoking mountain”, but to most of the locals the volcano is simply known as “Don Goyo”. In ancient times, it produced giant tsunamis of super heated mud that completely buried entire Aztec cities. The following is an excerpt from one of my previous articles… Historians tell us that Popocatepetl had a dramatic impact on the ancient Aztecs. Giant mud flows produced by massive eruptions covered entire Aztec cities. In fact, some of these mud flows were so large that they buried entire pyramids in super-heated mud. But we haven’t witnessed anything like that in any of our lifetimes, so it is hard to even imagine devastation of that magnitude. In addition to Mexico City’s mammoth population, there are millions of others that live in the surrounding region. Overall, there are about 25 million people that live in the immediate vicinity of Popocatepetl. Thankfully, we haven’t seen a major eruption of the volcano in modern times, but at some point that will change. Considering what this volcano is capable of doing, I simply don’t understand why there was so little coverage of this massive explosion on Monday by the mainstream media in the United States. I guess they didn’t have any room after allocating front page space to the powerball jackpot and the ongoing drama surrounding Wendy Williams. We live at a time when our planet is becoming increasingly unstable, and many believe that the shaking is only going to get worse. Mt. Popocatepetl had been dormant for a very long time before it started becoming active again in the 1990s. Now it has apparently entered an extremely active phase, and we know that it is capable of producing a catastrophic Plinian eruption. So let’s keep a very close eye on Mt. Popocatepetl, because a Plinian eruption so close to Mexico City would be a disaster far worse than anything that any of us have ever seen.

About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/its-happening-the-most-dangerous-volcano-in-north-america-just-erupted-and-shot-ash-nearly-a-mile-into-the-sky 

:: 3-21-19 Total Rehash.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea In-Play . . . Two B-52’s Moved from Guam to Japan

March 21, 2019 admin

Watch North Korea closely; things are suddenly in-play there in a bad way. INTENSE intelligence activities around North Korea; numerous military SIG-INT aircraft in the air from Republic of Korea (South Korea). Possible Missile Launch pending. Rain at launch site right now, possibly causing delay.

SKYKING Emergency Action Message (EAM) transmitted to all US military via Global High Frequency Radio System . . . Two B-52h Stratofortress Aircraft (Nuclear capable) deployed from Guam to Japan; very peculiar development. Serious UPDATES TO FOLLOW . . . CHECK BACK This will be a topic on tonight’s Hal Turner Radio Show which begins at 9:00 PM eastern US time tonight (Wednesday, March 20, 2019 Tune-in on Global High Frequency stations WBCQ on 7.490 or 5.130 MHz (AM) or WRMI on 9.455 MHz (AM). Also simulcast live here on the net using the LISTEN LIVE button on the menu bar above.

UPDATE 3:52 AM EDT — Early Warning aircraft now in flight, 30,000 feet above South Korea . . SPY PLANE @ 60,000 FEET!

U2-S Signals Intelligence Aircraft sent over Korean Peninsula ! ! ! Call Sign: “Dragon Lady” Track: Classified. 4:01 AM EDT — 2 USAF RC-135 intel-gathering platforms, 2 USAF U2 spy planes, 1 P-8 Poseidon, & now 1 USAF E3 AWACS (Airborne Early Warning and Control) platform (plus earlier an ROK E737 Peace Eagle AEW&C) airborne above South Korea/in the AO Now… pretty interesting night

High level North Korean ambassadors were called back from the UN, China and Russia as well.

4:04 AM EDT– FLASH: Trump shut down an effort by Stephen Biegun to reestablish a back channel through the North’s United Nations mission in New York, according to four U.S. and South Korean officials.

4:27 AM EDT– Russian military moving high level command staff to Vladivostok . . .

http://totalrehash.com/north-korea-in-play-two-b-52s-moved-from-guam-to-japan/ 

:: 3-20-19 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Central Banks Going Long Gold – Andrew Maguire

By Greg Hunter On March 20, 2019 In Market Analysis 145 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com

World renowned precious metals expert Andrew Maguire says pay attention to the new rule that goes into effect at the end of March that will allow gold to become fully valued and monetized as a tier 1 asset for banks around the world. Maguire explains, “Basel III is coming into effect in less than two weeks from now, and it will effectively remonetize physical gold. Of course, that is a big deal. While the synthetic players shuffle chips in this siloed CME casino, the insider bullion banks are positioning for higher gold prices. That is it right there. Bottom line is what are the big boys doing?” So, is it safe to say central banks and big banks are going long gold? Maguire says, “They’re all going long gold. Why is that? It is because they are already allocating gold for their own house accounts. . . . The minute the global physical markets see unallocated positions are being mark to market at a certain price, the physical market will explode. There will be a gap higher, and the offer to sell physical will rise to a point where someone is actually willing to sell it. . . . I think you are going to see in a few days that it will suit the bullion banks to have a higher price than a lower price. . . . At some point, they are going to want a higher price, and we all know why. There are trillions of dollars of derivatives and unbacked zero value intrinsic assets out there in the market place, and someone has to settle this stuff. It is not going to be settled without a much higher gold price.” Maguire goes on to say, “Look at platinum, it’s a vertical rise. What is that? That is a physically driven short squeeze. People look at it and say it must be speculation. It’s not speculation. It was a massive short position just like in silver and just like in gold, but more so in silver. What we are seeing is a relentless drive to cover. We are going to see a similar situation (in gold and silver). What is that price? You are already seeing that with the LBMA projecting $1,530 per ounce in gold for this year. . . . It amazes me that people are not seeing this massive tectonic event. It’s going to be a shock, but I think it is part of a central plan move to revalue gold. It has to.” Maguire says watch silver for an extreme spike to the upside. Maguire says, “Silver is going to break out. I think $50 per ounce is a joke. I think it’s going to be substantially higher than that. It’s not going to be a question of how you can run into resistance with silver. It’s going to be how much physical is available. It’s going to be a heck of a lot higher when you start to have a run on the price.”

Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with precious metals expert Andrew Maguire.

https://usawatchdog.com/central-banks-going-long-gold-andrew-maguire/ 

:: 3-19-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Seattle is Dying

257,429 views KOMO News Published on Mar 19, 2019

KOMO's Eric Johnson explores the impact the drug and homelessness problem is having on our city and possible solutions in "Seattle is Dying."

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bpAi70WWBlw 

:: 3-19-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Germany says it will abandon its NATO spending commitments and invest even less than promised, sparking US anger after Trump criticised European allies for expecting a free ride

Berlin's latest budget will see defence spending drop well below two per cent

Donald Trump has accused Germany of freeloading on U.S. military might

Washington's ambassador in Berlin said planned cuts were a 'worrisome signal'

But Angela Merkel said Germany would not cut aid to raise its military outlays

By Tim Stickings For Mailonline and Afp Published: 10:44 EDT, 19 March 2019 | Updated: 21:47 EDT, 19 March 2019

Germany's military spending is set to fall below its NATO targets, in the latest flashpoint in Berlin's long-running row with Washington. The latest German budget plans, revealed on Monday, will see defence spending drop well below the two per cent of GDP expected from NATO members. U.S. ambassador Richard Grenell said the cuts were a 'worrisome signal', while President Donald Trump has repeatedly accused Germany of freeloading on U.S. military might. But German Chancellor Angela Merkel rejected the U.S. criticism, saying Germany will not cut foreign aid to raise military spending. U.S. ambassador to Germany Richard Grenell, pictured in Geneva yesterday, said Berlin's planned defence cuts were a 'worrisome signal' Merkel said today that 'we will continue our effort' in terms of raising defence spending, 'but not at the expense of development aid'. 'We have always said that we're headed in the direction of two percent, and that by 2024 we will reach 1.5 per cent,' she said. 'I can understand that this is not enough for the American President, it's not enough for many European allies.' During the 2016 presidential campaign Trump said some NATO allies were 'getting a free ride', calling it 'unfair'. Germany's finance ministry had yesterday presented its budget planning for coming years, which signalled a drop. It said defence spending would first rise to 1.37 percent of gross domestic product in 2020 but then likely fall back to 1.25 percent by 2023. U.S. President Donald Trump (left) has repeatedly accused Berlin of freeloading on Washington's military might but Angela Merkel (right) rejected the American criticism While German defence spending went up from $45 billion to $50 billion last year, the growing economy meant the figure relative to GDP stayed flat at 1.23 percent. U.S. Ambassador Richard Grenell - who has criticised Germany on issues from its Iran policy to proposals to use telecom equipment by China's Huawei - was quick to comment on the projection. 'NATO members clearly pledged to move towards, not away from, two percent by 2024,' he said, referring to a goal set at a 2014 alliance summit. 'That the German government would even be considering reducing its already unacceptable commitments to military readiness is a worrisome signal to Germany's 28 NATO Allies.' Grenell's latest reprimand sparked anger in Berlin. Social Democratic MP Carsten Schneider labelled Grenell a 'total diplomatic failure' and the liberal FDP party's Wolfgang Kubicki even demanded the envoy be expelled. In 2018 Washington spent nearly $700 billion on defence, compared with just $280 billion for all the European NATO allies combined.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6826601/Germany-says-abandon-NATO-spending-commitments.html

:: 3--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REBELLION: Second Amendment Sanctuary Cities, Counties, and STATES Spring Up Across the Country

By Dagny Taggart

Sanctuary cities aren’t just for immigrants anymore. A growing number of states, counties, cities, and towns are declaring themselves “Second Amendment Sanctuaries” and are refusing to enforce gun-control laws that infringe on the Constitutional right to keep and bear arms. While adopting ordinances and resolutions to defy gun laws isn’t a new tactic, momentum is rapidly building – likely in response to increasing calls for more gun control at state and federal levels. Sheriffs in several states say they will NOT enforce gun control laws. Sanctuary counties and towns are passing resolutions that state no funding will be used to enforce unconstitutional laws and that the sheriff will uphold his oath to the Constitution instead of enforcing laws that violate the Second Amendment. County sheriffs are, legally speaking, the last line of defense in the battle for gun rights: Federal agencies do not have state powers. Due to the Constitution’s structure of dual sovereignty, the feds have no authority to enforce state laws. Furthermore, states cannot be compelled to enforce federal laws. (source) Here’s a rundown of the states with jurisdictions that have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions. Colorado In Colorado, 23 out of 64 counties have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions, and others are considering implementing similar resolutions. Legislators and sheriffs in the state are pushing back against House Bill 19-1177, a red flag bill that will likely become law soon. For a full analysis and critique of this bill, give this a read: Kopel and Greenlee: Plenty of red flags in Colorado’s ‘extreme risk’ protection order bill. Officially called Extreme Risk Protection Orders (ERPO), “red flag” laws permit police, healthcare providers, or family members to petition a state court to order the temporary removal of firearms from a person who may present a danger to others or themselves. Weld County recently joined the growing list of counties in Colorado that have passed Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions in response to the impending red flag law. Commissioner Barbara Kirkmeyer, one of HB 19-1177’s harshest critics, said “The severity of this bill cannot be overstated. The name of this bill is the Extreme Risk Protection Orders. I think that’s a façade, and I think it’s fraudulent. I think actually, this bill should have been titled: ‘The Extreme Order to Confiscate Your Firearms, Eliminate Due Process, and Violate your Constitutional Rights Bill.” Weld County Sheriff Steve Reams agrees: “The bill is so riddled with constitutional problems that it makes it hard to understand how professional lawmakers could have constructed something so terrible,” Reams said, adding the bill, “raises some serious concerns about due process, in that a person can have their guns taken away and their rights violated, all without ever having a chance to appear in an initial court hearing and cross examine accusers and witnesses in person. In legal terms, this is an exparte hearing.” (source)

Reams added that one of the biggest problems with the law is it does not address actual mental health issues – it only allows for guns to be taken away, leaving the person in the same position and without medical help. Illinois To date, 63 out of 102 counties or municipalities in Illinois have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions, and more are expected. Maryland To date, 3 out of 23 counties have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions. Nevada Sheriffs in Nye County and Eureka County have said they oppose new gun laws in the state and will not enforce them. Nye County Sheriff Sharon Wehrly and Sheriff Jesse Watts of Eureka County both wrote separate letters to Sisolak and Attorney General Aaron Ford expressing their opposition to the law. “In Germany prior to WWII, we saw Hitler place restrictions on the public’s right to bear arms,” Wehrly said in his letter. “I agree with Sheriff Watts. I will not participate in the enforcement of this new law and certainly won’t stand silent.” Watts wrote in his letter that he would not stand by while “citizens are turned into criminals due to the unconstitutional actions of misguided politicians.” (source) Elko County may soon join Nye and Eureka – commissioners there plan to vote on a resolution to become a Second Amendment sanctuary county at a meeting on March 20. New Mexico When New Mexico’s new Democratic governor, Michelle Lujan Grisham, was sworn into office on January 1, Democrats in the state rushed to expand gun control. Those bills were met with opposition from most of New Mexico’s sheriffs: Of the 33 sheriffs in the state, 29 have voiced disapproval of the package of anti-gun legislation by issuing a declaration through the state sheriffs’ association, stating that the “rush to react to the violence by proposing controls on guns is ill-conceived and is truly a distraction to the real problems proliferating violence in our counties and our state.” (source) New York After the NY SAFE Act was passed in 2013, some New York counties passed resolutions in opposition. There are currently 52 out of 62 counties with such resolutions, and the New York State Sheriffs Association sued to block the law. North Carolina Just days ago, a county in North Carolina joined the resistance: Cherokee County passed the three-page resolution with a slim 3-2 vote, after resolution author Dan Eichenbaum told fellow commissioners that the “first thing dictators do is confiscate guns,” reported the Cherokee Scout. Among the provisions is a warning that Cherokee County “will not authorize or appropriate government funds, resources, employees, agencies, contractors, buildings, detention centers or offices for the purpose of enforcing…laws, orders, mandates, rules or regulations that infringe on the right by the people to keep and bear arms.” (source) Oregon Of the 36 counties in the state, 13 have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions, and there are surely more to come, according to a recent report by Reuters: Organizers in Oregon plan to put even more defiant “sanctuary ordinance” measures on county ballots in 2020 that will direct their officials to resist state gun laws. Washington In late January, the state of Washington made the news when several sheriffs in the state publicly vowed not to enforce the new unconstitutional gun laws that were passed in November. As of February 2019, the sheriffs of more than a dozen of the state’s 39 counties have publicly stated they will not enforce the law, though some said they will only refuse to do so until the final adjudication of pending lawsuits against the legislation. There are even 3 sanctuary STATES. Three states have passed bills to protect 2A rights at the state level. Alaska In 2013, Alaska passed HB 69, which declares certain gun control measures to be unconstitutional, and made it unlawful for any state assets to go toward the enforcement of federal gun laws: It declares that guns and ammunition possessed by Alaskans are exempt from federal gun laws. It also subjects federal agents to felony charges if they try to enforce any future federal ban on semi-automatic weapons or ammunition or enforce any new federal requirement for gun registration. Republicans said they are willing to let the courts sort out the issues. They said that they must stand up for Second Amendment gun rights and won’t bow down to the federal government on this. A number said they heard from constituents who back the bill. Some Democrats argued that the measure puts Alaskans at risk of criminal prosecution if they ignore federal gun laws. While the bill allows the state to defend Alaskans charged with violating a federal gun law, there’s no guarantee of that help or any sign the federal government will back off. (source) Idaho On March 14, 2014, Idaho Governor Butch Otter signed a bill prohibiting state enforcement of any future federal act relating to personal firearms, firearm accessories, or ammunition – effectively nullifying future federal gun laws. Erich Pratt, Director of Communications for Gun Owners of America, cheered the governor’s action. “By signing this nullification bill into law, Idaho has joined an elite class of states that are telling the feds to ‘get lost’ — especially when it comes to unconstitutional gun control infringements.James Madison, the “Father of the Constitution,” also advised this very tactic. Madison supplied the blueprint for resisting federal power in Federalist 46. He outlined several steps that states can take to effective stop “an unwarrantable measure,” or “even a warrantable measure” of the federal government. Madison called for “refusal to cooperate with officers of the Union” as a way to successfully thwart federal acts. (source) Kansas In 2013, Kansas Governor Sam Brownback signed Senate Bill 102, also known as the Second Amendment Protection Act, into law. Michael Boldin of the Tenth Amendment Center called the law “the most comprehensive nullification of such acts thus far”: The new law nullifies a wide range of federal attacks on the right to keep and bear arms in the State of Kansas. It states, in part: Any act, law, treaty, order, rule or regulation of the government of the United States which violates the second amendment to the constitution of the United States is null, void and unenforceable in the state of Kansas In conjunction with Section 6a (quoted above), the bill defines what is meant by “the second amendment to the constitution of the United States,” and that it isn’t based off a decision of the supreme court. The second amendment to the constitution of the United States reserves to the people, individually, the right to keep and bear arms as that right was understood at the time that Kansas was admitted to statehood in 1861, and the guaranty of that right is a matter of contract between the state and people of Kansas and the United States as of the time that the compact with the United States was agreed upon and adopted by Kansas in 1859 and the United States in 1861. (source) What do you think about Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions? Do you believe they will protect the rights of gun owners? Or, do you think the government will ultimately find ways to confiscate guns anyway? Share your thoughts in the comments below.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/second-amendment-sanctuaries/ 

:: 3-19-19 Hollywood Reporter :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fox Corp. Adds Paul Ryan to Board

6:00 AM PDT 3/19/2019 by Georg Szala

The former House Speaker and Chase Carey join previously announced board members Rupert Murdoch, Lachlan Murdoch and Jacques Nasser as the company also adopts a so-called "poison pill." The new Fox Corp. has added former Speaker of the House Paul Ryan, and long-time Rupert Murdoch ally and Formula 1 chairman and CEO Chase Carey, to its board and adopted a temporary "poison pill" against hostile takeover attempts. The slimmed-down Fox, separated early Tuesday from the Fox entertainment assets that Walt Disney is expected to take over just after midnight Wednesday ET, also added to its board Anne Dias, founder of Aragon Global Holdings, an investment fund focused on global media, technology and telecommunications companies; and Roland Hernandez, the founding principal and CEO of Hernandez Media Ventures. The new board members join previously announced members Rupert Murdoch, Lachlan Murdoch and Jacques Nasser. Ryan in 2012 was selected as former Gov. Mitt Romney’s Republican vice-presidential nominee. He then served as the 54th speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives from 2015 to 2019, "in which capacity he spearheaded efforts to revise the federal tax code, rebuild the national defense, expand domestic energy production, combat the opioid epidemic, and reform the criminal justice system," Fox said. Said Lachlan Murdoch, Fox chairman and CEO: “We are thrilled to welcome our new colleagues to the Fox board. We look forward to working with and being guided by them as we begin a new chapter, steadfastly committed to providing the best in news, sports and entertainment programming.” Fox also said Tuesday that its board has approved the adoption of a temporary stockholder rights agreement, or a so-called "poison pill," that is currently set to expire following the next annual meeting of stockholders, that would kick in "if a person or group obtains beneficial ownership of 15 percent or more of the Class B common stock outstanding, or 15 percent or more of the common stock outstanding." Such provisions are usually adopted against hostile takeover bids. The poison pill is "intended to protect the stockholders of the company...from actions that the board of directors determines are not in the best interest of the company’s stockholders," Fox said. "The agreement is not intended to interfere with any merger, tender or exchange offer, share acquisition or other business combination transaction approved in advance by the board of directors, and the agreement does not prevent the board of directors from considering any offer that it considers to be in the best interest of the company’s stockholders."

https://www.hollywoodreporter.com/news/fox-corp-adds-paul-ryan-board-1195610 

:: 3-21-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google Is becoming the agent of genocide and while the alt media burns, Trump fiddles

Thursday, March 21, 2019 by: News Editors

(Natural News) Google is desperately trying to control everything you see, think, hear and feel. Google has very recently even been implicated in overthrowing regimes. In other words, they are becoming politically AND MILITARILY active. They have erased the last vestiges of free speech in China with their social credit system. They are “burning” the books of the Internet in 2019. In short, Google has become the most evil corporation on the face of the earth. Remember, where they burn books, they will soon burn people. Google is the modern day Third Reich. Donald Trump has a chance to change the course of history, but will he? (Article by Dave Hodges republished from TheCommonSenseShow.com)

A Legacy of Inaction Against the Modern Day Ministry of Truth Fact: President Trump is sitting in the White House, today, largely because of the Independent Media. Fact: President Trump just thumbed his nose to one of his biggest supporters, Alex Jones, when he refused to use the power of the President to reign in the illegal behaviors of the social media monopolies. Fact: One-time staunch supporter of Trump, Gary Heavin, retired owner of Curves, philanthropist and movie producer, stated on The Common Sense Show, that he no longer supports Trump and that he is clearly compromised. In the interview, I was shocked but I could not deny his supporting evidence. I desperately wanted Gary to be wrong! Sadly, everything he said was true. Is It Time to Forsake Trump? Am I jumping off of the Trump train? No, I am not, I am being pushed of off the train by his unexplainable inaction in moving to protect the only media that has been friendly to the President. There is no denying the many great economic accomplishments of the Trump administration. However, and for the time being, he has clearly deserted his base. This is my line in the sand for Donald Trump. If Trump does not move to undo the illegal censorship of the social media giants, it is time for the Independent Media to re-evaluate where we will place our efforts. The social media giants are low hanging fruit. They are in such blatant violation of Federal law, that prosecuting them is easy. Again, under the open forum laws that all social media giants claim membership status in, they are not allowed to discriminate and censor. Ted Cruz exposed the open forum umbrella that all the social media giants are operating under. Further, there is no question that the social media giants are monopolies. In fact, they are poster-children for this concept. However, monopolies cannot selectively censor without being in violation of anti-trust laws. Again, where is Trump? Where Will You Go For the Only True Version of the News? You are on this website, because you know you cannot trust CNN, ABC, MSNBC, the Washington Post, etc. By election day of 2018, you will not have many places to go to find out what’s really going on. The following entities are actively censoring and banning the Independent Media: The country of New Zealand for canceling the planned appearances of Lauren Southern Google which should now be considered the face of the New World Order Twitter Facebook Snap Chat Instagram All of the MSM, print, radio and TV. Patreon Any and every form of social media….A man, who I suspect was an AI troll, sent me an email I want to share: Hodges, You and your kind are an absolute joke. You poor bastards in the alt right media deserve to go out of business. I am so happy that Alex Jones otherwise known as Bill Hicks is going out of business. Your sorry ass is next. You are lucky that we don’t kill all of you and your families so you cannot reproduce your kind. Very soon you poor bastard you will have nowhere to go to spread your Christian BS. That will indeed be a good day when you are shipped off to a Fema camp……

I get emails like this all the time, but this one is important because it captures what many liberals are feeling in the present moment. The Goal of Censorship As I previously said I used to be marginalized by being labeled a conspiracy theorist. After several decades of employing that strategy, it no longer works. The globalists are attempting to permanently silence the Independent Media once and for all. In the election of 2016, they made a mistake and it cost Hillary the election. They are determined that our influence on the upcoming mid-term elections is negated. Heed my next words. The globalists have made another miscalculation. Even if every alt right media source was effectively censored the Blue Wave coming from the Democrats will fail. The damage has been done. What’s Coming? The answer to that question is another question in response. Blue Dawn, Red Dawn and the destruction of America is on the table. There is no hiding the agenda of the globalists. Many journalists are predicting widespread violence between now and the November election. Trump will be either a Hillary clone, at this point, or he will just fade away and become another New World Order puppet, or he can take some political viagra and act accordingly. Trump could still act, but I am not holding my breath. He needs us now in the midterm elections any by October many of us are going to be MIA. Donald Trump Jr. did talk about censorship yesterday, but he’s not his father. What’s Next for the Media One must ask, if Trump continues to desert those that brought him to power, what lies next? Will the American people have anywhere to go to learn the truth about what is happening? The answer is yes, because nature hates a vacuum. Unless Trump acts decisively, and soon, there will be significant changes. You will not see any of us on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Youtube, etc. The Independent Media (IM) will change form. The subscription model put forth by John B. Wells will very likely be repeated. With the revenues from Youtube, Facebook, etc., drying up, we will see the IM move to subscription services. At first the public, who are used to getting a free lunch (80%), will yell and scream at having to pay a subscription. However, after watching a week of CNN, they will return and pay a nominal subscription fee. What you will see in the future, if this censorship trend continues, are nothing but websites and radio shows generated from those websites. However, the IM will have to be on a platform that they cannot be removed from such as GoDaddy. I have already positioned myself in this manner and my radio show is not hosted by anyone that can be pressured. In the final analysis, we are witnessing the Great American Book Burning. Today’s libraries are housed on the Internet. The Alex Jones wing of the library was burned down in this latest purge. And what is that saying…..Where they burn books, they will soon burn people. We are no living under the American version of Maoism. What did Mao do to the Chinese people after the books were all burned and all information was controlled? He murdered 60 million of his own people. This book burning is a precursor to a Maoist style genocide. Look at George Soros, the man who betrayed his fellow Jews to the Nazi and tell me that it cannot happen here. The purge is already underway. It works the same in every purge. Google’s actions and Trump’s inaction is a prescription for genocide. First, they take away the 1st Amendment so the media cannot warn of the coming danger. Then, they take away the 2nd Amendment so the people cannot defend themselves against the unfolding tyranny. Then they begin to collect the people and it is an easy job because nobody can speak or defend themselves. Google will be at the epicenter of the next genocide. Read more at: TheCommonSenseShow.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-03-21-google-is-becoming-the-agent-of-genocide-and-while-the-alt-media-burns-trump-fiddles.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 3-29-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Popocatepetl volcano explodes violently during LARGEST eruption in years in Mexico

By Strange Sounds - Mar 19, 2019

Mexico’s active Popocatepetl volcano has exploded late Monday evening, sending ash and debris high into the air and several kilometers away from the crater. The roar of the eruption was reported and felt over 40 km (25 miles) away. The 9:38 pm explosion of the active crater sent a 1.2km-high column of ash and fragments into the air, the country’s civil protection said, while releasing footage of the blast. Authorities have issued a yellow alert warning, asking residents to stay clear of the area within a 12 km radius of the crater, warning that ash from the volcano will be dispersed towards the northeast area of Puebla. Popocatepetl, which literally translates from Aztec as “smoking mountain,” has witnessed an increase in activity over the last few weeks. Preparing for the worst case scenario, authorities have drafted a special Operational Plan allowing for quick evacuation of locals in case of any emergencies.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/03/popocatepetl-volcano-eruption-video.html 

:: 3--19 The common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pirro Is the Latest Victim of Corporate Media Censorship! Where’s Trump?

By Dave Hodges

The Judge has been taken down. She dared to point out the hypocrisy an extreme bigotry of Representative Omar and now she’s been silenced. Meanwhile, Omar continues to spew her racism from the halls of Congress with total impunity. There is no such thing as a bad Muslim, according to this highly bigoted member of Congress. In today’s mainstream media, there are only bad conservatives and Christians and increasingly, white people are quickly becoming the scourge of humanity. Of course, we should realize that the media-led race-baiting is sophisticate from of divide and conquer. Keeping people apart so we cannot unite against the Deep State. . Pirro’s comments about Omar may not have been the way I would have attacked her extreme bigotry against anything or anyone who is not Muslim, but Pirro had an absolute right to say what she did an she was undeniably correct in what she said. Here is this entire tragic story as America flushes the 1st Amendment down the toilet. Late-Breaking Development There is a ray of hope, albeit a small, very small ray. President Trump has come out in support of Pirro and Carlson. Please note that when I reported on this topic, the video was demonitized even before publication. Does this mean that TRUMP IS FINALLY GOING TO DO SOMETHING ABOUT BIG CENSORSHIP, VIOLATION OF OPEN FORUM LAWS AND FLAGRANT BREACHES OF ANTI-TRUST LEGISLATION? Trump continues to talk a good game, as evidenced by the following late-breaking press release regarding Trump’s intention to confront big tech censorship. Trump needs to hear from everyone who values the 1st Amendment.

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/pirro-is-the-latest-victim-of-corporate-media-censorship-wheres-trump/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Reality of Evil

By Hal Lindsey

A 2011 article in Slate Magazine written by Ron Rosenbaum asked, “Is evil over? Has science finally driven a stake through its dark heart?… Yes, according to many neuroscientists, who are emerging as the new high priests of the secrets of the psyche.” In the last few years, countless scholarly articles and books posit the view that the human will is an illusion. They see men and women as machines — able to do only what their genetic and environmental programming tells them to do. Remove moral choice from the equation, and humans would not have the capacity for evil. They would simply act and respond according to set laws. We all recognize that we would be different if we had different parents, or grew up in another culture. Many things influence us. But these people are talking about more than influence. They’re talking about a complete inability to make choices. To them, the murderer does not decide to kill. He just follows his programming. They see the child molester as merely doing what nature and nurture have programmed him to do. Since this is fast becoming the prevailing view at universities, we can expect it to spread through society. What happens when parents, schools, and government see human beings as machines without choice? How could you punish anyone? What are the consequences of a “no consequence” society? And what happens when people see themselves as helpless puppets unable to choose? What would the world look like if people ceased to take responsibility for their actions, or hold one another accountable? “It wasn’t my choice. It was my programming.” Satan’s job would be all but over. People would give in to every temptation believing they have no choice in the matter, and therefore no culpability for any of their actions. You would also have people being thrown into re-education camps meant to “fix” their programming. A few elites would take it on themselves to determine right and wrong for everyone. In 21st century America, we’re already glimpsing a society that ignores personal responsibility, and spends its time trying to reprogram its citizens. It doesn’t look good. The Bible teaches that human beings make moral choices. Every biblical command, every admonishment from God, is a divine acknowledgment of human choice. “You shall have no other gods before Me,” [Exodus 20:3 NASB] is a command to choose God over idols. You have the privilege of deciding, but also the responsibility. Without an understanding of the reality of evil, the world falls into chaos. ISIS makes a perfect example. On August 13th, the New York Times ran an article entitled, “ISIS Enshrines a Theology of Rape” by Rukmini Callimachi. Even with all the horrible things we’ve heard about ISIS, his report should shock the conscience of the world. In the moments before he raped the 12-year-old girl, the Islamic State fighter took the time to explain that what he was about to do was not a sin. Because the preteen girl practiced a religion other than Islam, the Quran not only gave him the right to rape her — it condoned and encouraged it. He bound her hands and gagged her. Then he knelt beside the bed and prostrated himself in prayer before getting on top of her. When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion. “I kept telling him it hurts — please stop,” said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. “He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.” What happened to this 12-year-old is happening to thousands of young girls across that region. If evil does not exist, if humans only follow their programming, then no one can blame the rapist. His crime would cease to be criminal. He could say he was merely acting out his programming. But God sees the inner workings of every heart. Jeremiah 17:10 says, “I, the Lord, search the heart.” [NASB] Jesus said, “I am He who searches the minds and hearts.” [Revelation 2:23 NASB] He sees the choice as it’s being made. In the hardest heart, an innate sense of right and wrong still exists. Even after a man’s conscience has been bound, gagged, and shut in a closet, the man still knows it’s there, and what it would say if it could. That’s why the jihadist defended himself to the girl he was about to rape. He knew he was wrong, but his interpretation of the Quran gave him an excuse. His religious belief freed his wicked nature from the usual constraints of societal norms and human punishment. But the Quran did not make the choice. He did.  The Times article said, “The practice (of rape) has become an established recruiting tool to lure men from deeply conservative Muslim societies.” That, friends, is evil — rape as a “recruiting tool.” Join ISIS and rape little girls. It shocks and appalls us to hear such things. Why? Because we know that these are the actions of men, and not machines. A man has a choice, and these men have chosen evil.  The worst thing about evil is that we’re all infected. Most societies have safeguards in place to restrain people from evil’s worst manifestations. But we all do evil things. We are bent that way from birth, and have only one hope. Of all history’s philosophers and kings, only Jesus tells His followers, “You must be born again,” [John 3:7 NASB] and then performs the miracle Himself. The Bible teaches that we are born physically alive but spiritually dead. It’s only when we are miraculously born spiritually that we can communicate with the true GOD and come to know Him. The first thing we learn is that we now stand before a Holy GOD and are responsible to Him. We grow in that knowledge and in His love and forgiving Grace that is based on Jesus’ shed blood for our sins. It is best summed up by this verse of Scripture, “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” [2 Corinthians 5:17 NKJV] We grow spiritually in this as we grow in Christ. He will discipline us, but He will not disown us. As Jesus promised through the Apostle Paul, “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who has began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 1:6 NKJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2015/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hellbent

by Hal Lindsey

Burning and looting in Baltimore . . . the proliferation of nuclear weapons in Asia and the Middle East . . . terrorists gaining ground and destroying lives around the world . . . parents murdering their children . . . a stunning, worldwide breakdown of morality. . . . The list could go on and on. Something dreadful is happening on Planet Earth, and to most people it seems inexplicable. That’s because most people don’t understand that the battle between good and evil is primarily a spiritual battle. Post-modern people have tossed aside something they all knew in childhood — that deep in the darkness of evil, there exists a monster. It is a person, an entity — vicious and depraved — an adversary to God and to all that is right and good. People have given this being many names down through the centuries. The Bible usually calls him Satan, or the devil. The world constantly tries to fix the problems Satan causes. It uses laws, armies, programs, police, and vast sums of money, but the successes are all too rare and short-lived. One problem is the world’s refusal to acknowledge the existence its enemy. Political, academic, and media elites see him as a relic of the Middle Ages. Another problem is that, though they hate the pain and poverty the devil’s ways bring, they embrace those ways like obedient children. The world fears crime and violence, but raises its children on a steady diet of unthinkably violent entertainment. The world laments broken hearts, warped souls, children being born to children, STDs, and the breakdown of family. At the same time, it encourages activities that result in those very things.  They hate the devil’s results while they embrace the devil’s ways. Humanity is hellbent on evil. Christians often see the things I’ve just mentioned, and ignore God’s remedies in favor of worldly ones. We want to elect better people to high office, and where we can, we should. We want to send armies to the worst places, and in some cases, we should. We want to start new programs, form new committees, put more police on the streets, pass new laws, and sometimes those things can be good. But of all people, Christians should understand the devil in the darkness, and know that the battle is spiritual.  2 Corinthians 4:4 says, “The god of this world (a.k.a. Satan) has blinded the minds of the unbelieving, that they might not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.” [NASB]  Evildoers have been blinded. Yes, to various degrees they have chosen their blindness. But only God can know the degree of choice involved, and we should remember that we have all chosen blindness over truth at some point in our lives. We must not forget our actual enemy. Behind the darkness of this world stands the prince of darkness. We will never beat him at his game. We win by following God’s rules. 2 Corinthians 10:3 says, “For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war according to the flesh.” [NKJV] Ephesians 6:11 & 12 says, “Put on the full armor of God, that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.” [NASB] Colossians 1:13 says that “He delivered us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son.” [NASB] From this verse and many like it, we understand that darkness is a domain, and Satan is its sovereign. Jesus called him “the prince of this world.” [John 14:30] On internet forums and in the comments sections following news articles, Christians often debate adversaries using the same foul language, the same ad hominem arguments, the same seething rage as those who promote evil. But God has a better way. Romans 12:21 says, “Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.” [NASB] The world is bent by hell. If we allow ourselves to be bent into that same shape, we have not overcome the world, but been over come by it. Stand strong for God. Don’t back down. But at the same time, “Love your enemies, do good to them which hate you, Bless them that curse you, and pray for them which despitefully use you.” [Luke 6:27-28 KJV] “Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not.” [Romans 12:14 KJV] We are in the middle of a great spiritual war, but we should not be discouraged. Jesus said, “In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33 KJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-28-2015/ 

:: 3-14-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islam vs Everyone

By Hal Lindsey

There are some basic things about Islam that everyone should know — including its view of human rights. Since Iran’s 1979 Islamic revolution, the country has had two “Supreme Leaders.” The first was the notorious Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini. He said, “What they [meaning Westerners] call human rights is nothing but a collection of corrupt rules worked out by Zionists to destroy all true religions.” If anything, Iran’s present “Supreme Leader,” the Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, holds an even greater abhorrence of basic rights. He said, “For us the Universal Declaration of Human Rights is nothing but a collection of mumbo-jumbo by disciples of Satan.” He was referring to the United Nation’s “Universal Declaration of Human Rights,” written in 1948. The declaration is basic and straight forward. It is similar to the US Constitution’s Bill of Rights. It includes the right to “life, liberty and security of person.” It also includes freedom of religion and speech, the right to due process, to own and acquire property, freedom of assembly, to work, and to acquire an education. We can debate whether the UN has any business telling the nations of the world what rights their citizens should have. But to call the rights I just listed “satanic” requires a dark worldview — a worldview perfectly in tune with the Koran.  We must remember that Islam is not just a religion. It is also a political system — a blueprint for government. Many of the freedoms listed in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights are useful in improving governments. But Islam sees it as impossible to improve on a government handed down by Allah. For Muslim true believers, freedom of religion is an insult to their prophet. If you want to see this in action, try to build a church in Saudi Arabia. The New Testament has exacting messages about God and His ways. But it doesn’t tell Christians to kill those who reject the message. It says to pray for them — not stone them. The newspaper Le Figaro editorialized that Islam should perhaps already be considered, “France’s prime religion.” According to the Montaigne Institute, the teaching of Arabic should be mandatory in French public schools. European leaders sometimes refer to Islam as a “denomination,” as if they were Lutherans or Presbyterians. Many Americans see it the same way. But they could not be more wrong. Belgium’s ISLAM Party believes it can turn Belgium into a “Islamist Democracy” by 2030. The French magazine, Causeur, talked about the ISLAM Party’s objective. “The program is confusingly simple: replace all the civil and penal codes with sharia law. Period.” The French newspaper, Le Figaro, says it won’t happen by 2030, but it will happen. “The European capital,” it said, “will be Muslim in twenty years.” Islam is both a religion and a political ideology. As a political system, it is infused with the fervency of religion. It is unbending and intolerant. And it cannot rest until it rules — everything and everyone.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-6-2019/ 

:: 3-19-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Hands Trump a Victory on Immigration Detention

Tuesday, 19 March 2019 12:24 PM

The Supreme Court on Tuesday endorsed the U.S. government's authority to detain immigrants awaiting deportation anytime - potentially even years - after they have completed prison terms for criminal convictions, handing President Donald Trump a victory as he pursues hardline immigration policies. The court ruled 5-4 along ideological lines, with its conservative justices in the majority and its liberal justices dissenting, that federal authorities could pick up such immigrants and place them into indefinite detention anytime, not just immediately after they finish their prison sentences. The ruling, authored by conservative Justice Samuel Alito, left open the possibility that some individual immigrants could challenge their detention. These immigrants potentially could argue that the use of the 1996 federal law involved in the case, the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act, against them long after finishing their sentences would violate their due process rights under the U.S. Constitution. The law states the government can detain convicted immigrants "when the alien is released" from criminal detention. Civil rights lawyers argued that the language of the law shows that it applies only immediately after immigrants are released. The Trump administration said the government should have the power to detain such immigrants anytime. It is not the court's job, Alito wrote, to impose a time limit for when immigrants can be detained after serving a prison sentence. Alito noted that the court has said in the past that "an official's crucial duties are better carried out late than never." Alito said the challengers' assertion that immigrants had to be detained within 24 hours of ending a prison sentence is "especially hard to swallow." In dissent, liberal Justice Stephen Breyer questioned whether the U.S. Congress when it wrote the law "meant to allow the government to apprehend persons years after their release from prison and hold them indefinitely without a bail hearing." Tuesday's decision follows a February 2018 ruling in a similar case in which the conservative majority, over liberal dissent, curbed the ability of immigrants held in long-term detention during deportation proceedings to argue for release. Cecilia Wang, the American Civil Liberties Union lawyer who argued the newly decided case for the challengers, said that in both rulings "the Supreme Court has endorsed the most extreme interpretation of immigration detention statutes, allowing mass incarceration of people without any hearing, simply because they are defending themselves against a deportation charge." Trump has backed limits on legal and illegal immigrants since taking office in January 2017. Kerri Kupec, a U.S. Justice Department spokeswoman, said administration officials were pleased with the ruling. In both of the detention cases, the Supreme Court reversed the San Francisco-based 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, a liberal leaning court that Trump has frequently criticized. In each case, litigation against the federal government started before Trump took office. In the latest case, the administration had appealed a 2016 9th Circuit ruling that favored immigrants, a decision it said would undermine the government's ability to deport immigrants who have committed crimes. The appeals court had said that convicted immigrants who are not immediately detained by immigration authorities after finishing their sentences but then later picked by immigration authorities could seek bond hearings to argue for their release. The plaintiffs included two legal U.S. residents involved in separate lawsuits filed in 2013, a Cambodian immigrant named Mony Preap convicted of marijuana possession and a Palestinian immigrant named Bassam Yusuf Khoury convicted of attempting to manufacture a controlled substance. Under federal immigration law, immigrants convicted of certain offenses are subject to mandatory detention during their deportation process. They can be held indefinitely without a bond hearing after completing their sentences. In the most significant immigration-related case recently before the court, the conservative justices were also in the majority in June 2018 when they upheld on a 5-4 vote Trump's travel ban on targeting people from several Muslim-majority countries. But in April 2018, conservative Trump appointee Neil Gorsuch joined with the court's four liberal justices in a 5-4 ruling that could hinder the administration's ability to step up the removal of immigrants with criminal records, invalidating a provision in another law, the Immigration and Nationality Act.

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/trump-immigration-detention-supreme-court/2019/03/19/id/907674/ 

:: 3-19-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islamic State loses big part of enclave, SDF sees defeat 'very soon'

Reuters•March 19, 2019

DEIR AL-ZOR PROVINCE, Syria (Reuters) - U.S.-backed Syrian forces said they were close to defeating Islamic State in its final scrap of territory at Baghouz in eastern Syria after seizing an encampment from the jihadists on Tuesday, though the battle was not over yet. Hardened militant fighters holed up in the encampment had been mounting a last-stand defense of the Baghouz enclave, all that is left of Islamic State's self-proclaimed "caliphate" that once spanned a third of both Syria and Iraq. "This is not a victory announcement, but a significant progress in the fight against Daesh," said Mustafa Bali, a media official with the U.S.-backed Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) on Twitter, using an Arabic acronym for Islamic State. Bali said late on Tuesday clashes were ongoing and that fighters remain "in several pockets and their presence is not limited to a defined geography". The SDF captured hundreds of wounded militants when it overran the camp on Tuesday, Bali said. It also captured 157 mostly foreign fighters. Footage obtained by Reuters showed dozens of people milling around the captured camp, preparing their belongings to leave in a convoy of trucks. None of those visible appeared to be armed. Men believed to be Islamic State fighters, women dressed in black robes and some children stood around the shabby camp area next to high rocks strewn with bits of tents and vehicles. A few of those visible used crutches or sticks to walk. Footage from another part of the camp showed burnt-out cars, dozens of abandoned vehicles, shattered buildings and tents made out of blankets. Asked by Reuters how long it would take to defeat the remaining jihadists, Bali said he expected the operation to end "very soon", adding that some remaining militants had fallen back to the bank of the nearby Euphrates River. "The battles are not yet over," he said. "Some of the terrorists have taken their children as human shields. There are intermittent clashes." MILESTONE Islamic State's fighters and followers have been steadily forced back to Baghouz after years of retreats in the face of military campaigns by an array of foreign and local forces. The group's defeat at Baghouz will mark a milestone in the struggle against the jihadists, although adherents are still widely seen as a big security threat with a presence in remote territory and capable of mounting guerrilla attacks. The capture of Baghouz will also mark a significant moment in the wider Syrian war, wiping out the foothold of one of the main combatants and leaving Syria partitioned between President Bashar al-Assad, Kurdish-led forces, and Turkey-backed rebels. Diehard jihadists have been mounting a desperate defense of the camp at Baghouz, deploying suicide bombers and car bombs. Over the past two months, more than 60,000 people have poured out of the dwindling enclave, nearly half of whom surrendered as Islamic State supporters, including some 5,000 fighters, according to the SDF. Even facing defeat, Islamic State's propaganda machine still functions. An audio recording released overnight purported to carry a message from spokesman Abi al-Hassan al-Muhajer saying the group would stay strong and urged fresh attacks. It has also put out a video from inside the Baghouz camp, showing bearded fighters among bullet-pocked cars and lying on earth ramparts as they fired assault rifles. Against this scene, a man with a scarf wrapped around his head declaims a message of defiance: "The crusaders have forced us from our homes and burned us, may God exact the same from them ... O Muslim brothers everywhere, we have done our duty." Prime Minister Adel Abdul Mahdi of neighboring Iraq said images showed Islamic State had built tunnels in Baghouz big enough for vehicles. "The advance is slow and the battle could take days to finish," he told a press conference in Baghdad. RISK OF RESURGENCE The U.S. military has warned that Islamic State may still count tens of thousands of fighters, dispersed throughout Iraq and Syria, with enough leaders and resources to present a menacing insurgency. The Pentagon's own internal watchdog released a report last month saying Islamic State remained an active insurgent group and was regenerating functions and capabilities more quickly in Iraq than in Syria. "Absent sustained (counterterrorism) pressure, ISIS could likely resurge in Syria within six to 12 months and regain limited territory," it said, using another acronym for the group. U.S. officials said U.S.-backed forces had captured fighters tied to a January suicide bombing at a cafe in Syria that killed four Americans. The attack in the city of Manbij was the worst single incident involving U.S. personnel in Syria since they deployed on the ground there in 2015. It occurred nearly a month after President Donald Trump confounded his own national security team and allies with a surprise decision to withdraw all 2,000 U.S. troops from Syria, declaring Islamic State had been defeated there. Washington has now partially reversed Trump's decision, planning to leave 200 peacekeepers in SDF-held territory. (Reporting by Rodi Said in Qamishli, Syria and another Reuters journalist in Deir al-Zor province, Phil Stewart in Washington and Ahmed Rasheed in Baghdad; Writing by Angus McDowall/Tom Perry/Lisa Barrington; Editing by Peter Graff and Gareth Jones)

https://news.yahoo.com/u-backed-sdf-says-captured-157-militants-mostly-074141605.html 

:: 3-19-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump suggests Brazil could join NATO

By Bob Fredericks March 19, 2019

President Trump — a harsh NATO critic since his days on the campaign trail — floated the idea Tuesday that Brazil could become a member of the alliance as he met with Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro. “As I told President Bolsonaro, I also intend to designate Brazil as a major non-NATO ally or even possibly, if you start thinking about it, maybe a NATO ally,” Trump said during a joint news conference in the Rose Garden. “I have to talk to a lot of people, but maybe a NATO ally, which will greatly advance security and cooperation between our countries.” Trump has repeatedly slammed NATO for supposedly not paying its fair share for members’ defense. In response, German Chancellor Angela Merkel and other heads of NATO states have said that the US was no longer a totally reliable partner and the alliance should be prepared to fend for itself.

https://nypost.com/2019/03/19/trump-suggests-brazil-could-join-nato/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 3-18-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another 10 Christians Killed in Kaduna State as Carnage Continues in Nigeria, Sources Say

Morning Star News Nigeria Correspondent | Morning Star News | Monday, March 18, 2019

JOS, Nigeria, March 18, 2019 (Morning Star News) – Muslim Fulani herdsmen killed 10 Christians in southern Kaduna state, Nigeria on Saturday (March 16), bringing the lives lost in the past five weeks to 140 with 160 houses destroyed, sources said. “We were all asleep in our various homes when at about 4 a.m. [Saturday], we heard gunshots everywhere in my village,” Amos Samuel, 40, of Nandu Gbok village in Sanga County told Morning Star News. “Everyone ran out of their homes to escape from the Fulani herdsmen. Three hours after the herdsmen left, those of us who survived the attack returned to the village to find that our houses were destroyed and 10 of our villagers killed.” About 30 houses were burned in the attack, Sanga chairman Charles Danladi told Morning Star News, who also said 10 people were killed. “The attack occurred while the villagers were still sleeping,” he said. “Normalcy has now been restored in the village, and we are making efforts to assist victims.” Shehu Nicholas Garba, a member of Nigeria’s parliament, the National Assembly, and a resident of the area, said in a press statement that “about 10” people were killed and “about 30” houses were burned. “Our communities are helpless and are pleading that all persons of conscience should speak out,” Garba said. The Kaduna governor’s spokesman said Saturday night (March 16) that nine people died in the attack. “The security agencies have so far recovered nine corpses, including children,” Samuel Aruwan said in a press statement. “Violence has left an unacceptable toll of death and injury, loss of livelihoods, pain and fear. The government condemns this attack on the life and security of citizens and appeals to our communities to resist those who do not want peace.” Security agencies have been deployed in the area, and the State Emergency Management Agency has been directed to immediately provide relief materials to the affected community, Aruwan said. 130 Killed Previously In Kajuru County, also in southern Kaduna state, Muslim Fulani herdsmen have killed 130 Christians since Feb. 10, sources said.  Ungwan Barde village was attacked twice, resulting in the killing of 28 people, said Luke Waziri, an area attorney and national assistant secretary of the Adara Development Association, an umbrella body of the predominantly Christian Adara ethnic group. Another 102 people were killed in attacks on Karamai, Inkirimi, Dogonnma and Ungwan Gora, he said. “Kajuru land and by extension the Adara nation has been gripped by a fully funded and supported group of terrorists that have been wreaking havoc in our lands for long, while those saddled with the responsibility of securing us deliberately looked the other way,” Waziri said in a press statement. “First, Ungwan Barde was attacked on Feb. 10, 2019, and nobody said anything, even though those in government knew. Furthermore, the government pretended that the 11 people killed didn’t matter.” The herdsmen next attacked Karamai on Feb. 26, killing 38 people, he said. A resident of Karamai, Paulina Irimiya, confirmed to Morning Star News that Fulani herdsmen attacked while Christians were at a church service, killed at least 32 Christians and burned down 40 houses. “While the victims were buried in a mass grave and the injured yet to recover,” Waziri said in the press statement, “Ungwan Barde village was attacked again on Sunday, March 10. Seventeen people were killed and dozens of houses burned.” The next day, Inkirimi and Dogonnoma villages in Maro were attacked, killing 52 people and wounding dozens, he said. “The smoke had barely settled when an attack was launched in the evening at Ungwan Gora (Labi Village), with dozens injured and 43 houses burned down,” he said. A total of 64 Christians were killed in the villages of Inkirimi, Dogonnma and Ungwan Gora, he said. About 100 homes were destroyed in the attacks, and thousands of people who fled are now moving from one village to the other in search of refuge, Waziri said. “In all these, not a single person has been arrested, nor even questioned,” he said. “This is despite the fact that all the attacks took place either in the morning or in the evening – in full glare of everyone.” Hundreds of terrorists had time to kill and leave without anyone being caught or apprehended, he said. “However, in a strange twist of the application of justice, nine Adara elders and village chiefs were indiscriminately arrested and thrown into the Kaduna prison on allegations of complicity,” Waziri said. “The victims that have been killed and brutalized are the same ones being arrested and thrown into prison, while the real killers are being pampered, supported and allowed to freely continue their onslaught on people and our land.” In the Inkirimi, Dogonnma and Ungwan Gora Communities, 43 houses were destroyed, Waziri said. Christians make up 51.3 percent of Nigeria’s population, while Muslims living primarily in the north and middle belt account for 45 percent. Nigeria ranked 12th on Open Doors’ 2019 World Watch List of countries where Christians suffer the most persecution. If you would like to help persecuted Christians, visit http://morningstarnews.org/resources/aid-agencies/  for a list of organizations that can orient you on how to get involved. If you or your organization would like to help enable Morning Star News to continue raising awareness of persecuted Christians worldwide with original-content reporting, please consider collaborating at https://morningstarnews.org/donate/

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/another-10-christians-killed-in-kaduna-state-as-carnage-continues-in-nigeria-sources-say.html 

:: 3-12-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Connected To Post-Christian Era? Loss Of Hope And Divine Destiny Drives U.S. Deaths From Alcohol, Drugs And Suicide To Highest-Ever Levels

March 12, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

The number of deaths from alcohol, drugs and suicide in 2017 hit the highest level since federal data collection started in 1999, according to an analysis of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention data by two public health nonprofits. The national rate for deaths from alcohol, drugs and suicide rose from 43.9 to 46.6 deaths per 100,000 people in 2017, a 6 percent increase, the Trust for America’s Health and the Well Being Trust reported Tuesday. That was a slower increase than in the previous two years, but it was greater than the 4 percent average annual increase since 1999… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/03/12/connected-to-post-christian-era-loss-of-hope-and-divine-destiny-drives-u-s-deaths-from-alcohol-drugs-and-suicide-to-highest-ever-levels/ 

:: 3-12-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

12 Statistics That Prove That The U.S. Is Facing A Consumer Debt Apocalypse

March 12, 2019 by Michael Snyder

In the entire history of the United States, consumers have never been in so much debt. And that would not be a crisis as long as the vast majority of us were regularly making our debt payments, but as you will see below delinquency levels are starting to rise to extremely alarming levels. In fact, some of the numbers that are coming in are even worse than we witnessed at any point during the last recession. If things are this bad already, what are they going to look like once the economy really gets bad? Because even though it appears that we are heading into a new recession, according to the Federal Reserve it has not officially begun yet. That means that much worse is yet to come. Just like last time, millions of Americans will likely lose their jobs, and without an income most of those that suddenly find themselves unemployed will not be able to pay their bills. The stage is set for the largest tsunami of consumer debt defaults that this country has ever seen, and that will absolutely devastate major financial institutions all across America. If you think that I am exaggerating even a little bit, please read over the following list very carefully. The following are 12 statistics that prove that the U.S. is facing a consumer debt apocalypse…

#1 Total consumer debt in the United States just surpassed the 4 trillion dollar mark. That has never happened before in all of U.S. history.

#2 When you throw in mortgages and all other kinds of individual debt, U.S. consumers are now 13.5 trillion dollars in debt.

#3 A whopping 480 million credit cards are in circulation in this country. That number has shot up by nearly 13 percent since 2015.

#4 U.S. consumers are carrying 870 billion dollars worth of balances on their credit cards right now.

#5 56 percent of Americans that currently have credit card balances have been carrying them for more than a year.

#6 The number of “seriously delinquent”credit card accounts in the U.S. has shot up to 37 million.

#7 Americans now owe a total of 1.3 trillion dollars on their auto loans.

#8 At this moment, more than 7 million Americans are delinquent on their auto loan payments. The figure has already surpassed what we witnessed during the peak of the last recession by about a million.

#9 The total amount of student loan debt in the United States has reached the 1.5 trillion dollar mark. Over the last 10 years, that number has more than doubled.

#10 Right now, more than 166 billion dollars in student loan debt is considered to be “seriously delinquent”.

#11 Millennials are now more than a trillion dollars in debt. No generation of Americans has ever been deeper in debt at this stage in life.

#12 One recent survey found that 78 percent of Americans “are living paycheck to paycheck”. Suffocating debt levels are a big reason why that figure is so incredibly high. Since so many Americans are living paycheck to paycheck, that means that there is very little room for error. During the last recession, large numbers of Americans immediately began getting behind on their bills once they were laid off, and we saw mortgage defaults rise to unprecedented levels. Sadly, we haven’t learned from our past mistakes, and millions upon millions of Americans will find themselves drowning in an ocean of red ink once again during this next recession. But even if you are not living paycheck to paycheck, carrying credit card balances is a very unwise thing to do. Most Americans don’t realize that if you only make the minimum payment on a credit card every month, you can end up paying more in interest than you did for the original purchases. The following comes from USA Today…

If a credit-card borrower only made the minimum payments on $5,000 of debt, for example, they’d be in debt for more than 18 years and would end up paying $6,372 in interest based on national average interest rates, according to Ted Rossman, industry analyst for CreditCards.com. If you keep playing this game, I promise you that you will never get rich. Instead, the only people that will be getting wealthy will be the people that are receiving your debt payments. Credit card debt is one of my pet peeves. One of the best financial moves that anyone can make is to get out of credit card debt and never look back. And that is particularly important at this juncture because the economy is really starting to slow down. Compared to last year, U.S. job cut announcements were up 117 percent in February. We haven’t seen anything like that since the last financial crisis. At this point, even mainstream economists are openly admitting what is coming. Mark Zandi, the chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, sounded downright gloomy in his most recent article… The economy is throttling back. Way back. That’s the message in the near stall out of job growth last month. Job creation probably isn’t as bad as February’s disappointing numbers suggest — unusually poor weather played a role in limiting job growth to just 20,000 — but it is weaker than just a few months ago. Businesses are nervous, and sentiment is at risk of breaking if anything goes wrong. And plenty could go wrong. A recession could materialize swiftly if businesses lose faith, and there is a good chance they will. And when the next recession strikes, things are going to get very, very rough for U.S. consumers. A consumer debt apocalypse is coming, and it is going to be incredibly painful.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/12-statistics-that-prove-that-the-u-s-is-facing-a-consumer-debt-apocalypse 

:: 3-12-19 Cnet/ Road Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In-car monitoring: Surveillance tech will make your car less private

Everything you do in your car may soon be noticed.

by Brian Cooley March 12, 2019 10:52 AM PDT

Your car has long been a sanctuary on wheels but that won't be true for much longer. Car manufacturers will soon be adding radar and lasers inside the cabin to monitor who you are and what you do, and that will mean even more of your personal habits being tracked. Millimeter-wave radar is perhaps the most intriguing in-car detection tech. The apparatus itself can be compact because its frequency is so high and therefore its emitted wavelength is short. I've seen several examples about the size of a card deck that could easily be mounted on the headliner of a car and look down at its cabin. Texas Instruments has been showing carmakers how that view can not only detect objects in the vehicle but also classify them as an adult, a child or even a dog. Mount that same radar inside a seat and you can detect small movements in the driver's body that, with enough computing power, can be translated into a reading of respiration rate. Startup Caaresys imagines its radar-based system monitoring the respiration and heart rates of everyone in the car, with a particular focus on sensing a child that might be hidden from view in the back and potentially left behind in the car. Unlike other smart sensing scenarios, like an Amazon Go store where cameras dominate, car interiors are cramped and filled with obstructions like seats. Radar has the benefit of being able to see through a lot of things that block a camera's view. And while much of the current work is aimed at human-driven cars, the same radar technology could detect passenger orientation in future self-driving cars, which may not always be facing forward. Airbags and other passive safety systems could use smart radar sensing to configure themselves in a crash based on who is facing which direction. Even biometrics that aren't necessarily gathered by the car can be used to monitor you. BSecur said each of us has a unique ECG/EKG signature that can be used to unlock a car or monitor our condition while driving. That heart pattern could be tracked for the car's processors by sensors in the steering wheel or via a smartwatch. Not all car-cabin radar is about our bodies and faces: Vayyar is working with auto mechatronics company Brose to sense obstacles in the path of a car door, including nearby poles, walls, cyclists or other parked cars, and then block the door from opening too far via a limiter. That's bad news for paintless dent-removal guys, but great news for cyclists who live in fear of being doored. Radar is far from the only game in town though. Cameras are already used in a few cars to monitor a driver's gaze and eye state for inattention and drowsiness. The Cadillac CT6 pushed this envelope with its Super Cruise partial autonomy that watches the driver's face to determine if they are looking away from the road for too long. A huge number of similar applications are about to arrive from Mazda, Hyundai, Kia, BMW and autonomous EV startup Byton. Joining cameras in the car may be vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSEL), the same tech that powers Apple FaceID. Makers like TriLumina are showing how it can tell an occupant's state, identity and maybe even intent. Finally, there's gesture control which today is little more than a parlor trick, sensing only a few big, coarse gestures that don't even work half the time. But Google's Project Soli recently won FCC approval to use millimeter-wave radar to pick up fine gestures with a level of nuance that could finally liberate controls from screens, knobs and voice in a way that is better, not just amusing. Geneva Motor Show: The first major European auto show of the year is here. Chicago Auto Show: Catch up on everything you may have missed from Chicago.

https://www.cnet.com/roadshow/news/in-car-monitoring-surveillance-technology-privacy/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 3--19 Russia News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WASHINGTON—The Navy and its industry partners are “under cyber siege” by Chinese hackers and others who have stolen tranches of national security secrets in recent years, exploiting critical weaknesses that threaten the U.S.’s standing as the world’s top military power, an internal Navy review has concluded. The assessment, delivered to Navy Secretary Richard Spencer last week and reviewed by The Wall Street Journal, depicts a branch of the armed forces under relentless cyberattack by foreign adversaries and struggling in its response to the scale and sophistication of the problem. Drawing from extensive research and interviews with senior officials across the Trump administration, the tone of the review is urgent and at times dire, offering a rare, unfiltered look at the military’s cybersecurity liabilities. Key Takeaways From the Navy Review The Navy report’s authors conducted 31 site visits and interviewed 85 current senior military officers and civilians across both the Navy and wider Defense Department, as well as senior officials at the Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Homeland Security and White House National Security Council, among others. Here are their main conclusions: The Navy and its industry partners are facing relentless cyber attacks that seek to steal sensitive national security data by a wide range of foes, with China and Russia the most adept and strategic.

The U.S. is at risk of losing global military and economic advantages due to cyberthefts of secrets and intellectual property.

Despite efforts to address the problem, the defense industrial base has suffered “a flood of breaches of significant data” and “continues to hemorrhage critical data.”

The Navy and Defense Department have only a limited understanding of the totality of losses they and their partners are suffering.

The Navy is focused on “preparing to win some future kinetic battle, while it is losing the current global, counter-force, counter-value, cyber war,” the review’s authors conclude.

The 57-page document is especially scathing in its assessment of how the Navy has addressed cybersecurity challenges facing its contractors and subcontractors, faulting naval officials for not anticipating that adversaries would attack the defense industrial base and for not adequately informing those partners of the cyber threat. It also acknowledges a lack of full understanding about the extent of the damage. “For years, global competitors, and adversaries, have targeted and breached these critical contractor systems with impunity,” the audit says. “These enterprises, regardless of their relationship with the department, are under cyber siege.” The Navy declined to comment on the review, which hasn’t been publicly released. Chinese officials didn’t immediately respond to a request for comment, but in the past have denied engaging in cyberattacks. The review presented the threat posed by China in particularly stark terms, arguing that its cyber espionage operations against the U.S. military, its suppliers and the private sector in general have shifted power dynamics between the world’s two biggest economies. China has “derived an incalculable near- and long-term military advantage from it [the hacking], thereby altering the calculus of global power,” the report said. The findings are of acute interest and concern within the Navy. “We are under siege,” said a senior Navy official. “People think it’s much like a deathly virus—if we don’t do anything, we could die.” One major breach of a Navy contractor, reported in June and attributed to Chinese hackers, involved the theft of secret plans to build a supersonic antiship missile planned for use by American submarines, according to officials. The hackers targeted an unidentified company under contract with the Navy’s Naval Undersea Warfare Center in Newport, R.I. Coupled with that breach, a second breach last year prompted Mr. Spencer to request the internal review, Navy officials said. The report repeatedly singles out China and Russia in the theft of military secrets, portraying their actions as calibrated to achieve strategic objectives while remaining below the threshold of armed conflict, a metered approach that the U.S. has struggled to defend against. The review found flaws with the Navy’s longstanding approach to its own supply-chain security, which relies on contractors self-reporting vulnerabilities and breaches. “That after-the-fact system has demonstrably failed,” the review said. According to U.S. officials and security researchers, hackers have stolen highly classified information about advanced military technology. Victims of Chinese attacks alone span large and small contractors, major universities that develop maritime technology and receive billions in federal research dollars, and the Navy itself. The Navy and Defense Department “have only a limited understanding of the actual totality of losses that are occurring” due to a scarcity of resources and difficulties involved in tracking breaches at contractors and subcontractors, the report said. “Only a very small subset of incidents are ‘known’ and of those known, an even…smaller set are fully investigated,” it said. The report is unclassified and doesn’t provide specific details about individual breaches or tally recent intrusions. A separate classified document details some of the known breaches of the Navy or its contractors. Navy officials declined to give even an estimate of incidents over the last 18 months other than to say they were “numerous.” China is considered the biggest thief, officials said, but Russia is another source of concern. Iran also has breached Navy systems, an official said, but that occurred before the Trump administration, the official said. “It’s not only the number of breaches but the magnitude of the loss that is so troubling,” said another Navy official. When contractor breaches are investigated, information about the attacks “is often hyper classified and difficult to share, sometimes leading to an alarming lack of understanding and appreciation of the threat,” the review said. The top-to-bottom review of the Navy’s cybersecurity began last October. The Wall Street Journal reported in December that the review was ordered by Mr. Spencer after a series of hacking incidents. The Journal reported last week that Chinese hackers had targeted and potentially compromised more than two dozen universities in the U.S. and around the globe as part of an elaborate scheme to steal advanced maritime technology secrets. Some of the schools, such as Penn State’s applied research laboratory, are under contract to the Navy. Related Chinese Hackers Target Universities in Pursuit of Maritime Military Secrets (March 5, 2019)

U.S. Charges China Intelligence Officers Over Hacking Companies and Agencies (Dec. 20, 2018)

Chinese Hackers Breach U.S. Navy Contractors (Dec. 14, 2018)

In response to those revelations, Sen. Edward Markey (D., Mass.) sent letters Tuesday to Acting Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan and Homeland Security Secretary Kirstjen Nielsen asking questions about how their agencies protect research institutions from cyberattacks. “In the era of great power competition, it should come as no surprise that Chinese hackers are targeting academic institutions ripe with valuable information about U.S. military capabilities,” Mr. Markey wrote. The Navy review faulted the military branch’s culture as lacking an appreciation of the cybersecurity threats it faces, being unable to anticipate novel attacks and favoring compliance and governance over outcomes. Among recommendations, the review urged identifying and better protecting essential data, selecting leaders to oversee a long-term cybersecurity strategy and installing new accountability measures on contractors to ensure they meet cybersecurity standards. The national security implications of China’s cybertheft of advanced research from Navy contractors and universities are considered so severe that the issue has been mentioned in the presidential daily brief on multiple occasions, according to a person familiar with the matter. Some subcontractors have been breached by the same Chinese hacking group several times within the same year, despite warnings from investigators, the person said. The Trump administration has sought in recent months to hold Beijing responsible for what officials have described as a relentless onslaught of intrusions into U.S. corporate and government networks. Chinese hackers stand accused of stealing hundreds of billions of dollars annually in intellectual property from U.S. businesses, and the Justice Department in recent months has announced a series of charges that have blamed Beijing for a variety of wide-ranging cyberattacks. Write to Gordon Lubold at Gordon.Lubold@wsj.com and Dustin Volz at dustin.volz@wsj.com

Appeared in the March 13, 2019, print edition as ‘Chinese Hackers Attack U.S. Navy, Report Says.’

https://www.therussophile.org/navy-industry-partners-are-under-cyber-siege-by-chinese-hackers-review-assertshacking-threatens-u-s-s-standing-as-worlds-leading-military-powe.html/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 2-14-19 Judical Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tom Fitton: Shady Deal Offered Between FBI and State Dept to Protect Clinton

FEBRUARY 14, 2019

https://www.judicialwatch.org/press-room/in-the-news/tom-fitton-shady-deal-offered-between-fbi-and-state-dept-to-protect-clinton/ 

:: 3-12-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-gun activist threatens to shoot GOP senator & the NRA

Posted on March 12, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 12 Comments 5 (100%) 1 vote

Yesterday, the State of Connecticut Judiciary Committee conducted a public hearing in Hartford to discuss tougher gun laws following the accidental shooting death of a teenage boy. Ethan Song, 15, accidentally shot himself with a gun belonging to his friend’s father.

As reported by the Daily Caller, a variety of gun control measures were discussed, including:

Safe storage of fire arms in the home.

A measure requiring anyone open-carrying a firearm to produce a permit if asked by police.

A move to regulate “ghost guns” or 3-D printed firearms and components.

A bill prohibiting cities and towns to enact their own firearms laws

Blind to her hypocrisy and the irony of the situation, an anti-gun activist threatened to shoot the place up and had to be removed from the hearing. As reported by WTNH News8’s chief political correspondent Mark Davis in a tweet: Woman expelled from gun hearing after being seen sending this text about a state lawmaker. The woman’s text message reads: If I had a gun, I’d blow away Sampson and a large group of NRA. Republican Connecticut State Senator Rob Sampson is a staunch supporter of the Second Amendment and defender of the NRA (National Rifles Association).

Threatening government officials of the United States is a felony under federal law:

Threatening the President of the United States is a felony under 18 U.S.C. § 871, punishable by up to 5 years of imprisonment, and is investigated by the U.S. Secret Service.

Threatening other officials, such as State Senator Rob Sampson, is a Class C or D felony, usually carrying maximum penalties of 5 or 10 years under 18 U.S.C. § 875, 18 U.S.C. § 876 and other statutes, and is investigated by the FBI.

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/anti-gun-activist-threatens-to-shoot-gop-senator-the-nra 

:: 3-12-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

War Drums: US Diplomats Ordered Home From Venezuela - With Special Guest Jim Jatras

17,002 viewsRonPaulLibertyReport

Streamed live on Mar 12, 2019

Secretary of State Pompeo has ordered all US diplomats to return from Venezuela. Their presence in country is "constraining" US foreign policy, he says. Is this the pre-cursor to a US attack? What about the power outages in Venezuela? A US cyber-attack? Are the neocons

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BsyhUV0TzW8&feature=youtu.be 

:: 3--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The World Has Never Been Closer to World War III

Even though most of us are cognizant of the fact that mainstream media is nothing but a “bread and circus” excrement show, it is still difficult to comprehend how much deception that the they think they can get away with. Along these lines, Myself and another researcher are preparing to release a story which reveals the extent that a specific Mexican drug cartel is embedded inside of the California State Assembly and the dormant, but soon to be revived CALEXIT movement. For the most part, the journalistic sources, are not American, they are south-of-the-border-Mexican-journalists, and their stories are consistent with each other and the facts. In an all-too-familiar-scenario, American journalists are nowhere to be found in this story. Well, we have another similar situation involving the compromised nature of the MSM and the story is related to the coming war in Venezuela. It seems that even the Russian journalists, known for their flights of fancy, are more honest than the corporate controlled American media. The fact is the world has never been closer to WW III, and we would only know this sad fact if we look at foreign media. Important Questions Historically, what does it mean when troops from an adversarial country are moved next door, thousands of miles away from home, into a neighboring country of their enemy? Along the same lines, please allow me to another question: What does it mean when an aggressor nation withdraws its diplomatic core from their potential enemy’s country? Let’s answer these questions, one at a time in order to see if we can connect some dots which may form a meaningful and relevant conclusion. The answer to the first question has already been answered. Both on The Common Sense Show and in many of other alt media news sites, the landing of 5,000 American troops in Columbia has been well documented. This is an invasion force and their target lies next door in Venezuela. Isn’t likely that World War III, commencing in Venezuela is becoming much more likely just with this development on its own? Another development has lead to another flash point in the Venezuela controversy and it is related to the formation of a second important question, posed above, implies the significance of withdrawing embassy personnel and assets in the midst of heated controversy. The answer to this second question is obvious. The action of removing diplomatic personnel usually means that military confrontation is imminent. This has been a consistent sign, in history, that war is imminent! Unfortunately, Fox and CNN are not honestly reporting on this scenario. They are not lying about the events, they are simply not reporting them. For a more accurate picture, we must go to RT: …The US State Department annnounced it is withdrawing all remaining diplomatic personnel from Venezuela, citing the “deteriorating situation” and referring to the presence of US staff at the embassy as a “constraint on US policy….” Here is s tweet on the subject from neocon, Mike Pompeo: Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced the withdrawal on Monday. While most US staff stationed in Caracas had already been withdrawn in January following the US-backed opposition leader Juan Guaido’s attempt to declare himself president, a select few remained in defiance of President Nicolas Maduro’s order to American diplomats to leave the country.

Secretary Pompeo ✔ @SecPompeo The U.S. will withdraw all remaining personnel from @usembassyve this week. This decision reflects the deteriorating situation in #Venezuela as well as the conclusion that the presence of U.S. diplomatic staff at the embassy has become a constraint on U.S. policy. 11.6K 8:50 PM – Mar 11, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 9,887 people are talking about this Pompeo forgot to mention that the situation is “deteriorating” is because the US is behind the attacks on the Venezuelan power grid. As previously documented on the CSS, the Chinese military has a “humanitarian” mission in Venezuela. The Cubans have their riot suppression troops in the major urban areas, the Russians have a covert troop presence, mostly commando related and the Chinese have a naval presence off the coast of Venezuela. Therefore, should we be surprised at these developments as both sides line up to confront each other? Related Developments

About five days ago, I received some stunning information from my very best intelligence/military deep cover source. And only yesterday, I discovered, and have been interviewing a source from Arizona, who has the exact same information. In anticipation of a US attack on Venezuela, the Russians have moved a sizeable number of submarines 12 miles off both the East and West coast of the United States. NATO has moved nuclear missiles batteries close to the Ukraine. Yesterday, Russian ally, Syria, military threatened Israel. Why would a military inferior force such as Syria threaten a superior force in Israel, unless Syria knew it was going to have help from her ally, Russia? As I reported yesterday, the Border Patrol has reported arresting a record number of people from Pakistan and more importantly, China! Finally, it was widely reported when the Russian nuclear targeting of American sites was announced, that if Clinton had won the election, the Russians would launched a first strike against America. At this point, the only thing that the rank and file of the country can do is to sit, wait and watch the events unfold. these events are eerily similar to the Cuban Missile Crisis. Oh, we could call the Congressional and Presidential offices, but these events are in motion and what is going to play out has already been decided. Further, it should be noted that Pelosi announced that she would not be seeking impeachment against Donald Trump. Why the sudden reversal? Perhaps she already knows that it won’t matter given what it coming.

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/the-world-has-never-been-closer-to-world-war-iii/ 

:: 3-12-19 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuela in Complete Societal Collapse; Widespread Looting, Armed People attacking neighbors to get food . . ."We're Going to Start EATING EACH OTHER!"

World News Desk 12 March 2019 Hits: 11239

The country of Venezuela is in complete societal collapse after 119 hours without electricity in most of the country.

Below are bullet points of information coming out of Venezuela. They need no context for the situation to be clearly understood:

"NOTHING TO EAT, EVERYTHING HAS BEEN LOOTED IN MARACAIBO, I CANNOT BUY ANYTHING"

"PEOPLE ARE LOOTING EVERYTHING IN LA CURVA DE MOLINA"

- MARACAIBO IS COLLAPSING

- 100 HOURS WITHOUT POWER/WATER SUPPLY

- WIDESPREAD LOOTING IS REPORTED EVERYWHERE

- THE ARMY IS OVERWHELMED, CLASHING WITH PROTESTERS IN SOME PARTS OF THE CITY, SOME MEMBERS HAVE JOINED THE LOOTING

- BANDS OF ARMED PEOPLE ARE BREAKING INTO BUILDINGS AND APARTMENTS TO GET FOOD/THEY ARE THREATENING THE NEIGHBORS

PEOPLE DRINKING WATER FROM THE RIVER GUAIRÓ (A POLLUTED RIVER) IN CARACAS

Looting and spontaneous protests. Desperate patients begging doctors to be kept alive. Residents bracing for wider attacks on markets and restaurants after the sun goes down.

“We’re going to arrive at a moment when we’re going to eat each other,” said Zuly González, 40, a resident of Caracas’s Chacao neighborhood.

On Thursday, the San Geronimo B substation in the center of the country, which supplies electricity to four out of five Venezuelans from the massive Guri hydropower plant, went down.

The government said the blackout was caused by an unspecified fault at Guri, which provides 80 percent of the country’s electricity. No date has been set to restart the plant and most workers were told to stay home on Monday, said two of the substation’s workers and a manager at the national power monopoly, Corpoelec.

Aftermath of transformer explosion/fire in south Caracas: Internet connectivity keeps flat-lining as power comes back, then fails, over and over again: People are so desperate for food, they're killing and eating wild animals that are not traditionally human food . . . like this Leopard: Meanwhile, another electrical sub-station goes up in smoke . . . DRINKING SEWER WATER

The video below shows just how desperate things have become; people are collecting SEWER WATER running into a river, to drink . Venezuela's oil production fell 13% last month. Reports indicate that output may currently be down to 0.5 mbpd due to blackouts. Unless things change, it won't be surprising if GDP falls more than 30% in 2019.

It is worth noting that Venezuela has the LARGEST PROVEN OIL RESERVES ON PLANET EARTH; more than Saudi Arabia! Here's proof: That country _should_ be living a life of wealth beyond the dreams of Avarice; yet they're broke, thirsty, starving. Why? Socialism. That's why! Reports of Looting and shootings going on in Caracas happening right now! Venezuelan prosecutor general Tarek William Saab announces a new investigation into Juan Guaido for "national electrical sabotage" Venezuela give U.S. diplomats 72 hours to leave, blames Trump for Blackout Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro has said two would-be saboteurs have been caught “in flagrante delicto” trying to take down the communications system of the Guri hydroelectric dam. Investigation into who sent them is underway. After a failure at the Guri dam left much of the country in the dark on Thursday night, authorities worked round the clock to fix the problem, managing to restore nearly 70 percent of the electrical system before a cyberattack knocked it out again on Saturday afternoon, Maduro said, adding that one of the generators had been working perfectly and could only have been sabotaged by an infiltrator. The Guri hydroelectric plant produces 80 percent of Venezuela’s power. While stressing that the “Venezuelan state has to act” to hold those to blame for the “electrical criminal coup” responsible, Maduro praised the “effort and behavior” of Venezuelans who have remained at peace despite the prolonged blackout. He denounced the sabotage as a “serious violation of human rights.” While some of the country’s power has been restored, Maduro has suspended school and business activities for Tuesday as much of the nation remains in darkness. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, who has been relentlessly pushing for Maduro’s ouster for months, along with the rest of the Trump administration, claimed the outages are due to “years and years of neglect,” due to the “mismanagement and greed” of Maduro’s government. He denied US responsibility for the blackout while proclaiming that the US is “interested only in the welfare of the Venezuelan people.” 'Not a single drop of water has entered Caracas since Thursday March 7'. The pumping system can't be restarted until 600MW of power are available. IT CAN HAPPEN HERE . . . No one in Venezuela ever imagined their country could literally fall apart in days. That's precisely what is taking place. As much as we might dislike having to admit this; the same thing can happen here. The continental United States has three (3) electric power grids: Eastern, Western, and Texas. While our Capitalist society sees to it that investment is made in infrastructure to keep it well-maintained, an unforeseen circumstance like a Coronal Mass Ejection from the Sun, hitting us directly, __could__ knock out our electric grids in one fell swoop. An act of terrorism could damage key components of our grid, causing Cascade Failure. An Act of war could see our electric grid infected with Malware that causes the system to physically destroy itself. NONE of us is expecting any of this . . . just like the people in Venezuela did not expect decades of bad design and poor maintenance to come together in one fell swoop to wreck their national power grid. Yet right now, Venezuela is 119 hours into grid failure and ANARCHY is taking over.

No water from Municipal Water systems is pumping.

Hospitals either did not have generators or now cannot get fuel to keep their generators running.

Doctors are operating on patients by flashlight.

Trucks have no fuel to deliver food.

Stores have no electric to keep food refrigerated.

Homes have no power to keep their refrigerated food fresh.

This same series of events CAN happen here.

Where would that leave YOU?

Do you have __any_ Emergency food stored-up? . . . or will you -- like the people in Venezuela -- go to a local zoo and slaughter animals like they did in Venezuela with the dead Leopard pictured above? Here are some sources you should look into: Do you have __any__ emergency water stored? Here are some sources for Water Storage Containers: 1 gallon per person, per day is the rule of thumb. Do the math, then get yourself the means to store a couple weeks worth of water. Here's what they look like: Do you have a small generator to keep your refrigerator running? Here are some sources:

The average family refrigerator uses 1200 watts of power. The average microwave oven is 1,000 watts, but needs about 1900 watts (IN) to produce those 1,000 watts (OUT). Of course, houses have lights, gadgets and gizmos. You need a source of emergency electric that can supply that! If you buy a generator with 1500 watts, you can power the frig, and maybe a couple lights, or a small TV. If you want to be able to run the frig and a microwave, you have to ADD the watts together to get the total, then buy a generator capable of meeting that total. Most homes can be fully powered by 7500-10,000 watts. Whatever your power needs, the links below the photos can show you all sorts and sizes of generators. REMEMBER: NEVER USE A GSASOLINE-POWERED GENERATOR INDOORS BECAUSE THE EXHAUST GAS FROM ITS MOTOR RUNNING CAN KILL YOU. THE GENERATOR STAYS OUTSIDE and powers your stuff via extension cord.

Here's what they look like: Click Here for a Full Selection of all sizes and types of portable Emergency Electric Generators Do you have fuel for that generator? Or for your car? Here sources for Fuel Storage Containers: DO NOT STORE FUEL IN YOUR HOUSE. It must be kept outside (on a terrace, a backyard, etc.) Here's what they look like: Click Here for a full selection of various sized Gasoline Cans and Caddies (Cars trucks, Generators) Do you have a Barbecue grill or propane grill you can cook on? (You know what they look like and where to get them) When YOUR neighbors start doing what folks in Venezuela are now doing to THEIR neighbors - robbing their food - will YOU have the gun and ammunition needed to protect yourself? Here are some sources for guns and ammunition:

Below are links to quite a few different firearms suppliers and ammunition sources.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/venezuela-in-complete-societal-collapse-widespread-looting-armed-people-attacking-neighbors-to-get-food-we-re-going-

to-start-eating-each-other 

:: 3-11-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Canary In The Coal Mine Is Dead: No Power, Looting And Chaos In The Streets - Venezuela Is The Perfect Example Of Why Americans Should Run Far Away From Socialism

March 11, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Venezuela is in the dark, quite literally as they hit day five with no power, and it is being reported that even in small pockets if the power comes back on, it isn't long before it is cut off again. Other reports show there is already widespread looting as families scavenge for food to feed their children. According to the BBC at least 17 people have died in just the five days since the blackout began. Welcome to yet another example of socialism's end game. Throughout history we have seen this play out time and time again, leading to millions upon millions of deaths, but as democrats here in America push for socialist and communist policies, Venezuela is an in-your-face look into our own future should we let them lead us off the cliff. The fall of Venezuela began in 2007 when Hugo Chavez started down the road to socialism by nationalizing Venezuela's oil industry to fund government welfare programs, and from there everything started going downhill. Via Fox News: Chavez fired thousands of oil employees, executives and workers, replacing them with 80,000 political operatives. When Chavez threatened foreign corporations, they abandoned Venezuela, taking billions of dollars in investment with them. Big Socialism failed to produce the same amount of oil for the same cost, and Venezuela’s economy began its inevitable collapse. Chavez also seized control of the power companies. The consequences there were similar: The public transportation system collapsed last year. Those who have a vehicle wait hours to fill the tanks. Fuel shortages are rampant. The current Venezuelan president, Nicolas Maduro, blames the Trump administration, but as the nation with the world’s largest oil reserves, Venezuela should be able to produce energy for its own citizens. After all, the state-run oil company has 80,000 employees. That was the beginning of the end, and one paragraph from the BBC story, says it all for how it ends: Without internet, mobile phones, banks, credit-card machines, electric cookers or air-conditioning, ordinary life is bordering on the unbearable for many people, especially in low income communities. Just days ago Senator Marco Rubio warned that Venezuela was headed into "unprecedented catastrophe," as the nation rapidly collapses. MEANWHILE, HERE IN AMERICA, DEMOCRATS RACE TOWARDS THE SAME ENDGAME In my last piece on socialism, I highlighted the work of Richard M. Ebeling, who in March 2017, wrote a piece explaining how "Socialism requires a dictator," where he detailed how "humans don't easily become something they are not," and to become a socialist nation one would have to force humans to behave different, "re-educate" them, which requires a dictator. Isn't it fortuitous for Americans that recently, Democrat presidential wannabe Kamala Harris, expressed her socialist desire to change "human behavior." See? A dictator just waiting in the wings, aren't we lucky? (Yes, that is snark!) Harris is not the only democrat pushing socialist polices, as we see NY CongressKid, Ocasio-Cortez, a self-identifying Democrat socialist, declaring that Americans need to cut back on eating hamburgers, and her mess of a Green New Deal pushing to force Americans to change their behaviors and policies, with Philip Klein over at Washington Examiner dubbing it a "socialist Christmas list." Senator Bernie Sanders, another Democrat presidential hopeful, also another self-declared socialist, is one of the front runners in the large pool of possible presidential candidates on the Democrat side. In fact, quotes from almost every Democrat that has declared they are running for president in 2020, all indicate their socialist tendencies. Cory "I am Spartacus" Booker, recently indicated his belief that the world can't sustain people eating meat. The fact is communist educators across the nation have been brainwashing students into socialism, to the point where now nearly 50 percent of Millennials and Generation Z, want to live in a socialist country, but no, they don't want to move to one, (I would suggest we send them to Venezuela!) they want America to become one. So anyone that thinks this is just a phase the Democrat party is going through, it is not. They should be renamed from Democrat to Socialist party because each one is pushing socialist policies that will turn America into Venezuela, and end as most socialist nations do, in collapse with death counts in the millions or tens of millions. Every parent out there should make Atlas Shrugged required reading for their kids, before the communist educators get their paws on them and start the brainwashing process. THE CANARY IN THE COAL MINE IS DEAD The devastating history and death toll of communism and socialism is being ignored by today's Democrats/socialists, downplayed with tropes like "They just didn't do it right," rather than a harsh look at how policies that attempt to force a change in human behavior will always be doomed to fail. We don't need to look at history though, we have Venezuela as America's canary in the coal mine, where miners used to have a caged canary in the mine so if there were dangerous gasses collected in the mine, the canary would die, offering the miners a change to run the other way and get out. The canary is dead....... and Americans need to listen to those that escaped the "mine," who are telling us "Venezuela was my home, and socialism destroyed it. Slowly, it will destroy America, too." With experts warning there is "no end in sight" to Venezuela's blackout, Americans need to either learn the lesson Venezuela should be teaching us, or prepare for the day when our lights go out, when we no longer have access to food and water, banks and ATMs, because there are a number of events that can flip the switch and leave us all living in the dark with no end in sight. For those that still insist Venezuela isn't in as bad of condition as has been reported, tell that to a mother that had to carry her emaciated daughter to the morgue after being turned away from the hospitals. Her daughter was 19 years old, and only weighed 22 pounds. BOTTOM LINE There are no shortage of socialist candidates for president in the Democrat party, and day by day we see more and more news about cities like NYC, which have promoted socialist policies on a consistent basis, yet are now facing bankruptcy, because those policies were doomed to fail. Or look to another socialist haven on the opposite side of the country, San Francisco, where things are so bad that mounds of trash and food are found on the streets, along with discarded needles and hundreds of piles of feces. Bottom Line: The canary has died, and Venezuela is the perfect example of why Americans should run as fast and as far away as they can from socialism.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Canary_In_The_Coal_Mine_Venezuela.php 

:: 3-12-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia carries out first navy launch tests of its 'unstoppable' hypersonic missile - Putin's 'weapon of choice' to destroy US cities

Test launch of Zircon to take place at the end of the year, Russian media reports

Vladimir Putin claims 6,000mph weapon is unmatched by any Western missile

Mach 8 missile was identified last month by Moscow's state-controlled TV as being Putin's weapon of choice to wipe out American cities in the event of war

By Will Stewart In Moscow for MailOnline Published: 07:44 EDT, 12 March 2019 | Updated: 08:07 EDT, 12 March 2019

Russia is poised to carry out tests of its 'unstoppable' hypersonic missile from a naval ship for the first time, it was reported today. The Mach 8 missile was identified last month by Moscow's state-controlled TV as being Vladimir Putin's weapon of choice to wipe out a number of American cities in the event of nuclear war. Chilling computer generated footage shows the rocket being launched from a war ship, dodging air defence missiles and slamming into an unidentified aircraft carrier. The clip was shown on state-controlled 1tv.ru ka but not credited to the Defence Ministry, though it is understood to have been compiled with input from knowledgeable Russian military experts. Deep secrecy has surrounded tests and designs of the 6,000mph Zircon, which Putin claims is unmatched by any Western missile. But today state-controlled TASS news agency reported: 'Trials of launching a (Zircon) missile from a naval vessel are planned to start at the end of the year. 'The Admiral Gorshkov-class frigate, also known as Project 22350, from the Northern Fleet will be used.' The report was cited to an unnamed source in the Russian 'military-industrial complex'. The Russian defence ministry did not immediately officially confirm the TASS report. Previously it was believed that the shark-nosed Zircon has been tested at least five times from land-based sites, and is capable of a speed of 1.7 miles per second. In June 2017 the missile reached eight times the speed of sound, according to reports. The Royal Navy's Sea Ceptor surface-to-air missile is reportedly only capable of intercepting targets flying up to Mach 3.

TASS said the sea-based tests would start later this year. Hypersonic cruise missile Zircon is designed to be used against ships or land-based targets, and to enter production in 2021, commencing service the following year. Last month Dmitry Kiselyov, presenter of Russia's main weekly TV news show Vesti Nedeli, showed on screen a map of the US identifying targets he claimed Moscow would want to hit in a nuclear war. Kiselyov, seen as a top Putin propagandist, said the Zircon missile could hit the targets in less than five minutes. Last week Putin warned that the West is seeking to steal secrets relating to Zircon and other state-of-the-art Russian weapons such as the Avangard. He told his FSB counter-intelligence service: 'That means that your work should become even more effective.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6799067/Russia-carries-navy-launch-tests-unstoppable-hypersonic-missile.html 

:: 3-11-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Senator Graham Spent the Weekend in Israel and Toured Terror Tunnels Near Gaza

Katie Pavlich @KatiePavlich Posted: Mar 11, 2019 1:30 PM

Senate Judiciary Chairman Lindsey Graham made a visit to Israel over the weekend where he met with a number of officials and toured tunnels used by terrorists near the Gaza strip. The terrorist organization Hamas has been holding major riots on the border with Israel for months on end. Rioters throw grenades and other objects at Israeli forces and send flaming balloons into Israeli farm land, burning thousands of acres. Meanwhile, Israel will hold elections in April. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has been accused of bribery and violating the public trust. He was indicted last week by the country's attorney general and vowed to fight against the "witch hunt."

https://townhall.com/tipsheet/katiepavlich/2019/03/11/senator-graham-spent-the-weekend-in-israel-n2542922 

:: 3-6-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islam vs Everyone

By Hal Lindsey

There are some basic things about Islam that everyone should know — including its view of human rights. Since Iran’s 1979 Islamic revolution, the country has had two “Supreme Leaders.” The first was the notorious Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini. He said, “What they [meaning Westerners] call human rights is nothing but a collection of corrupt rules worked out by Zionists to destroy all true religions.”  If anything, Iran’s present “Supreme Leader,” the Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, holds an even greater abhorrence of basic rights. He said, “For us the Universal Declaration of Human Rights is nothing but a collection of mumbo-jumbo by disciples of Satan.” He was referring to the United Nation’s “Universal Declaration of Human Rights,” written in 1948. The declaration is basic and straight forward. It is similar to the US Constitution’s Bill of Rights. It includes the right to “life, liberty and security of person.” It also includes freedom of religion and speech, the right to due process, to own and acquire property, freedom of assembly, to work, and to acquire an education. We can debate whether the UN has any business telling the nations of the world what rights their citizens should have. But to call the rights I just listed “satanic” requires a dark worldview — a worldview perfectly in tune with the Koran. We must remember that Islam is not just a religion. It is also a political system — a blueprint for government. Many of the freedoms listed in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights are useful in improving governments. But Islam sees it as impossible to improve on a government handed down by Allah. For Muslim true believers, freedom of religion is an insult to their prophet. If you want to see this in action, try to build a church in Saudi Arabia. The New Testament has exacting messages about God and His ways. But it doesn’t tell Christians to kill those who reject the message. It says to pray for them — not stone them. The newspaper Le Figaro editorialized that Islam should perhaps already be considered, “France’s prime religion.” According to the Montaigne Institute, the teaching of Arabic should be mandatory in French public schools. European leaders sometimes refer to Islam as a “denomination,” as if they were Lutherans or Presbyterians. Many Americans see it the same way. But they could not be more wrong. Belgium’s ISLAM Party believes it can turn Belgium into a “Islamist Democracy” by 2030. The French magazine, Causeur, talked about the ISLAM Party’s objective. “The program is confusingly simple: replace all the civil and penal codes with sharia law. Period.” The French newspaper, Le Figaro, says it won’t happen by 2030, but it will happen. “The European capital,” it said, “will be Muslim in twenty years.” Islam is both a religion and a political ideology. As a political system, it is infused with the fervency of religion. It is unbending and intolerant. And it cannot rest until it rules — everything and everyone.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-6-2019/ 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 3-8-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Defining "Death to America"

By Hal Lindsey

With public approval of the Iranian nuclear deal withering, its supporters seem to be feeling desperate. In an article this week on “GlobalPost,” writer Reese Erlich tells us that, from the Iranian point of view, “‘Death to America’ doesn’t mean what you think.” That article wouldn’t be too significant except that USA Today decided to prominently repost it as a major story on their site. It was not labeled as an opinion piece and, from the context, you would think it’s straight news. But it’s actually a highly opinionated article from an extremely opinionated man. In March, the same author wrote something titled, “Want to Find Terrorists? Check Out Your Church.” He casts Christians as the real terrorists because of violence he wrongly attributes to Christians. It’s a common argument, but a huge stretch. Like Mr. Erlich, those who espouse it usually start with Timothy McVeigh. It’s true that McVeigh attended church some as a child, but by the time of the Oklahoma City bombing, he had long abandoned any pretext of Christianity. After McVeigh, people making this claim list a few other lone wolf type terrorists. Connecting them to Christianity can be as tenuous as the fact that a person grew up in a “Christian” nation. But even the wildest accusers of the Gospel can’t point to a Christian group equivalent to ISIS or Hamas. If you want to see the contrast between Christianity and Islam, look at Jesus and Mohammed. Islam’s founder was a violent man. Jesus is the Prince of Peace. Jesus said, “Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you.” [Matthew 5:44 KJV] The difference could not be more stark, but the writer of this article fails to see it. USA Today took Erlich’s ideas seriously enough to run the story. So, what does he have to back up his claim that when Iranians chant “Death to America” they don’t really mean “Death to America”? Erlich quotes Assistant Professor Foad Izadi of the University of Tehran. Izadi said that the slogan “means death to American foreign policy.” And that’s it. In the rest of the article, Erlich never bothers to give any more evidence — just one quote from one academic. That’s supposed to make us believe that “Death to America” doesn’t really mean what the words so clearly say. Imagine it’s Friday in Tehran, and you go up to one of the thousands of Iranians who has just been chanting “Death to America.” You ask him what the phrase means. Does anyone think he would answer, “It means ‘death to American foreign policy”’? That doesn’t pass the laugh test. Iranian hatred for America is one of the most obvious things in the world, especially among the leaders. Erlich says that Iranians are really quite fond of Americans. Some probably are, but not the ones leading chants; not the ones whose opinions will change the course of history. Their disdain is so complete that they actually demanded that no American serve on the inspection teams. (And, of course, the U.S. agreed to it. Now the Associated Press reports the Iranians themselves will only inspect that one site.) The Ayatollah said in July that the “Death to America” movement is a “great movement.” Does anyone think he was referring only to American foreign policy? Even Secretary of State John Kerry took it seriously. “I don’t know how to interpret it at this point in time,” Kerry said, “except to take it at face value.” In an interesting twist of human nature, appeasers almost always wind up being despised by those they appease. The appeaser wants to be liked, but winds up being seen as weak and insignificant. The commander of Iran’s Basij Force, Brigadier General Mohammad Reza Naqdi, said last month, “Any Iranian who reads the Vienna documents will hate the U.S. 100 times more.” In July, the Ayatollah Khamenei said in his weekly sermon, “I detest Americans. Deal or no deal, ‘death to America’ is our motto.” Does any thinking person have any doubt — even at USA Today? And then there is Israel. It’s no accident that Erlich’s news story/editorial never once mentions Israel. Iran just released a video that uses special effects to help them envision the takeover of Jerusalem. This week the ayatollah tweeted, “We support resistance in Palestine and the region, and take all possible means to support anyone who fights Israel, is against the Zionist regime and supports resistance.” Last year, the media heralded the beginning of a new era when Iranian President Hassan Rouhani tweeted a Rosh Hashanah greeting to the Jewish people. But it was not to be. On Wednesday, Rouhani said, “Today, this festering Zionist tumor has opened once again and has turned the land of olives into destruction and blood.” Michael Rubin, a former Pentagon adviser on Iran and Iraq, said, “The Iranian government counts on the fact that the American media will act as useful idiots. Some self-censor for access, others simply believe what they read in English — for example Rouhani’s Rosh Hashanah tweet — and ignore completely what the Iranian leadership says in Persian. … The fact of the matter is that Rouhani is part and parcel of the system, and embraces Khamenei’s ideology hook, line, and sinker.” The Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, the now deceased cleric who instigated the Iranian revolution, solidified his political strength by blaming all ills on the United States. Because he was both a political and religious leader, “Death to America” became more than a slogan. It became a tenet of faith.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-8-20-2015/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 3-13-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

war on Temple Mount

Palestinians attack police post there, riot ensures

By Khaled Abu Toameh, Tovah Lazaroff March 13, 2019 02:31

Israel accused the Palestinian Authority of inciting a religious war on the Temple Mount after a Palestinian Molotov cocktail attack on an Israeli police station on the holy site sparked an afternoon riot. Police closed the al-Aqsa compound for the remainder of the day but are expected to fully reopen it Wednesday. “Abu Mazen [PA President Mahmoud Abbas] continued to lie and incite violence together with the terror organizations of Murabitoun and Hamas, in an attempt to ignite a fire and cause a religious war on the Temple Mount,” Public Safety Minister Gilad Erdan said. “We will not allow this to happen,” Erdan said. “We will continue to act to restore calm on the [Temple Mount]. Police will respond with strength and determination to any act of violence or attempt to harm Israeli sovereignty on the Temple Mount.” Tuesday’s incidents began at about 1 p.m., when Palestinians threw a Molotov cocktail at the police post, which then caused a fire and damaged the building. One police officer was lightly injured from smoke inhalation. Police so far have arrested two minors, suspected of involvement in the incident. They will be brought to court on Wednesday. Some Palestinians, however, rejected the police account that the post was torched by a firebomb. At least two eyewitnesses claimed that the fire was caused by children who were playing with fireworks. Dozens of policemen rushed to the Temple Mount following the attack, sparking scuffles with Palestinian women and Wakf guards. Three Palestinians were immediately arrested in connection with the firebomb attack on the police post. The police closed the entrances to the compound after Palestinian activists and groups began calling on Palestinians to head to al-Aqsa Mosque to “defend it against the assault by the police and Jewish extremists.” The police also temporarily closed the Old City’s Damascus Gate and Lions’ Gate. Hamas called on Palestinians to head to the Temple Mount to “break the closure.” United Nations Special Coordinator to the Middle East Peace Process Nickolay Mladenov called for Israelis and Palestinians to show restraint. “Places of worship are for prayer, not for provocations and violence. Restraint must be shown to avoid inflaming an already tense situation. The status quo must be fully respected by all,” he tweeted. The Palestinian Authority called for international intervention to “halt Israeli assaults on al-Aqsa Mosque” and warned that Israel’s actions would have “grave repercussions.” Abbas was in contact with relevant parties, specifically Jordan, to pressure Israel to “stop this dangerous escalation,” said a statement issued by Abbas’s office in Ramallah. PA government spokesman Yusef al-Mahmoud accused Israel of seeking “to carry out its schemes to control al-Aqsa Mosque and obliterate the Arab features of Jerusalem.” PLO Executive Committee member Ahmed Majdalani urged Arab and Islamic states to take quick measures “to stop Israel from igniting fires in Jerusalem, the capital of the State of Palestine.” He and other senior Palestinian officials also claimed that Israel was working toward dividing the Temple Mount compound between Jews and Muslims. “Al-Aqsa Mosque is a redline,” cautioned Osama Qawassmeh, a spokesman for Abbas’s ruling Fatah faction in the West Bank. “Tampering with holy sites, especially al-Aqsa Mosque, is a direct call for violence. Fatah won’t allow Israel to carry out its schemes, regardless of the price.” Tuesday’s tensions came as Israel and Jordan, which controls the Wakf Department in east Jerusalem, continued to search for ways to solve the crisis surrounding the Bab a-Rahma (Golden Gate) site on the Temple Mount. It is a situation that has also threatened to cause a violent outbreak on the Temple Mount, known to Palestinians as Al-Haram Al-Sharif. Israel has accused the Wakf of attempting to open a new mosque on the Temple Mount, by transforming a building that had been used as office space into a place of worship. “An additional mosque will not be built on the Temple Mount,” Erdan said. “We will do everything necessary to maintain the status quo.” Police Interim Commissioner Motti Cohen visited the Temple Mount in the afternoon to receive a briefing from Jerusalem district commander Maj.-Gen. Doron Yedid. This was not the first attack of its kind against the police post, which Palestinians see as a symbol of Israeli sovereignty over the Temple Mount. In 1990, Palestinian rioters tried to attack a number of policemen who had barricaded themselves inside the post. The policemen managed to flee the scene and the rioters torched the post and damaged police equipment. In 2014, Palestinian rioters again torched the post after policemen who were stationed there were ordered by their commanders to leave out of fear for their lives. But the overall focus is on the Golden Gate crisis, which erupted when the Wakf unilaterally reopened the contested site last month. The site had closed by court order 16 years ago because of illegal construction and activity carried out there by the Islamic Movement in Israel and Hams-affiliated activists. The Jerusalem Magistrate’s Court, at the request of the police, said it would issue an order to allow police to once again close the Bab a-Rahma building unless the Wakf submitted a response to the court by last Sunday. Wakf officials have rejected the court order, saying they do not recognize its jurisdiction over Islamic holy shrines and did not submit a response. On Tuesday, the court extended its one-week closure deadline to the Wakf so as to allow Jordan and Israel more time to find a solution to the crisis. KAN News reported that one possible compromise in the works would allow the building to remain open with a pledge from the Wakf that it would not be turned into a mosque. The Wakf would be to give time to renovate the building as office space. Jordan’s King Abdullah II has been in Washington this week meeting with US politicians about ties between the two countries and regional stability, including the Temple Mount. On Tuesday he spoke with the US Senate Armed Services Committee, Senate leadership, the Senate Committee on Appropriations and the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Separately in the West Bank city of Hebron, the IDF said soldiers shot and killed a Palestinian man who had run with a knife toward a Jewish residential building with a knife. No soldiers were injured. The Palestinian higher judicial council said the 40-year-old man had worked in a Palestinian court in Hebron. It denounced the shooting as “a despicable crime.” The PA Ministry of Health said that in the West Bank city of Salfit a 23-year-old Palestinian was shot dead during clashes that broke out between the IDF and city residents. An IDF spokeswoman said soldiers had used riot-dispersal means, mainly tear gas, against dozens of Palestinians who threw stones at them and that the military did not know of any live fire being used. She provided no further details. Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Riots-on-Temple-Mount-Palestinians-throw-explosive-device-at-police-583195 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 3-11-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Christians in Kazakhstan Fined for Praying Without Permission

03-11-2019 Steve Warren

Anti-terrorism officers assisted by local police raided two Baptist house churches in Taraz, Kazakhstan, during worship services on Feb. 10 and 17, fining the worshippers for conducting prayers without government permission. Three people were fined between one and two months' worth of average wages and two other worshippers were also fined different amounts The Express reported. Those attending the churches were warned against publicly practicing their faith – or risk further punishment. It's the latest suppression of religious freedom in the former Soviet republic, according to the newspaper - and an example of the unrelenting crackdown on Christianity in the Muslim-majority country. The house churches are members of the Council of Churches Baptists which refuses to pay fines handed down to punish those who practice religion without permission. Balgabek Myrzayev, acting head of the social harmony committee, which monitors the practice of religion told The Express he was not aware of the raids or fines. "Our laws don't ban praying," he said but defended punishing people for practicing their faith without government approval. "Our laws don't allow unregistered religious organizations and I don't have the right to change the law," he told the newspaper. The latest raids follow a recent Kazakhstan court's ruling that fined another church in the Council of Churches Baptists. Kazakhstan is listed as number 34 in Open Doors USA's 2019 World Watch List of the Top 50 Countries Where It's Most Dangerous to Follow Jesus. The government is constantly working to maintain and increase its control over society, using surveillance, raids, and detentions. Christians are under nearly constant surveillance, and the threat of militant Islam is used as an excuse to restrict freedoms, resulting in worsening conditions for the Christian minority, according to the Open Doors USA website.

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2019/march/christians-in-kazakhstan-fined-for-praying-without-permission 

:: 3-12-19 Rueters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Tomorrow we'll be in paradise': Islamic State followers speak from besieged enclave

Lisa Barrington

BEIRUT (Reuters) - Even as it faced imminent defeat in its last populated territory in eastern Syria, Islamic State made a new propaganda film calling on the few remaining residents of its cold, besieged encampment to maintain their prayers and seek refuge in God. “Servants of God, keep reciting your prayers and ask for forgiveness,” the loudspeaker of a beaten up van cries as it tours the ramshackle camp in the video. “Repent and ask God for forgiveness, oh servants of God, for perhaps the almighty will find a way out for us.” The video’s tone is a far cry from the jihadist group’s earlier productions, which boasted of victories in taking over around a third of Syria and Iraq at its height in 2014 and summoned followers around the world to join a growing society. While acknowledging its military setbacks in the face of a global campaign against it, Islamic State uses the new film to urge followers to maintain their faith in IS even in adversity. “Tomorrow, God willing, we will be in paradise and they will be burning in hell,” said an Islamic State member whom the video identified as Abu Abd al-Azeem, whose speech is peppered with Koranic recitations. Though the physical “caliphate” it declared in 2014 is now in ruins, the video showed Islamic State has not renounced its claim to be the contemporary heirs to Islam’s Prophet Mohammed, sovereign over all Muslim lands and people. “The infidels laughed at, humiliated us in this world, but war has its ups and downs and the battle is not over,” al-Azeem said, adding that IS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi is the only Muslim leader on earth today. Azeem, wrapped in a thick winter cloak, sits on the ground around a steaming cooking pot. Next to him is a bored-looking boy of around 10 years old, peering out from a thick coat hood.

SIEGE The SDF has been laying siege to Baghouz for weeks but repeatedly postponed its final assault to allow the evacuation of thousands of civilians, many of them wives and children of Islamic State insurgents. The attack resumed on Sunday, backed by coalition air strikes. The video, uploaded to IS online channels overnight, shows a community living on farmland in rough dwellings made of blankets, tents, trucks and trailers. Men eat soup-like food from pots cooking on outdoor fires, sitting on upturned buckets or on the floor. As thousands of people flooded out of Baghouz in recent weeks, many told of severe shortages, with people reduced to eating grass at times. Azeem implores watchers not to focus on worldly conditions, suggesting those still in Baghouz were martyrs as he referenced part of the Koran that describes how a group of people were burned in a ditch because of their strong belief in God. After its sudden advance across swathes of Syria and Iraq in 2014, Islamic State’s wholesale slaughter or sexual enslavement of minorities and its grotesque public killings roused global anger. Al-Azeem says all IS wanted to do was apply God’s law. “Why are we bombed by planes, why do all the nations of the unbelieving world come together to fight us? ... What is our guilt? What is our crime? We (just) wanted to apply the sharia of God,” he said. Titled “The Meaning of Constancy, from Baghouz”, the video is dated with the Islamic month of Rajab, which began on March 9, but it is unclear exactly when it was filmed. Over the course of the video, dozens of men with faces wrapped in scarves, young boys and the occasional woman dressed in black robes are seen milling around the encampment. A bustling main street in the enclave is lined with small trucks and tent structures. People make their way along the street by motor bike or on foot. IS still operates in remote territory elsewhere in Syria and Iraq and it is widely assessed that it will continue to represent a potent security threat after the fall of Baghouz. “Do not be afraid, brothers, be cheerful and have faith,” said a man the video called Abu Addallah. A black balaclava obscured all but his eyes, and he spoke with a North African accent.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-mideast-crisis-islamic-state-fighters/tomorrow-well-be-in-paradise-islamic-state-followers-speak-from-besieged-enclave-idUSKBN1QT21X 

:: 3--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Deep State Has Begun Their Final Approach-“The Purge” Has Arrived

By Dave Hodges

The CSS has dedicated much in the way to coverage of predictive programming. Predictive programming is where the elite, for whatever reason, tells the public what is coming. The warnings are often cryptic, yet, the predictive programming events usually come to pass. One such predictive warning came from the recent TV and movie series, The Purge, which was all the rage last summer and fall. The Purge and Predictive Programming In the movie series, The Purge, the undesirable people that were targeted for state-sponsored murder in a night of jubilee and freedom from law and order. The intended victims were undesirables (ie the poor and non-contributors to society) that were financially devastating the economy. With the purge (ie the murder of the innocents), crime rates went down and prosperity went up. Generally, the implied targets to purge were poor people in the inner city. When the inventor of the Purge found out what was happening, she was murdered. However, there is one connection we might have missed, the genocide of late term abortions. This is the latest purge. This dynamic fits perfectly within the schema of the Purge series, both TV and movies. Although the movie and the TV series of “The Purge” did not deal specifically with late term abortion, all the trappings and innuendos are there for the public to see. Fabian Socialism Most people have never heard of Fabian Socialism, despite the fact this is the guiding doctrine of the Democratic Party and the Deep State. The origin and history of Fabian Socialism is rooted in the Fabian Society is a British socialist organization whose purpose is to advance the principles of democratic socialism via gradualist and reformist effort in democracies, rather than by revolutionary overthrow. Liberal documents such as Rules for Radicals follows these edicts on how to undermine and takeover a society. One the society is taken over, the weak and the infirm are targeted for elimination by the State. We have seen such predictive programming dating back to the 1970’s, with the release of the movie Logan’s Run in which everyone over 30 was murdered by the State in order to preserve resources for the majority. Why am I relaying this information here at this time? Because it is important to understand the nature of the regime that humanity is being opposed by. The bottom line of the Fabian Socialist message is that if you do not contribute more than you take from society, then you should be eliminated by the State, and that is precisely what is beginning to happen now. The Fabian Socialists are rearing their ugly heads in unison and their age-old message is a clear and present danger to all of humanity who do not consider themselves to be a member of the global elite. The coming purge will be the most deadly in human history and will threaten to make the horrific holocaust “a walk in the park”.

From News Target: …It’s now legal in New York to kill a perfectly healthy newborn child after it exits the mother’s womb, on the day of birth, if the mom and doctor agree the mom doesn’t want it. Abortionists are using sick and twisted methods to kill these day young humans, too, including forcing instruments into the soft spots of their heads, twisting their heads off their necks, or cutting their spinal cords with utility scissors… …Surely this is just the tip of the iceberg for population control beginning in 2019. AOC (Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez) already declared everyone should think twice (hint-hint) before having children, starting now (all based on the global warming hoax and the threat of the whole world bursting into flames inse of 12 years)… …Adolf Hitler wanted to exterminate anyone who was a “financial” or “economic burden” on society. Will the DDC pass a law to kill off grandma and grandpa for the same reasons they created and passed the infanticide bill? And what about blacks, Christians, and Jews; it’s more than obvious the Democrats hate them too… One can see that the financial burden of caring for the helpless is a primary concern and this point cannot be overstated when it comes to Fabian socialism. Here is a video I made 7 months ago in which I foretold a calamity of mass death in America resulting from the predictive programming of mass death from The Purge. I did not have to wait very long for this to manifest themselves into reality. Conclusion The declaration of depopulation has been made. It just initially came in a different form that most of us were expecting. How many babies are going to be murdered on their first day of life? As we look at the Fabian Socialists defined list of non-contributors, we have to ask how is next? If course it will be senior citizens and euthanasia. The next obvious target would be the chronically ill. What society from our past does this sound like? Humanity is being attacked on all fronts. Please make a note that I am interviewing Steve Quayle this Sunday about 202 being the year of alien disclosure/deception.

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/the-deep-state-has-begun-their-final-approach-the-purge-has-arrived/ 

:: 3-5-19 News Web Order :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Planned Obsolescence of America: Everything You Own is Designed to Fail

Posted on March 5, 2019 Author William Comments(7)

Planned obsolescence is the act of designing something to become obsolete or self destruct at a certain point in the future for the purpose of replacing it with something else. We see this with many of the things we use today, especially appliances, home furnishings and technology. We are expected to upgrade at regular intervals to keep up with the times. It was not always this way. In the past many things were built to last, in some cases for many generations. There are many homes in the world that were built centuries ago and are as functional today as the day they were built. There are appliances built almost a century ago that still do what they were designed to do. There are cars and tools that are decades old that still function as intended. Many of the items that were built in the past were overbuilt and as a result maintain their function. They were built at a time when society demanded and expected the things they used to last a lifetime. Many items were built to be repaired many times in their functional life extending their usefulness and making them a good value to the owners. At some point, that mantra changed. As society grew some people realized that they could sell many more items in the future if the products they built only lasted a short while and required replacement. During the 20th century industrialization ran head on into planned obsolescence. Things could be made cheaper and profit margins would expand. This can be seen in society today in the many things we use. Granted, technology is constantly improving making some things less useful but many of the things we use still work as they always did. Homes used to be built of solid timbers making them last hundreds of years. Today the standard building materials are cheap imitations of that bygone era and modern construction is not expected to last for more than a generation as old buildings are torn down to make way for new and improved designs and tastes. Society has been conditioned to want and expect change. How many times have you seen mobs outside a store waiting for the release of a new product. They wait to buy a replacement for things that still work fine but are not new enough. They tear down old buildings made of brick and mortar and replace it with one made of tin and particle board. They are on a constant quest to replace the old with the new. There is a good case to be made for maintaining the old. Once it is built or purchased you do not need to spend money replacing it. The simple act of maintenance and repair will allow you to spend future monies on other necessities. There are some in society that live by the broken window theory. They believe that a broken window is good for society. If a shopkeeper gets a broken window it will force him to spend money to fix it. The window maker makes money. The window seller makes money. The window installer makes money. What they do not understand is that this creative destruction does not allow society to increase its wealth. It is like paying a man to dig holes and another to fill them. You have not created anything new in the end. When a person buys land and builds a good home on it, if that home is left to the next generation, they can add to it and use their newly earned money to increase their wealth. Over successive generations, the family can increase their wealth because it is the collective wealth of several generations that has amassed. If every generation has to start from scratch, they will only get so far. This is how many of the wealthy families in the world do it. The death taxes that many people are forced to pay when a relative dies is just one of the many ways the system is rigged against the individual. It is a way for the system to force the idea of planned obsolescence on people. It forces people to relinquish the old and start anew. Planned obsolescence is not restricted to mere products anymore. It now also applies to nation states as well. The U.S. Constitution was made to last for all time. It was designed to adjust to changing culture and needs in society. For many years those in society that have no admiration for the past have sought to change our basic principles of self determination and replace it with planned societies. More and more in the past few years we have heard the chorus of those that profess the constitution is outdated and irrelevant in today’s society. They want us to move into the future. They want us to embrace their vision of what should be. They want us to demolish the old brick and mortar building that has sheltered us for so long and replace it with a cheap new imitation. Just as our monetary system has evolved into something cheap and disposable, they want to move us away from the overbuilt constitutional structure that can be repaired and reused indefinitely and build a new structure that is cheap and disposable for easy replacement as the whims of society changes. America is headed for planned obsolescence by a shortsighted, uneducated and careless society that values the enjoyment of cheap trinkets and quick fixes rather than the solid value of time tested products and customs. America is about to be changed forever and just like the older durable products that made their way to the landfills, America may someday find itself covered with dirt to be remembered only in history books. Just like with our cars, houses, appliances and money, our current form of government that has provided us with prosperity, freedom and liberty for so long is now being engineered for premature destruction. The question is, will the people embrace the new version or will they fight to keep the older model a little longer. Only time will tell

http://www.newsweborder.com/the-planned-obsolescence-of-america-everything-you-own-is-designed-to-fail/ 

:: 3-5-19 Stan Deyo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hidden Horrors of Socialized Medicine: A Firsthand Account

Holly Deyo March 5, 2019 standeyo.com

Medicare-For-All! That's Democrats' hot new election buzz-phrase. So far, 107 House Dems have signed Rep. Pramila Jayapal's groaner bill. H.R.1384, modeled after socialized medicine in Canada and Australia, looks 'pretty' at first sniff. It romances idealists with no co-pays, deductibles or premiums. The proposal promises coverage of prescriptions, substance abuse treatment, dental, maternity care and long-term care for people with disabilities. To pay for this behemoth, taxes would rise sharply while quality care would plummet. Simultaneously, it outlaws access to private healthcare if you wanted Door #2. Government would pick the policies and the care we get. Even lefty billionaire Michael Bloomberg who's rarely rebuffed government expansion, sees it as a disaster and calls it 'unsustainable' saying it would 'bankrupt us for a very long time'. A girlfriend who lives in Canada broke her hip 3 weeks ago. Her 20-day hospital / physical therapy stay was less than stellar. In all the years we've known each other, never once have we heard her swear. Brenda must still be truly disenchanted! Read her firsthand account and see if Medicare-For-All still looks rosy.

Brenda's Story: The Ordeal Hey Guys, I am thankfully back home as of Friday morning, thank the Lord.

I had an accident at home late at night a few weeks ago. Slipped on a dog bone when I was up to get myself a hot cocoa late at night. There were lights on, but didn't notice the bone and I went flying onto hardwood flooring. First point of contact was my left hip. It broke clean through. Have never screamed like that in my life and each time they tried to move me. Two EMS and 5 firefighters used a sheet with handles (got brain fog for what it's called) which they used to slowly slip under me and haul me out to the ambulance. Hellhole As Hospital Spent about 1-1/2 weeks at the hospital and about the same at a rehab center, which is literally in the ghettos of downtown. Bloody hellhole. The hospital provided physio [physical therapy] and said this place would be making me take physio twice daily. What a joke. The only physio there is what you provide to yourself. Must have been the Lord guiding me… 2-3 times daily been doing about half an hour of exercises to try to regain use of the back of my left leg. Doctors damaged the nerve that runs down the outer side of my leg during surgery. I'm told it's a verrrry slow process to heal damaged nerves. Been having to request nurse assistance to get in and out of bed because I couldn't lift the leg even with this ridiculous hand device they call a leg lifter. They seem to want to keep the beds filled at the rehab center… It's funded by tax dollars. In one breath they'd say you can go home whenever you want and in the very next sentence, but you can't go home till… The woman in charge of dismissal said not until I can self-inject the daily blood thinners to help prevent blood clots for the first month. I said bring it on, let's do this and NOW. The 'physio' guy added to what she said… you can go home anytime you want, BUT we're not letting you go home till you can go up and down stairs easily. I said that's a LONG time off with this damaged nerve in my leg. My husband had the blessed insight to find and have installed a chair lift that goes from main floor where I'm living on, up 9 stairs to the upper floor for the bathroom. Had he not done that I'd be stuck in hell on earth at that bloody rehab center. Used the lift several times since coming home, works marvy, easily used without any help but a walker. Get Me Outta Here! We have 4 stairs from the main floor down to the front entrance from the living room and same down the other end of the hall to the family room, which each are the way out to go anywhere. That's what the physio guy tried to hold me there by, and I said like hell you're keeping me here because of 4 stairs I don't use. He sorta grimaced. OMGosh you have never seen such wretched food in your life. Maybe I need to become an activist for nutritious food for health recovery in these places. It's not even REAL food, just highly processed powdered garbage for the most part, like powdered potatoes and powdered eggs. Everything is highly processed GMO crap.

My 'Roomy' Last night was David's [her husband] last time to come visit me at night and said he hopes he never has to step foot in that hellhole again. My roommate I'm guessing was African, doesn't speak a word of English. It was soooo vile… never flushed the toilet when I first got there. She had the runs which sprayed all over the place. Had to literally wash the toilet seat before sitting down every single time, which ain't so easy on a walker when that's what's holding you up. Between that, her vomiting at night, snoring, and roommate that visited and stayed 6+ hours at a time talking loudly in their language, got little sleep. Earplugs didn't help much. Never experienced hurty ears from long use of earplugs before, but SO glad that's behind me now. Home Again Feels so surreal to be home again. Peace and quiet. And furbabies [dogs] to snuggle with. A long road ahead to recovery but at least it's from home now. Medicare-For-All Hidden Costs People who think they want socialized medicine fail to grasp just how horrendous the Democrat agenda is — until confronted with the facts. It's telling that folks, mostly those earning low wages and millennials who've been indoctrinated in college, can't even define what socialism is. Check this video. Liberals have done a good sell job. All these young adults see is the word FREE to go into freebie frenzy mode. Once people see the costs of Medicare-For-All and digest all of its drawbacks, people back off like they were asked to kiss a cobra. Five details of Medicare-For-All reveal a sobering picture. Fox News contributor Dr. Marc Siegel asserts that many people take jobs they don't necessarily like just for the health insurance. Since private and company-provided healthcare would disappear like dinosaurs, that incentive would be gone. Millions of jobs in the healthcare sector would evaporate as patients are pushed along the conveyor belt of socialized medicine. Transitioning to a Medicare-For-All system would cost about $33 trillion. Then there's that awful 'learning curve' for doctors, nurses, PAs and on through clerical staff, who have to absorb the ins and outs of a new system like they did with Obamacare. Many are still cussing its excessive paperwork when they could be spending this time with patients. How many more doctors will choose retirement over more healthcare headaches? Taxpayers can expect big tax hikes because somebody has to pay for all this 'free' stuff. Physicians could become scarce. Under socialized medicine in Australia, they don't make a lot of money like they do in the U.S. That translates to less incentive for people to undergo years of education, gruelling hours of internship and growing malpractice suits. Wait and Wait, and Wait Some More, Still Waiting… Canadians have reported for at least a decade about long waits to see a doctor or to be seen in the Emergency Room. Compared to 11 countries with socialized medicine, wait time for Canadians comes in as THE worst and this is the system Rep. Pramila Jayapal's bill is modeled after. Just to see a doctor, delays average 5 days; 20% of Canadians wait a week. Over 40% said "the last time they went to the emergency room, it was to treat something that their family doctor could have helped with IF they were available." To see a specialist requires longer than 4 weeks. Sometimes, it's as long as 8 months. Better hope you don't require an MRI as it can take up to 3 months to enter 'the tube'. If you need surgery, better pray it's nothing worse than a hangnail because the average wait time is 20 weeks. Heaven help you as you might meet God before getting neurosurgery with delays hitting nearly 47 weeks. Bacchus Barua, senior economist at Fraser institute – an independent non-partisan research and educational organization, stated. “Excessively long wait times remain a defining characteristic of Canada’s health-care system, but this year is the longest we’ve ever seen and that should trouble all Canadians. Long wait times aren’t simply minor inconveniences, they can result in increased suffering for patients, lost productivity at work, a decreased quality of life, and in the worst cases, disability or death.” Once you actually get in to a physician, don't expect the high quality care you receive now, not to mention how much better it was BEFORE ObamaCare. Today, we still enjoy personalized treatment and specialized solutions, skilled robotic surgery, innovations in immo-therapy, cancer and stem cell therapy. Now, thanks to President Trump, we can also opt for 'Right To Try' experimental medications. Critics call this 'cruel,' but if a person is terminally ill, why should government have the final say if a patient wants to try for life? Dr. Siegel predicts that socialized medicine won't pay for the aforementioned benefits and treatments our current medical system provides. He's spoken with physicians under that onerous, forced-on-us ObamaCare who admit even now they have trouble getting certain procedures paid for. Patients report that socialized governments determine when people can have transplants or certain treatments. They inflict an age cutoff when people are deemed useless eaters, which is in essence, an order to 'go home and die'. (Can euthanasia be far behind since Democrats shockingly back infanticide?) Combined, these factors could account for 63,000 Canadians leaving their country for medical treatment in 2016. That may not sound like a lot, but Canada's entire population is about the same as California's. Think about the realities of socialized medicine, Medicare-For-All. This is not America, but it does sound like a horror show.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR: Holly Drennan Deyo is the author of four books: bestseller Dare To Prepare (6th ed.), Prudent Places USA (4th ed.), Prophetic Perils: End Time Events Revealed and Garden Gold (2017 ed.) Please visit she and her husband's website: standeyo.com and their FREE Preparedness site: DareToPrepare.com. Other articles by Holly Deyo

http://www.standeyo.com/Holly_Articles/190304.socialized.medicine.html 

:: 3--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GLOBAL MASS EXTINCTION EVENT!! THEY'RE SPRAYING CHEMICALS!

179,888 views

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hp302rhuJP4 

:: 3-4-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are There “Sleeper” VACCINE-caused Mutations Cytochrome P450 Genes Produce Which Medicine Deliberately Ignores?

TOPICS: AutismCatherine FrompovichCytochrome P450GeneticsScienceVaccines

March 4, 2019 By Catherine J. Frompovich

Cytochrome P450 enzymes metabolize external substances, such as medications that are ingested, and internal substances, such as toxins that are formed within cells. … Common variations (polymorphisms) in cytochrome P450 genes can affect the function of the enzymes. [1] Diseases caused by mutations in cytochrome P450 genes typically involve the buildup of substances in the body that are harmful in large amounts or that prevent other necessary molecules from being produced. [1] [CJF emphasis] Abstract The human cytochrome P450 (CYP) superfamily comprises 57 genes. These genes code for enzymes that can have a role in: metabolism of drugs, foreign chemicals, arachidonic acid and eicosanoids; cholesterol metabolism and bile-acid biosynthesis; steroid synthesis and metabolism; vitamin D(3) synthesis and metabolism; retinoic acid hydroxylation; and those of still unknown function. Cytochrome P450 was once believed to be mainly a hepatic drug detoxication system, but is now understood to include a myriad of enzymic reactions implicated in important life processes. Mutations in many CYP genes cause inborn errors of metabolism and contribute to many clinically relevant diseases. [2] Question: Are metabolism differences in CYP genes the cause of many vaccine adverse reactions, especially brain encephalopathy that precipitates Autism and other clinically relevant diseases in infants, toddlers and even adults? Was that the reasoning why a Vaccine Court Master awarded Hannah Poling’s Autism claim $1.5 million plus ongoing $500,000 per year for life [4]? The government lawyers mumbled something Orwellian and incoherent about a pre-existing mitochondrial disorder and how vaccines didn’t cause Hannah’s autism — the condition just “resulted” from the vaccines. [4] Or was it because Hannah’s father is an MD (neurologist) [5], who was astute enough to realize what happened to Hannah, and the CDC/FDA and Vaccine Court wanted to prevent the ultimate of vaccine damage whistleblowers to emerge? Free radicals are toxic; can damage living cells and tissues in a process known as oxidative stress. What role, if any, do cytochrome P450 enzymes have in producing oxidative stress? Reactive oxygen species (ROS) and oxidative stress have been considered in a variety of disease models, and cytochrome P450 (P450) enzymes have been suggested to be a source of ROS. [….]

The biochemistry of oxidative stress includes several issues. One is the nature of the damage to proteins, DNA, and lipids caused by ROS (8, 9). Another aspect is the nature of the biochemical processes involved in the production of ROS. Several enzyme systems have been considered in the production of ROS, including NADPH oxidase, xanthine oxidase, (uncoupled) mitochondrial electron transport, and P450 (1, 4, 10). [3] [CJF emphasis] Excipients (ingredients) in vaccines are transformed by Cytochrome P450 enzymes in the human liver, and are metabolized out of the body through the kidneys. However, due to the immaturity of CYP450 in infants and children under 3 years of age, plus the assault of adjuvants in vaccines—Aluminum, in particular—it is well-established in the field of PHARMACOGENOMICS that Aluminum interferes in CYP 450 metabolism in fetuses, infants and children. The underlying cause of chronic disease is obfuscated and results routinely in misdiagnoses of Autism spectrum as mental illnesses labelled as ADHD, Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, Bipolar, etc. The use of psychiatric drugs to mitigate the symptoms propels the individual deeper into a lifetime of contraindicated drugs, special needs education, depression and a devastatingly health-compromised life. Interestingly, the detox mechanism of the body, Cytochrome P450, is found in most systems, including the mitochondria and the gut, but not in the bloodstream. Since CYP450 is not fully developed in infants and toddlers, vaccines given during gestation; within 24 hours of birth; and every several months during a toddler’s life up to around 2 years of age contain highly neurotoxic chemicals and other excipients that would take a mature CYP450 system to metabolize, i.e., methylate those poisons out of their less-than thirty pound bodies. CDC/FDA, vaccine manufacturers and licensed medical doctors ought to know that infants have immature Cytochrome P450 liver enzymes. Plus, every race and ethnicity, i.e., Asian, Black, Caucasian and Hispanic, have a certain percentage of CYP450 non-metabolizers who cannot metabolize chemicals, toxins, and pharmaceuticals, which includes vaccine biologicals. Furthermore, it is thought that 10% of the Caucasian population falls into a “metabolism affecting cellular mitochondria classification,” which government health agencies really must recognize so as not to subject infants to damaging cellular mitochondria from vaccine excipients that CYP450 metabolism issues cannot methylate. However, Autism Spectrum Disorder anomalies actually can be prevented if the CDC and FDA were to permit physicians to perform a PCR test (Polymerase chain reaction) prior to administrating any vaccinations and similar to the Apgar test [6] an infant receives immediately after birth. PCR testing could eliminate the mandated problematic Hepatitis-B vaccine given within 24 hours of birth, unless the birth mother had an STD (sexually transmitted disease). Here’s proof for what is said above: A mitochondria disorder is a vaccine injury, not a genetic pre-existing condition. Why? A genetic test of the child’s parents would confirm whether either of the parents have a mitochondrial disorder that was passed down, thereby confirming the disorder to be a genetic pre-disposition, thereby providing for a valid medical exemption to vaccinations. However, in my opinion, no health directive—mandatory vaccinations—should be enforced to initiate an iatrogenic disease (8) resulting in a life-long disability. As an aside, the HPV vaccine may have an exceptional capability to involve CYP450 and cell mitochondria damage. Recently emerging research apparently indicates the Human Papilloma Virus vaccine contains human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), the anti-fertility ingredient also found in the Tetanus vaccine given to child-bearing-age females in Kenya, Africa, that was confirmed by independent testing. Lifelong immature CYP450 enzymes possibly can be responsible for many chronic diseases due to the liver’s inability to metabolize environmental toxins, food chemicals, fluoride in municipal water systems, and the inordinate amount of vaccines given since 1989! Instead of government health agencies exacerbating the growing number of those children on the Autism Spectrum Disorder, i.e., one in 40 children in the USA [7] have that diagnosis, it ought to be incumbent upon those disciplines dedicated to children’s health and well being to study the real science of what happens at cellular level after vaccination, then take the necessary steps to prevail upon Big Pharma and all involved in disease issues to realize vaccines are not what they are cracked up to be and remember the Hippocratic Oath all doctors take: First, do no harm! References:

[1] https://ghr.nlm.nih.gov/primer/genefamily/cytochromep450 

[2] Clinical importance of the cytochromes P450 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12387968 

[3] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2427356/ 

[4] https://www.ageofautism.com/2010/09/government-awards-hannah-poling-15-million-in-vaccine-

injury-case.html 

[5] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jon_Poling 

[6] https://www.medicinenet.com/script/main/art.asp?articlekey=2303 

[7] https://www.cnn.com/2018/11/26/health/autism-prevalence-study/index.html 

[8] https://www.verywellhealth.com/what-is-iatrogenic-2615180 

Resources: Many thanks to Eileen Dannemann & Vaccine Liberation Army

Inability of Infants to Metabolize Vaccine Excipients CytochromeP450

http://vaccineliberationarmy.com/2015/05/27/inability-of-infants-to-metabolize-vaccine-excipients-cytochrome-p450/ 

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/03/are-there-sleeper-vaccine-caused-mutations-cytochrome-p450-genes-produce-which-medicine-deliberately-ignores.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 3-4-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Investors Brace For Impact As The Cancer Ravaging "The Real Economy" Starts To Spread

by Tyler Durden Mon, 03/04/2019 - 16:25

Authored by Michael Snyder via The Economic Collapse blog,

2019 sure has been a weird year so far. On Wall Street, everything has been coming up roses for investors up to this point. Stock prices have risen more than 10 percent year-to-date, and the horrible crashes of late last year are quickly fading from memory. Meanwhile, the real economy is literally falling to pieces right in front of our eyes. Debt delinquencies are at unprecedented levels, bankruptcies are soaring, retail stores are closing at a record pace, this is the worst economy for farmers since the early 1980s, exports are plummeting and a brand new real estate crisis has now begun. Economic cancer is rapidly spreading throughout our country, and the U.S. economy is deteriorating at the fastest pace that we have seen since the last recession. So how long will it be before Wall Street catches up with economic reality? The retail industry is being hit particularly hard. At the end of last week, major retailers announced 465 store closings in a single 48 hour period… The ‘retail apocalypse’ is alive and well this week with major chains such as Gap, JCPenney, Victoria’s Secret and Foot Locker all announcing massive closures, totalling the death of more than 465 stores over the last 48 hours. And those closings already bring the grand total for 2019 to “a whopping 4,309 store closures”… That builds on recent store closure announcements by Gymboree, Payless ShoeSource, Charlotte Russe and Ann Taylor parent company Ascena Retail, to name a few. A whopping 4,309 store closures were announced by retailers just in the first two months of this year, Coresight Research said in a research note on Friday. That’s well ahead of the number of announcements the market research firm was tracking this same time a year ago, it said. The term “retail apocalypse” is being thrown around so frequently these days that it has almost lost its meaning, but the worst is yet to come. Meanwhile, layoffs are starting to come fast and furious now. For example, I was recently made aware of major job cuts that just happened in North Carolina… Duke Energy Corp. eliminated 1,900 positions in its latest round of job reductions, largely through voluntary buyouts but with some involuntary layoffs included. For the first time since the last recession, I think that it is time to start visiting sites like Daily Job Cuts on a regular basis once again. Millions of Americans lost their jobs in 2008 and 2009, and a lot of you can still remember how painful that was. In the middle of the country, the big news is “the farm apocalypse”. Last week, we learned that farm debt has now jumped 30 percent since 2013… “Farm debt has been rising more rapidly over the last five years, increasing by 30% since 2013 – up from $315 billion to $409 billion, according to USDA data, and up from $385 billion in just the last year – to levels seen in the 1980s,” Perdue said in his testimony to the House Agriculture Committee. As a result of this giant mountain of debt, a ton of small and mid-size farms are going under. As I noted the other day, farm debt delinquencies have now reached the highest level that we have witnessed in 9 years. I really, really don’t understand the people that are telling us that everything is going to be okay. Everything is not okay, and things are getting worse with each passing day. ISM’s manufacturing survey just hit the lowest level in 26 months, and for a whole bunch more extremely ominous economic numbers please see my previous article entitled “18 Really Big Numbers That Show That The U.S. Economy Is Starting To Fall Apart Very Rapidly”. Of course it isn’t just the U.S. that is hurting. Up north, Canada is literally teetering on the brink of recession… The Canadian government shocked the professional financial and economic media with their latest fourth quarter GDP release showing the economy has essentially come to a grinding halt at 0.1% growth. And over in Europe, things are arguably even worse. Germany is supposed to have the strongest economy in the entire region, but they are also right on the brink of recession… The country’s economy just escaped entering recession territory last month, with GDP growing at just zero percent following a 0.4 percent contraction in the previous three-month period. But Germany could be just weeks away from a recession-threatening double whammy as a potential no-deal Brexit and Donald Trump’s warning to hike car tariffs by up to 25 percent could send the economy tumbling. Chancellor Angela Merkel’s ministers have entered into a frantic plan to avert an economic catastrophe which could end Europe’s biggest economy’s golden growth for a decade. This is a global economic slowdown, and many believe that it will be even worse than what we experienced in 2008. But as I have previously warned, we aren’t just heading toward an economic storm. Everything that can be shaken will be shaken, and that includes our governmental institutions. On Sunday, we learned that the House Judiciary Committee is opening an investigation into obstruction of justice by President Trump. The following comes from Reuters… The House Judiciary Committee will seek documents from more than 60 people and organizations as it begins investigations into possible obstruction of justice and abuse of power by President Donald Trump, the panel’s chairman said on Sunday. Committee Chairman Jerrold Nadler told ABC’s “This Week” the panel wanted documents from the Department of Justice, the president’s son Donald Trump Jr. and Trump Organization chief financial officer Allen Weisselberg, among others. This spread is going to be a year of great governmental shaking. And no matter which side emerges victorious from the legal struggles and from the election of 2020, the truth is that our governmental institutions will never be the same again. From 2016 through 2018, America experienced a time of relative peace and prosperity, and a lot of people out there were convinced that this bubble of unsustainable false prosperity could continue indefinitely. Now it is becoming very clear what is ahead of us, and a lot of people are starting to freak out.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-03-04/investors-brace-impact-cancer-ravaging-real-economy-starts- 

:: 3-5-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over 4,200 'Mass Animal Death Events' The Past 7 Years: End Times Signs Include Rumors Of Wars, Famine And The Formation Of An 'End Times Death Cult'

March 5, 2019

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this sad February 25th story over at CBS Los Angeles they reported that environmental experts are on high alert after 'an unprecedented number' of sick and dead dolphins washed ashore on the coastline of California, just one of the latest 'mass animal death events' of 2019 that already number 68 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' across the planet in the first two months of the year. And while 2019 has started off very slowly in the number of 'mass animal death events' compared to previous years, as we hear in the first video at the bottom of this story from videographer 'The Watchman', 'end times signs' continue to appear all around us and our videographer's excellent video provides a compilation of them happening now all across the planet. Warning of wars and rumors of wars, pestilence, plague and famine, we'll take a look within this ANP story at a bunch of the different signs being warned of now with over 4,200 'mass animal death events' over the past 7 years alone as seen in the numbers in the next section below and heard in the 2nd video at the bottom of this story. And while of course we'll never put dates on potential future events that are completely out of our control, as our videographer warns within his video, each day we're seeing more signs. And with far-left transforming into an 'end times death cult' with their 'green agenda' and the impossibility of it being carried out without killing us all first (as even the founder of the far-left environmental group 'Greenpeace' recently said), as Susan Duclos also touched upon in this Monday ANP story, the party of derangement, darkness and death has completely lost their minds in 2019. Over the past several years and ever since the Fukushima tragedy unleashed a flood of death and destruction into the world, the website End Times Prophecy has been keeping track of 'mass animal death events' across the planet. And while 68 such 'events' this year already is a tragedy, as we see in the astonishing numbers below, 68 'events' is nothing compared to years past.

In 2018, there were 388 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 67 countries.

In 2017, there were 454 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 82 countries.

In 2016, there were 556 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 81 countries.

In 2015, there were 828 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 96 countries.

In 2014, there were 651 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 76 countries.

In 2013, there were 798 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 93 countries.

In 2012, there were 465 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 67 countries.

In 2011, there were hundreds of KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across the planet.

Hosea 4:3 ...'Therefore shall the land mourn, and every one that dwelleth therein shall languish, with the beasts of the field, and with the fowls of heaven; yea, the fishes of the sea also shall be taken away.' We've long believed we can learn a lot by paying attention to nature and the animals and creatures great and small within it and if God's creatures are trying to tell us a tale in 2019, what might they be trying to tell us? In this March 3rd story over at the Daily Mail which Steve Quayle had linked to on his website they report upon a recent incident at a Wal Mart store in Texas which people claimed reminded them of the horror movie 'The Birds' as hundreds of crows gathered in a parking lot, landing upon cars and basically carrying on as if they owned the place. As Quayle mentioned in an SQnote while linking to the story, "Crows are scavengers and that this happened at a Wal Mart is interesting. Symbolic?" With many animal victims of the 'mass animal death events' of the past 7 years having died due to hunger, with 10's of thousands of animals, fish and other wildlife having starved to death, we're reminded that we're now living in a time when bare shelves are popping up across America and mass starvation potentially only one horrific event away. And as our videographer focuses on in the first large segment of his video, even a small regional war between India and Pakistan that goes nuclear would instantly change life upon the planet Earth for all, potentially even kicking off a nuclear winter that would immediately lead to TEOTWAWKI if for no other reason than it would become almost impossible to grow food after the global climate change that could be caused by such a nuclear war.

And we'd be remiss if we didn't mention the "End times universal peace document" recently signed by Pope Francis. As News Target asked in this February 26th story, might Pope Francis actually be the antichrist? Their story pointed out this 'peace deal' with Islam was warned about in the book of Revelations and makes no mention of Jesus Christ nor the Bible. While talk of a 'Green New Deal' fills the halls of Congress and the mainstream media 'propaganda-waves', Mike Adams had reported in this February 10th story over at Natural News that the green environmental movement of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez may be the Biblical Fourth Seal of an End Times global death cult. Adams explained: According to Biblical scholars, there are four “horsemen” that represent four of the Seals prophesied in the Book of Revelation, which describes the complete destruction of human civilization as God’s wrath is unleashed upon those who serve Satan. The fourth of these horsemen is known as “Death,” and it is usually described as a horseman riding a “pale horse.” But there’s a key translation problem that’s causing almost everyone to miss a bigger truth that needs to be pointed out. The passage from Revelation (6:7-8) is typically translated as this: (English Standard Version) And I looked, and behold, a pale horse! And its rider’s name was Death, and Hades followed him. And they were given authority over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword and with famine and with pestilence and by wild beasts of the earth. However, I have learned this is a mis-translation. In the original Hebrew text, the color of the horse is not “pale” but rather chloros, the Greek word for “green,” sharing the same word root as “chlorophyll,” the molecule of photosynthesis for all green plants on our planet. Thus, the passage actually should read something more like, “And I looked, and behold, a green horse! And its rider’s name was Death.” Or, translated into truly modern times, “And I looked, and behold, a Green New Deal! And its author’s name was Ocasio-Cortez.” As I have exhaustively documented at Natural News, the environmental movement is a global death cult that literally seeks the complete destruction of all life on Earth, fulfilling the Revelation warnings about famine (global food collapse) and plagues (outbreaks of infectious disease). And if you think that Adams warning might be stretching it in an apocalyptic direction unwarranted, let's take a look at some comments recently made by one of the founders of the environmental group 'Greenpeace'. While one might think that 'Greenpeace' co-founder Patrick Moore would staunchly agree with AOC and her 'Green New Deal', Moore calling her a 'pompous little twit' was just the beginning. Patrick Moore @EcoSenseNow @AOC Pompous little twit. You don’t have a plan to grow food for 8 billion people without fossil fuels, or get food into the cities. Horses? If fossil fuels were banned every tree in the world would be cut down for fuel for cooking and heating. You would bring about mass death. With Moore also telling the world in other tweets that the reason he left 'Greenpeace' was because they were highjacked by eco-fascists and that he sternly believes the 'global warming scam' is a massive hoax, Moore also dropped the following bombshell.: @AOC 's Green New Deal calls for: "(J) removing greenhouse gases from the atmosphere." Technically (scientifically) this would mean removing all H2O vapour and all CO2 which would mean the eradication of all life on Earth. Brilliant. Are Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and all of those jumping on to her 'green agenda' part of an 'end times doomsday cult' masquerading as 'green saviors' or just totally clueless when it comes to our planet Earth as Patrick Moore claims? With President Trump recently saying he'd love to run against a Democratic 'green agenda' and even a dedicated but rational environmentalist claiming such a platform would lead to the end of the human race, signs of the end surround us.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Mass_Animal_Deaths_End_Times_Signs.php 

:: 3-5-19 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yemen: Girls as young as three being married off to much older men

Mar 5, 2019 8:00 am By Robert Spencer

Why is this even considered an option? Because child marriage is sanctioned in Islam.

Islamic tradition records that Muhammad consummated his marriage with (i.e., raped) Aisha when she was nine, and the resultant fact that child marriage is accepted in wide swaths of the Islamic world. Child marriage has abundant attestation in Islamic tradition and law. Turkey’s directorate of religious affairs (Diyanet) said in January 2018 that under Islamic law, girls as young as nine can marry. “Islam has no age barrier in marriage and Muslims have no apology for those who refuse to accept this” — Ishaq Akintola, professor of Islamic Eschatology and Director of Muslim Rights Concern, Nigeria “There is no minimum marriage age for either men or women in Islamic law. The law in many countries permits girls to marry only from the age of 18. This is arbitrary legislation, not Islamic law.” — Dr. Abd Al-Hamid Al-‘Ubeidi, Iraqi expert on Islamic law There is no minimum age for marriage and that girls can be married “even if they are in the cradle.” — Dr. Salih bin Fawzan, prominent cleric and member of Saudi Arabia’s highest religious council “Islam does not forbid marriage of young children.” — Pakistan’s Council of Islamic Ideology Hadiths that Muslims consider authentic record that Muhammad’s favorite wife, Aisha, was six when Muhammad wedded her and nine when he consummated the marriage: “The Prophet wrote the (marriage contract) with Aisha while she was six years old and consummated his marriage with her while she was nine years old and she remained with him for nine years (i.e. till his death)” (Bukhari 7.62.88). Another tradition has Aisha herself recount the scene: The Prophet engaged me when I was a girl of six (years). We went to Medina and stayed at the home of Bani-al-Harith bin Khazraj. Then I got ill and my hair fell down. Later on my hair grew (again) and my mother, Um Ruman, came to me while I was playing in a swing with some of my girl friends. She called me, and I went to her, not knowing what she wanted to do to me. She caught me by the hand and made me stand at the door of the house. I was breathless then, and when my breathing became all right, she took some water and rubbed my face and head with it. Then she took me into the house. There in the house I saw some Ansari women who said, “Best wishes and Allah’s Blessing and a good luck.” Then she entrusted me to them and they prepared me (for the marriage). Unexpectedly Allah’s Apostle came to me in the forenoon and my mother handed me over to him, and at that time I was a girl of nine years of age. (Bukhari 5.58.234). Muhammad was at this time fifty-four years old. Marrying young girls was not all that unusual for its time, but because in Islam Muhammad is the supreme example of conduct (cf. Qur’an 33:21), he is considered exemplary in this unto today. And so in April 2011, the Bangladesh Mufti Fazlul Haque Amini declared that those trying to pass a law banning child marriage in that country were putting Muhammad in a bad light: “Banning child marriage will cause challenging the marriage of the holy prophet of Islam, [putting] the moral character of the prophet into controversy and challenge.” He added a threat: “Islam permits child marriage and it will not be tolerated if any ruler will ever try to touch this issue in the name of giving more rights to women.” The Mufti said that 200,000 jihadists were ready to sacrifice their lives for any law restricting child marriage. Likewise the influential website Islamonline.com in December 2010 justified child marriage by invoking not only Muhammad’s example, but the Qur’an as well: The Noble Qur’an has also mentioned the waiting period [i.e. for a divorced wife to remarry] for the wife who has not yet menstruated, saying: “And those who no longer expect menstruation among your women, if you doubt, then their period is three months, and [also for] those who have not menstruated” [Qur’an 65:4]. Since this is not negated later, we can take from this verse that it is permissible to have sexual intercourse with a prepubescent girl. The Qur’an is not like the books of jurisprudence which mention what the implications of things are, even if they are prohibited. It is true that the prophet entered into a marriage contract with A’isha when she was six years old, however he did not have sex with her until she was nine years old, according to al-Bukhari. Other countries make Muhammad’s example the basis of their laws regarding the legal marriageable age for girls. Article 1041 of the Civil Code of the Islamic Republic of Iran states that girls can be engaged before the age of nine, and married at nine: “Marriage before puberty (nine full lunar years for girls) is prohibited. Marriage contracted before reaching puberty with the permission of the guardian is valid provided that the interests of the ward are duly observed.” According to Amir Taheri in The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution (pp. 90-91), Iran’s Ayatollah Khomeini himself married a ten-year-old girl when he was twenty-eight. Khomeini called marriage to a prepubescent girl “a divine blessing,” and advised the faithful to give their own daughters away accordingly: “Do your best to ensure that your daughters do not see their first blood in your house.” When he took power in Iran, he lowered the legal marriageable age of girls to nine, in accord with Muhammad’s example. “Girls as young as THREE are being married off in Yemen as starving families try to ensure they have one less mouth to feed – and use dowry payments to buy themselves food,” by Sara Malm, Mailonline, March 4, 2019 (thanks to The Religion of Peace): Girls as young as three are being married off in war-stricken Yemen because their families are unable to afford to feed them, according to charity Oxfam. Starving Yemeni families have revealed how they have had no choice but to force their young daughters to marry much older men, in order to use the dowry for food and shelter to save the rest of the family. The war in Yemen has triggered what the United Nation has called the world’s worst humanitarian crisis, with more than ten million people at risk of starvation. A recent UN report suggests that more than two-thirds of girls in Yemen are wed before the age of 18, however the five-year conflict is reportedly forcing families to marry them off at a much younger age. Oxfam said their representatives had met with families in the northern Amran governorate who had been forced to marry off their daughters – in one case as young as three years old – to buy food with the dowry. Younger girls are usually spared consummating the marriage until they have reached the age of 11, but before that are made to do household work in their husband’s home. Nine-year-old Hanan, from Amran, used to go to school but since she was married, she has had to stop. ‘My mother in law keeps beating me, and when I run away back to my father’s house, my father beats me again for running away,’ she said. ‘I don’t want to be married. I just want to go back to school.’

Hanan’s parents, who also married off her three-year-old sister, said they knew marrying off their daughters at such a young age was wrong, but felt they had no choice because the dowry paid in return was the only way of keeping the rest of the family alive….

https://www.jihadwatch.org/2019/03/yemen-girls-as-young-as-three-being-married-off-to-much-older-men 

:: 3-4-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China ‘Social Credit’ Style System to Go Global

We ought to expect even more countries to use behavioural economics to nudge good citizen behaviour, says China commentator Tom McGregor

Tom McGregor | Channel News asia - March 4, 2019

BEIJING: Western media reports have swirled about China’s social credit system, which is intended to nudge Chinese citizens to adopt good behaviour, including motivating them to pay outstanding debts and fines, as well as encouraging them to obey the country’s laws and regulations. A POINTS SYSTEM  China’s social credit system operates on a points system. If you are a law-abiding citizen who pays your dues in a timely manner, the government rewards you with welfare benefits, low interest rates on loans and more. But criminals, delinquents, and those who are default on debts, as well as those indicted for bad behavior when traveling overseas will have lower social credit rankings and be marked as having a “delisted” status. “Discredited” Chinese citizens face greater scrutiny from the public, meet tougher challenges when applying for new credit cards, getting bank loans and in more severe cases, may be blocked from buying airlines or train tickets, until they repay their outstanding debts and fines. Read more

https://www.infowars.com/china-social-credit-style-system-to-go-global/ 

:: 3-4-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The political corruption scandal that could bring down Justin Trudeau: Star cabinet minister resigns - further weakening the Canadian PM

Treasury Board President Jane Philpott resigns from Canadian government

She is the second cabinet minister to step down over burgeoning scandal

Prime Minister Justin Trudeau and other senior aides are accused of pressuring Justice Minister Jody Wilson-Raybould not to prosecute Canadian company

The company, SNC-Lavalin, is an engineering firm dogged by allegations of corrupt dealings in Libya

Wilson-Raybould resigned last month after she was demoted to veteran affairs minister

Gerald Butts, Trudeau's closest adviser, also resigned last month

By Associated Press Published: 16:03 EST, 4 March 2019 | Updated: 11:08 EST, 5 March 2019

A leading Cabinet minister in Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau's government resigned Monday, becoming the second minister to step down over a scandal that has shaken the government in an election year. Treasury Board president Jane Philpott, considered a star minister, said in a resignation letter that it was 'untenable' for her to continue in the Cabinet because she lost confidence and could not defend the government. Philpott's friend, former Attorney General and Justice Minister Jody Wilson-Raybould, testified last week that Trudeau and senior members of his government inappropriately tried to pressure her to avoid prosecution of a major Canadian engineering company in a case involving allegations of corruption in Libya. Wilson-Raybould resigned from Cabinet last month after being demoted to veteran affairs minister the month before. The scandal has rocked Trudeau's government. Gerald Butts, his closest adviser and best friend, also resigned last month and is scheduled to testify Wednesday before a Parliament justice committee in Trudeau's defense. 'I know Philpott has felt this way for some time. And while I am disappointed, I understand her decision to step down. I want to thank her for her service,' Trudeau said at a campaign-style event. Trudeau said he takes the concerns very seriously and said the matter has generated an important discussion. 'But at the same time, we need to keep in mind the bigger picture,' Trudeau said. Trudeau has acknowledged raising the issue with Wilson-Raybould, but has said that was appropriate. 'I have concluded that I must resign as a member of Cabinet,' Philpott wrote. 'Sadly, I have lost confidence in how the government has dealt with this matter and in how it has responded to the issues raised.' Philpott, a physician, is a former minister of health and minister of indigenous services and was widely viewed as of one of Trudeau's most competent Cabinet ministers.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6770691/Another-minister-resigns-scandal-threatens-Trudeau.html 

:: 3--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

30 BLOCKS OF HOLES

My original title for this article was going to be 30 Blocks of Potholes, Shitholes, and Assholes, but I didn’t want to offend the sensibilities of my highbrow readership. The trigger for that title was my morning commute on 34th Street in West Philly near the Philadelphia Zoo. This extremely well-traveled four lane highway resembles a moonscape of craters capable of blowing a tire (which I did a few years ago while turning onto Girard Avenue). As I swerved through this obstacle course of government incompetence, I reflected upon how Philadelphia was a real shithole city run by Democrat asshole politicians (those not in prison yet). I’ve written dozens of articles about the 30 Blocks of Squalor over the last decade and one thing remains constant – West Philly is still a shithole, occupied by low income, low IQ, low morality, welfare state slaves who continue to vote for the same assholes who have enslaved them in squalor. I’ve been making a daily trek through the pigsty of West Philly through three presidential administrations (Bush, Obama, Trump) and the mayoral stints of John Street (only 15 associates went to prison for corruption), Michael Nutter (left office with a city pension plan underfunded by $5.7 billion), and Jim “beak nose” Kenney (Mr. Soda tax and under FBI investigation).

Over the course of the last 12 years (and many years prior) the list of Philadelphia politicians shipped off to Federal prison has been endless, including congressman Chaka Fattah, DA Seth Williams, State senator Vince Fumo, councilman Rick Mariano, and now union boss Johnny Dougherty and councilman Bobby Henon. A slew of lesser lights has also been shipped off to the penitentiary. Corruption is the common theme tying all Philly Democrat politicians together. They effortlessly fulfill the roles of ass in this article about holes. The narrative pushed by the Democrat politicians and the left-wing rag – Phila Inquirer is Philadelphia is rising, attracting new businesses, and is the place to be for nightlife and millennials. Of course, the narrative is bullshit. Facts are always inconvenient to welfare state Democrats, but the ignorance of their constituents is what keeps them in power. The narrative of Philadelphia getting safer is obliterated by the 351 murders in 2018, up 43% since 2013, and the highest level since 2007. Assaults involving a gun totaled 2,327, up 13% since 2014. There were over 14,000 violent crimes and 63,000 robberies and thefts in 2018. The vast majority of these crimes occur in West and North Philadelphia, as local news stories lead with multiple murders and shootings every night (average of 4 shootings per day). Over 80% of murder victims are young black men, murdered by other young black over drugs. The population of the US grew from 179 million in 1960 to 309 million in 2010, up 73%, while the population of Philly dropped from 2 million to 1.5 million, a 25% decline. The feckless politicians have been touting how the population has risen by a few thousand since 2010 (probably illegals flocking to a sanctuary city). There are a few “hot” areas in the downtown area for the rich and gentrification sections drawing millennials. A few of my nieces and nephews moved into these “cool” areas of Philly. After being robbed and experiencing the “best” of Philly, they’ve all moved back to the relative safety of Montgomery County. When a few rich folks dressed in Armani, wearing Rolexes get gunned down while nonchalantly strolling to their favorite 5 star restaurant in the “nice” part of town, the exodus will resume with alacrity. It seems the clueless liberal rich folks don’t consider the fact the armed free shit army can march into their “safe zones” and take what they want. The have nots know where the haves live. And they have no qualms about forcefully acquiring what they feel is their due. Shockingly, tough gun laws are not adhered to by the feral black criminals shuffling in the shadows on the garbage strewn, pothole ridden, mean streets of Philly. The liberal narrative of a city on the upswing must be flogged incessantly to keep their constituents (aka slaves) docile and ignorant of reality. But, even the liberal press in Philly lets their guard down and admits the truth by accident sometimes. Five years ago, to much fanfare, Obama declared the Mantua section of West Philly a Promise Zone. How uplifting and noble. This designation was going to lead to investment, new businesses, jobs, and unicorns farting rainbows in West Philly. Reality has been far different than the press releases and I see the reality every day as I drive through this pathetic excuse for a community. The reporter interviews people who have lived in Mantua for decades and they had never even heard the term Promise Zone. But at least someone painted a mural (aka graffiti) on the wall of a dilapidated tenement to let everyone know they were in a promise zone and not a dangerous ghetto. The reality is that after a ten-year bull market and growing economy, West Philly hasn’t revived or seen any advancement in the lives of its inhabitants. Obama used your tax dollars to build low income housing and zoo parking garages and then more of your tax dollars to repair all the shoddily built low income houses built by incompetent minority owned union construction companies. The $28 million Taj Mahal parking garage is occupied approximately 30% of the year. You are far more likely to see yellow crime tape in Mantua than a kid carrying a school book or a woman wearing a wedding ring. The only people portraying Obama’s Promise Zone as a success are the “non-profit” grifters who hoover up the Federal handouts and pretend they are helping the community. Now the inconvenient facts never acknowledged by the politicians and liberal activists: Philadelphia’s poverty rate of 25.7% allows it to retain its supreme status as the “poorest big city in America.” The Mantua Promise Zone, a two-square-mile area home to about 30,000 black people, has a poverty rate almost twice the citywide rate, at 50.6%, up from 50.2% in 2014. The neighborhood’s deep poverty rate, defined as 50% below the federal poverty line, also increased – to 32.3% from 31.0% since 2014. The 2016 Mantua unemployment rate was little changed at 12.3% (actually closer to 20% as those classified as Not in the Labor Force rose), more than twice the recent city-wide rate of 5.8%. Mantua median household income in 2016 was $17,969, up slightly from $17,170 when the Promise Zone was announced. Still 70% below the national median. The proportion of local people aged 25-64 with a high school education or higher edged up to 80.1% in 2016 from 79.6% two years earlier. This has been achieved by lowering standards and graduating anyone who can fog a mirror. “The problem isn’t that Johnny can’t read. The problem isn’t even that Johnny can’t think. The problem is that Johnny doesn’t know what thinking is; he confuses it with feeling.” ― Thomas Sowell

Even the numbers quoted above about graduation rates are complete and utter bullshit. The brand spanking new West Philly High is where all the little Einsteins from Mantua and the rest of West Philly matriculate. This fine institution of learning has computer labs, the newest technology, a student teacher ratio of 12 to 1, 500 students (98% black), school uniforms and 100% receiving free breakfasts and lunches. The Philadelphia School District spends over $2.8 billion, or $14,000 per student per year.

Of course, a huge portion goes to administrators and gold-plated pension and healthcare benefits for the below average union teachers. The payoff for this investment is a 59% graduation rate at West Philly High, an average SAT score of 1057 among the cream of the crop who actually take the exam, and a ranking of 632 out of 677 high schools in PA. Despite these pitiful numbers, over 25% enroll in college. That tells you all you need to know about the state of higher education today. “Most officially “poor” Americans today have things that middle-class Americans of an earlier time could only dream about—including color TV, videocassette recorders, microwave ovens, and their own cars. Moreover, half of all poor households have air-conditioning.” ― Thomas Sowell

Obama’s Promise Zone is a joke. They have used your tax dollars to knock down hovels, leaving vacant lots with wooden fences built around them. These vacant lots were supposed to be where all the re-development and businesses were supposed to magically appear. Instead they are strewn with garbage, drug paraphernalia, dog crap, and weeds. The Mantua Square low-income townhouse development, built in 2012 with 8 storefronts for all the businesses falling all over themselves for this awesome opportunity. Seven years later and not one business occupies any of the storefronts. So much for black entrepreneurship. The neighborhood looks like downtown Baghdad after shock and awe. There are probably just as many weapons in West Philly as Baghdad. Despite the squalor, every saggy pants wearing teenager and 300 pound baby momma is yammering on an iGadget. Welfare teens are wearing $250 sneakers and $50,000 Cadillacs are parked in front of $25,000 rat infested fleapits. What a country – thank you Federal Reserve for all that easy money. “One of the consequences of such notions as ‘entitlements’ is that people who have contributed nothing to society feel that society owes them something, apparently just for being nice enough to grace us with their presence.” ― Thomas Sowell

The entitlement mentality in West Philly is as strong as ever. Over 75% of black kids in West Philly are still born out of wedlock. Drug dealing is still the primary source of income. More than 50% of the population survive on tax payer funded food stamps, living in tax payer funded housing, using tax payer funded Obama phones, and watching taxpayer funded cable TV. They are more dependent today than they were a decade ago. Obama’s Promise Zone essentially promised the people of Mantua more free shit and a continuation of their welfare mentality enslavement on the Democrat plantation. Keeping these people dumb and ignorant is essential for Democrat politicians retaining their stranglehold on power in Philly and all the urban ghettos across the land. If these people actually obtained a good education and learned to think for themselves, the chains of ignorance would be broken and the slaves freed. The Democrat politicians who have controlled Philly since the 1950s are as incompetent as they are corrupt. They go hand in hand as the city falls further into debt and the basic infrastructure disintegrates. This has not been a harsh winter in the Philly area, but the roads, especially 34th Street from Girard Ave. to Haverford Ave., are a disgraceful example of government incompetence, apathy and fiscal irresponsibility. With a pension fund having only $4.9 billion in assets but $11.3 billion in liabilities, fiscal Armageddon awaits. With a $6.2 billion shortfall (entire city budget is $4.7 billion), the scumbags running the city still allow the DROP (Deferred Retirement Option Plan) program to reward politicians and union leaders with criminally large payoffs as the infrastructure crumbles. This outrage allows eligible politicians to “retire” for a day at the end of their terms, collect six-figure cash bonuses, and then, upon winning reelection (and making a quick trip to the bank), go right back to work the next day. Six City Council members took DROP money — president Anna Verna ($566,039), Jack Kelly ($384,828), Donna Miller ($185,572), Frank DiCicco ($421,123), Frank Rizzo Jr. ($195,052), and Marian Tasco ($478,057) and were then eligible for their regular gold-plated pensions. All of these corrupt politicians were Democrats. “The welfare state is the oldest con game in the world. First you take people’s money away quietly and then you give some of it back to them flamboyantly.” ― Thomas Sowell

While these crooked politicians have been pillaging from the taxpayer coffers for decades, the neglect and negligence of these elected officials to run the city is evident on every street, and particularly along the 30 Blocks of Squalor. They spent millions of Obama porkulus funds on installing wheel chair ramps on every street corner, while ignoring the crumbling sidewalks between the ramps which would prevent a wheelchair from ever needing to use the ramps. There is no rhyme or reason for which streets receive a new coating of blacktop from the overpaid sloth-like union dregs. It’s incomprehensible that some barely used side streets were paved in the last year, while they allow 34th street to disintegrate on a daily basis to the point where cars are swerving in and out of lanes to avoid destroying their suspension or blowing a tire. This morning, after a light snow, the right lane was completely blocked because no government drone could be bothered to unclog the sewer drain and get rid of the foot of water at the entrance to the zoo. Some of the potholes in West Philly are so deep, you could probably catch a world-famous tasty Philly carp in them. The reality is that despite having outrageously high city wage taxes of 3.9%, a sales tax levy of 8%, high corporate taxes, ever increasing real estate taxes, and sin taxes on cigarettes and soda, the city somehow can’t keep its basic infrastructure from falling apart. With gold plated government pension plans, siphoning funds to friends and family, and payoffs to union bosses, the budget doesn’t have anything left for potholes and keeping stoplights functioning. The newly paved streets are dug up or incur sinkholes days after completion. The politicians never address the looming disaster under the thin veneer of blacktop. Ancient sewer lines and decrepit water pipes burst on a regular basis flooding homes and businesses because asshole politicians don’t give a crap about the poor black folk in West Philly. They’ll get their vote no matter how poorly they are served. “To believe in personal responsibility would be to destroy the whole special role of the anointed, whose vision casts them in the role of rescuers of people treated unfairly by “society”.” ― Thomas Sowell

The definition of shithole is an extremely dirty, shabby, or otherwise unpleasant place. If ever a word described West Philly to a tee, it’s shithole. Every day appears to be garbage day, as refuse and debris litter the sidewalks and streets. The black people who inhabit this paradise of squalor don’t give a fuck about their community, their neighbors, or their city. They have no self-respect, desire to improve their lot in life, or initiative to understand how they have been screwed and who screwed them. They wallow in ignorance and poverty, while believing that Democrat politicians care about their plight and are going to rescue them with more welfare handouts. Personal responsibility is an unknown concept in West Philly. Enslavement in dependency will keep West Philly from ever reviving itself. The intersection of 36th and Lancaster Ave. is a five-way intersection that includes trolley tracks. A few weeks ago, the stoplight malfunctioned and was on blink when I passed through at 7:30 in the morning. A malfunction such as this should be repaired by an efficient government within a couple hours. The lights at this intersection remained dark for the next seven days. That is a disgraceful example of government ineptitude and apathy. Further down the block, the lights at the major intersection of 36th and Chestnut have consistently malfunctioned resulting in gridlock conditions and many near accidents. These are the basic functions needed to keep a city running and the assholes running this shithole haven’t got a clue or don’t give a fuck. All of the feel-good socialist drivel being spewed by AOC and her oblivious acolytes has been put into action in Philly and other urban ghettos across the land. Tens of trillions have been poured into these shitholes since LBJ rolled out his Great Society plans to enslave blacks in welfare goodies and ensuring their votes for a hundred years. Liberals like Hillary and AOC mouth platitudes about a village raising a child, when West Philly proves how well a village does in raising the bastard children of those who take no responsibility for the children they have produced. Only a village idiot would believe cretins like Hillary and AOC know how your children should be raised. They’re fascists who want to take your money in order to forcefully inflict their warped vision upon the entire country and taking no responsibility for their epic failures. These socialist tyrants will not be happy until the entire country looks like the 30 Blocks of Squalor. Seven decades of one party rule in Philadelphia has wrought murder, squalor, poverty, corruption, debt, welfare enslavement and guaranteed Democrat voters. This is the Democrat plan for the entire nation and is why they desperately want to keep the borders open to more Democrat voters. If successful, they will turn the entire nation into one giant shithole. If the Democrats gain one party rule over the country, AOC’s end of world prediction may come true – after the civil war starts. “Hillary Clinton said you know, it takes a village to raise a child and somebody said it takes a village idiot to believe that … it is part of the whole thing of third parties wanting to make decisions for which they pay no price for when they’re wrong.” ― Thomas Sowell

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/03/05/30-blocks-of-holes/ 

:: 3-4-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What The Heck Is Going On? The Party Of Derangement, Darkness & Death Have Completely Lost Their Minds

March 4, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Two days ago, Washington Post headlined with "In America, talk turns to something unspoken for 150 years: Civil war." (LMTOnline link to the Wapo story) Where the heck have these people been? Independent Media has been documenting the rise of the violent left for years, warning that the nation was heading toward a full out civil war, with some of us believing we are already fighting it as the violent left has spilled blood of those they "disagree" with, and as the media rushes to justify their actions, but now we finally see the mainstream liberal media addressing the upcoming civil war. Of course the liberal media is blaming President Trump for this, but those of us that were documenting the increasing violence against conservatives, by liberals and Black Lives Matter groups, during the Obama presidency, and the culture wars and gender nonsense, along with the attacks against Christian beliefs, and the constant class warfare preached by Obama himself as he categorically pushed racial divisions, knew this was coming long before President Trump came down the escalator and announced his candidacy. TRUMP DERANGEMENT SYNDROME SPIKED THE BLOODY VIOLENCE

Granted the actual violence has spiked since president Trump won the election, but the bloody attacks have not come from Trump supporters, but rather by liberals and Antifa groups, against Trump supporters, with threats of violence, MAGAphobic (Thanks PJ Media!) physical attacks, and hundreds upon hundreds of documented examples of media approved violence and harassment against conserrvatives. Trump Derangement Syndrome is real, although I think now the mental health experts are calling it "Trump Anxiety Disorder," as infected liberal media journalists work hard to deliberately infect their liberal audiences to the point where just seeing a red (or white) hate that says "Make America Great Again," is enough to incite them to violently attack the person wearing it. In the minds of these deranged liberal media journalists and reporters, the hundreds of documented examples of liberals attacking and harassing men, women and even children for being conservative or supporting President Trump, all because they haven't gotten over an election that happened over two years ago, is somehow President Trump's fault, rather than acknowledging their own constant incitement to violence by their own daily dose of manufactured outrage. THE PARTY OF DARKNESS AND DEATH The increasingly violent left is not the only part of the "war," as we look at what the Democratic party as a whole has become. In the Senate, every Democrat except three, voted against a bill titled "Born-Alive Abortion Survivors Protection Act." The bill would "prohibit a health care practitioner from failing to exercise the proper degree of care in the case of a child who survives an abortion or attempted abortion." If a baby survived an abortion attempt and was delivered, the bill would guarantee that child the same rights to medical care as anyone else. Read the text of the bill. It should have been a no-brainer, the baby is alive, outside the mother's womb, breathing, with a heartbeat, yet the Democrats blocked the bill that would require health professionals to give that baby care. So when I say they are the party of death, I mean that literally. I used to separate Democrats into groups when I referenced them, moderate, far left and radical, but as I look at the news these days, almost all of them have become radical. Anyone that thinks they do not want a civil war, is not paying attention. Why do you think the liberals recently given control of the House of Representatives keep passing gun control bills, even knowing they won't pass in the Republican controlled Senate, and won't be signed by the President? Because they know that in an all-out civil war, conservatives, Second Amendment supporters, and veterans, would fight back, and most of them are armed, locked and loaded and more than ready to defend themselves. A Maryland Sheriff, Mike Lewis of Wicomico County, has made it very clear to Maryland lawmakers that should they pass legislation regulating ownership of rifles and shotguns, his office "will not comply," but he took it a step further and told them exactly what millions of law abiding gun owners have said, time and time again, to attempt to confiscate those weapon would be a "suicide mission." "The way the bill is written, it is impossible to comply," Lewis said. "I can’t send (my deputies) on a suicide mission." Lewis has also been quoted as stating "Law-abiding citizens are repeatedly being penalized because of Baltimore City’s inability to control their crime. And I’m sorry — I’m not someone’s puppet. I’m going to stand up for what I think is unjust and unconstitutional to the American people, including those living in the state in Maryland." That is in a conservative area of a very liberal state, but our liberal DC politicians pushing for gun control understand quite clearly that there are hundreds if not thousands of Sheriffs just like Lewis that will be standing side by side with the millions of American gun owners, if they try any large scale confiscation of weapons. Yet they keep trying to pass more and more gun control bills and threatening to go further..... knowing if they succeed, it would lead to a blood bath of epic proportions. BOTTOM LINE - THEY HAVE LOST THEIR COLLECTIVE MINDS While conservatives by and large are sick and tired of the bloody left, the violence against innocent men, women and children for nothing more than their political ideology, and are ready to defend themselves, their families and those around them, those same conservatives don't want an all-out civil war, despite the increasing frequency of attacks against them by deranged liberals. So yeah, conservatives are ready, but liberals, not only are they in no way prepared for the ramifications of what is coming, but despite that, they actually want a civil war. They cannot stand that conservatives have a voice, cannot stand that conservatives are Second Amendment supporters, cannot stand that conservatives utilize their free speech rights, and they want to violently end conservatives, even knowing that in a straight up fight, they cannot win. If that is not crazy, what is? They have lost their collective minds. That is the bottom line, and the liberal mainstream media sees where this is all heading, even as they continue to play their part in inciting more and more violent liberals to attack conservatives. This will not end well.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Derangement_Darkness_And_Death.php 

:: 3-4-19 CBS 2 Chicago :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Northwestern Neuroscientist Researching Brain Chips To Make People Superintelligent

By Lauren Victory March 4, 2019 at 7:32 am

CHICAGO (CBS) — What if you could make money, or type something, just by thinking about it? It sounds like science fiction, but it might be close to reality. In as little as five years, super smart people could be walking down the street; men and women who’ve paid to increase their intelligence Northwestern University neuroscientist and business professor Dr. Moran Cerf made that prediction, because he’s working on a smart chip for the brain. “Make it so that it has an internet connection, and goes to Wikipedia, and when I think this particular thought, it gives me the answer,” he said. Cerf is collaborating with Silicon Valley big wigs he’d rather not name. Facebook also has been working on building a brain-computer interface, and SpaceX and Tesla CEO Elon Musk is backing a brain-computer interface called Neuralink. “Everyone is spending a lot of time right now trying to find ways to get things into the brain without drilling a hole in your skull,” Cerf said. “Can you eat something that will actually get to your brain? Can you eat things in parts that will assemble inside your head?” It sounds mind-blowing. Relationships might be on the line. “This is no longer a science problem. This is a social problem,” Cerf said. Cerf worries about creating intelligence gaps in society; on top of existing gender, racial, and financial inequalities.They can make money by just thinking about the right investments, and we cannot; so they’re going to get richer, they’re going to get healthier, they’re going to live longer,” he said. The average IQ of an intelligent monkey is about 70, the average human IQ is around 100, and a genius IQ is generally considered to begin around 140. People with a smart chip in their brain could have an IQ of around 200, so would they even want to interact with the average person?  “Are they going to say, ‘Look at this cute human, Stephen Hawking. He can do differential equations in his mind, just like a little baby with 160 IQ points. Isn’t it amazing? So cute. Now let’s put it back in a cage and give it bananas,’” Cerf said. Time will tell. Or will our minds? Approximately 40,000 people in the United States already have smart chips in their heads, but those brain implants are only approved for medical use for now.

https://chicago.cbslocal.com/2019/03/04/northwestern-neuroscientist-researching-brain-chips-to-make-people-superintelligent/ 

:: 3-4-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Humanity Replaced By AI Robots And Human Animal Hybrids

This is what the global elite have in store

Jon Bowne | Infowars.com - March 4, 2019

Humanity is being persuaded to accept it’s own replacement by technological and scientific milestones forwarded by politicians inching out the eventual endgame. The elite wish for a future where AI robots and animal-human hybrids have more rights than humans because of their parent-child relationship to the madness of the inevitable NWO design. Humanity is currently experiencing a window to turn back the technocratic tide that will close in the very near future.

https://www.infowars.com/humanity-replaced-by-ai-robots-and-human-animal-hybrids/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 3--19 hiram1555.com/2019 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Like a giant knife scraped the ground’: Aerial photographs reveal the utter devastation caused by the 170mph Alabama tornadoes as they razed homes to the ground, killing 23 including three children, as rescuers say the death toll will rise

‘Like a giant knife scraped the ground’: Aerial photographs reveal the utter devastation caused by the 170mph Alabama tornadoes as they razed homes to the ground, killing 23 including three children, as rescuers say the death toll will rise

Stunning aerial photographs reveal extent of the destruction caused by tornadoes in Lee County, Alabama

Among the dead were Armando Hernandez, six, and Taylor Thornton, ten, both from Beauregard, Alabama

David Wayne Dean, 53, was killed when his double wide trailer was ripped apart Sunday by a twister

Vicki Braswell, 69, was killed when the wall of her mobile home collapsed on her as she and her family sought shelter

Felicia Renee Woodall and her boyfriend, Ryan Pence, were also identified as two of the 23 fatalities

Lee County Coroner Brian Harris said at a press briefing Monday 17 of the 23 victims have been identified

Sheriff Jay Jones said rescue crews canvassed areas with the worst damage, but the search is ongoing

The twister has been classified as an F4 on the Fujita scale as early assessments indicate winds hit 170mph

Officials say it carved a path of destruction 24 miles long and nearly a mile wide along Alabama Highway 51

It was the deadliest tornado in the US since 2013, when an F5 tornado in Moore, Oklahoma, killed 24 people

At least a dozen tornadoes were reported Sunday as a massive storm system tore across parts of Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina and Florida, leaving more than 40,000 people without power

By Ariel Zilber and Megan Sheets For Dailymail.com and Associated Press

Dramatic aerial photographs show the scale of the destruction left behind by massive tornadoes that ripped through communities of mobile homes in Alabama on Sunday. Roofs were torn off homes, debris was scattered all around, and communities looked from above as if they had been hit by a bomb. Rescue crews using dogs and drones searched for victims amid splintered lumber and twisted metal on Monday after the deadliest U.S. tornado in nearly six years ripped through a rural Alabama community. At least 23 people were killed, some of them children. Dozens were missing in Lee County nearly a day after the twister struck, according to the sheriff, who said that crews had combed the hardest-hit areas but that other places had yet to be searched. The winds Sunday afternoon obliterated numerous homes, leaving huge, jumbled piles of wood and household belongings. Some homes were reduced to concrete slabs. Debris was scattered across the countryside, with shredded metal hanging from the pine trees. ‘I’m not going to be surprised if we don’t come up with some more deceased. Hopefully we won’t,’ Coroner Bill Harris said. He said the dead included almost entire families and at least three children, ages 6, 9 and 10. A post on the Lee-Scott Academy’s Facebook page said fourth-grader Taylor Thornton was among those killed. On the day after the disaster, volunteers used chain saws to clear paths for emergency workers. Neighbors and friends helped one another find some of their belongings in the ruins. Carol Dean found her wedding dress among the wreckage of her mobile home. She also found a Father’s Day note to her husband reading, ‘Daddy, I love you to pieces.’ But the storm took her 53-year-old husband. She said David Wayne Dean was at home Sunday afternoon and had texted a friend to beware when the tornado hit. ‘He didn’t make it out,’ she said. Dean said she rushed home from her job at Walmart when she couldn’t reach her husband on the phone. She pushed her way past sheriff’s deputies who tried to keep her out of the damaged area. Her children had found David Dean’s body in a neighbor’s yard. ‘Our son found him,’ Dean said between sobs Monday. ‘He was done and gone before we got to him. My life is gone. He was the reason I lived, the reason that I got up.’ After the storm, Dean rushed home from work in time to say goodbye to the husband others called Roaddog, for his love of Harley-Davidson motorcycles. She pushed past sheriff’s deputies who tried to keep people from the area and went to where her husband’s body lay. ‘They took me down to him,’ Dean said, ‘and I got to spend a little time with him before they took him away.’ At the R&D Grocery, rattled residents asked one another if they were OK. And a big banner that read ‘#BEAUREGARDSTRONG’ was hung on a fence at Beauregard High School. The National Weather Service said one and possibly two tornadoes struck the area, with a powerful EF-4 twister with winds estimated at 170 mph blamed for most of the destruction. It carved a path nearly a mile wide and 24 miles long, said meteorologist Chris Darden. Darden said the ‘monster tornado’ was the deadliest twister to hit the U.S. since May 2013, when an EF-5 killed 24 people in Moore, Oklahoma. ‘It looks like someone almost just took a giant knife and scraped the ground,’ Sheriff Jay Jones said. County Emergency Management Director Kathy Carson said she was ‘pretty sure’ that tornado sirens in Beauregard sounded warnings but that authorities were busy with the search-and-rescue and had not yet looked into the question.

Crews searching door-to-door used dogs as well as drones that can detect heat from a body. ‘We’re basically using everything we can get our hands on,’ the sheriff said. President Donald Trump tweeted that he told the Federal Emergency Management Agency to give Alabama ‘the A Plus treatment.’ The twister was part of a powerful storm system that slashed its way across the Deep South, spawning numerous tornado warnings in Georgia, South Carolina and Florida. ‘All we could do is just hold on for life and pray,’ said Jonathan Clardy, who huddled with his family inside their Beauregard trailer as the tornado ripped the roof off. ‘It’s a blessing from God that me and my young’uns are alive.’ Beauregard, named for a Confederate general, is an unincorporated community of roughly 10,000 people near the Georgia state line. The community is in the same county as Auburn University and has a few small stores, two schools and a volunteer fire department dotting the main highway. ‘Everybody in Beauregard is a real close-knit family,’ Clardy said. ‘Everybody knows everybody around here. Everybody is heartbroken.’ Julie Morrison and her daughter-in-law picked through the remnants of Morrison’s home, looking for keys and a wallet. They managed to salvage the couple’s safe, her husband’s motorcycle boots and her embossed Bible. Morrison said she and her husband took shelter in the bathtub as the twister lifted their house off the ground and swept it into the woods. ‘We knew we were flying because it picked the house up,’ Morrison said, figuring that the shower’s fiberglass enclosure helped them survive. She said her son-in-law later dug them out. Along one hard-hit country road, giant pieces of metal from a farm building dangled from pine branches 20 feet in the air, making loud creaking sounds as the wind blew. For an entire mile down the road, pines were snapped in half. A mobile home crushed by two trees marked the end of the path of destruction. A television news reporter stands in the distance of a debris field the day after a tornado hit Beauregard on Monday An early March tornado outbreak in the Alabama-Mississippi area is not unusual, tornado experts said. The weather service’s Storm Prediction Center in Norman, Oklahoma, posted forecasts for higher tornado activity in the region on Thursday, three days before the disaster. University of Georgia meteorology professor Marshall Shepherd said government forecasters ‘were all over it.’ An EF-5 tornado that struck Joplin, Missouri, in May 2011 killed 158 people. And an outbreak of tornadoes in the Southeast a month before that left an estimated 316 people dead, including at least 250 in Alabama. Earlier on Monday, a six-year-old boy and ten-year-old girl were identified as two of the 23 people killed by the tornadoes. Armando Hernandez, known as AJ, became separated from his mother in Beauregard when a tornado struck and was later found dead. His mother, Kayla Melton, had earlier appealed for information on his whereabouts on Facebook, writing: ‘Please look for my baby he’s 6 years old his name is Armando Hernandez he goes by AJ last seen on lee road 38. Anyone in the area please help me find him please!!!!!’ His death was later confirmed by friends and family on social media. Relative Tina Melton wrote on Facebook: ‘Little AJ didn’t make it. He was found but he didn’t survive… He was always eager to give hugs and loved his family. They are headed to the children’s hospital with his brother. They also lost their home in the tornado with all belongings. Fly high AJ. You have your wings!’ A GoFundMe campaign to raise money for his funeral costs has raised more than $1,100 as of Monday afternoon. A second victim was identified as Beauregard fourth grader Taylor Thornton, the daughter of Ashley and David Thornton. A description on her GoFundMe page, which has raised more than $23,000 for her funeral costs, says: ‘Taylor was an amazing example of a child of God. She brought so much joy to all that knew her. She was loved dearly and will forever be missed. ‘Our hearts are mourning with you Ashley and David. You raised an amazing daughter that fulfilled her purpose on this earth and it now with her creator. This community loves you both, and baby McCrae so much and will continue to walk through this by your side.’ …..more here

http://hiram1555.com/2019/03/06/like-a-giant-knife-scraped-the-ground-aerial-photographs-reveal-the-utter-devastation-caused-by-the-170mph-alabama-tornadoes-as-they-razed-homes-to-the-

ground-killing-23-including-three-children/ 

:: 3--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The radical conspiracy theorists behind Big Tech

Exclusive: Joseph Farah warns of 'biggest Satanic media cartel since the Tower of Babel'

Published: 2 days ago

There are still two bullet holes in the lobby of the Family Research Council. They’ve been there since Aug. 15, 2012, the result of shots fired by Floyd Lee Corkins, a homosexual activist who went to the Washington, D.C., headquarters with the intent of killing every employee and executive there, while smearing each of their faces with Chick-fil-A sandwiches. A third shot went through the arm of building manager Leo Johnson who tackled Corkins and held him until the police arrived. Asked by the FBI what motivated his attempted mass-murder attack, Corkins replied: “Southern Poverty Law lists anti-gay hate groups.” With the embarrassing loss of a series of defamation cases over its labeling mainstream individuals and groups (including presidential candidate Dr. Ben Carson) as dangerous “extremists” and the SPLC’s direct linkage to the FRC terror attack, you might think these would be hard times for the organization whose stock in trade is spewing hate, demonizing its political opposition and inciting others to do the same. Yet, seven years later, while Corkins serves a 25-year prison term for his attack on FRC, the radical conspiracy theorists at the Southern Poverty Law Center who inspired him are enjoying their headiest days of wealth, influence and unprecedented power. How so?

Despite the SPLC’s decades of scandal and sullied reputation, somehow it has persuaded seven of the biggest tech monopolies in the world – Google, YouTube, Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Twitter and PayPal – to partner with them in their malignant campaign of blacklisting, boycotting and censorship.

PayPal is the latest to join the club. What do you suppose is the combined wealth of these seven titans? How much power do seven monopolies of this magnitude wield individually, let alone in consolidated fashion? What are the odds these seven tech behemoths would each choose this group of whacked-out conspiracy theorists to help set the standard for imposing speech and behavior codes across America and the world? Not only is this cartel of seven top tech giants hyper-extending the SPLC’s political and spiritual bigotry, but other corporate titans are now doling out millions to the hate group in tax-deductible grants and donations, including the following:

Abbott Laboratories

Apple

Bank of America

Charles Schwab

Deutsche Bank

Disney

Freddie Mac

JPMorgan Chase

Kraft Heinz

Liberty Mutual

Lyft

MGM

Newman’s Own

Pfizer

Progressive Insurance

Shell

Verizon

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/03/the-radical-conspiracy-theorists-behind-big-tech/#3wKpqCOzbiRR77pC.99 

:: 3-5-19 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Serious "Leak" from Joint Chief Meeting Between US and Russia in Austria

World News Desk 05 March 2019

An unusual and very serious "leak" of information has taken place after a meeting in Austria between the top Generals of the US and Russia. According to Joint Staff Spokesman Col. Patrick S. Ryder, the "official readout" of the meeting is as follows: "Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Joseph F. Dunford, Jr. met with Chief of the Russian General Staff Gen. Valery Gerasimov today in Austria. The two military leaders discussed the deconfliction of Coalition and Russian operations in Syria, and exchanged views on the state of U.S.-Russia military relations and the current international security situation in Europe and other key topics. In addition, they also discussed efforts to improve operational safety and strategic stability between the U.S. and Russian militaries. Both leaders recognize the importance of maintaining regular communication to avoid miscalculation and to promote transparency and deconfliction in areas where our militaries are operating in close proximity. In accordance with past practice, both generals have agreed to keep the details of their conversations private." However, after the meeting, sources in a position to know say the discussions mentioned above were NOT the only issues talked about. According to the sources, the Russia military expressed grave concern to the US Generals about what Russia sees as the greatest existential threat to Russia: if radical socialists in the United States take power in the upcoming elections. If that should happen, the Russian Generals told the US they would immediately call for an all-out nuclear attack on America before these socialists do the same to Russia! The Russian Generals made clear that radical Socialists inside the US have already stated they intend to declare war on Russia for the made up crime of interfering in their 2016 presidential election — which they have hysterically likened to the Empire of Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbor that drew the United States into World War II. The sources also say the US Generals expressed their belief President Trump will be re-elected in 2020 because he is directly confronting the Socialist menace in the USA, and the American people know their freedom would vanish under a Socialist government.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/serious-leak-from-joint-chief-meeting-between-us-and-russia-in-austria 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 3-5-19 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Battles Resume After India Submarine Intercepted by Pakistan Navy

World News Desk 05 March 2019

Heavy fighting resumed on the Line of Control (LoC) between India and Pakistan forces today after Pakistan intercepted an India Submarine on the high seas. Clashes are reported in Nowshera, Rajouri along LoC. Both armies exchanging heavy mortar and machine gunfire. The fighting resumed after the Pakistan Navy CLAIMS an India submarine was trying to intrude upon Pakistan territorial waters.

Video below from the Pakistan Navy shows the intercepted submarine: HOWEVER, a look at the on-screen display of the submarine imagery released by the Pakistan Navy indicates it was 415 km from Karachi, 158 km from Gwadar, NOWHERE near Pakistan territorial limits. The map below uses the on-screen GPS coordinates to pinpoint where the intercept took place: India has not made any official public statement as of the publishing of this news story. However, sources in India say all countries have a twelve mile limit on territorial waters. Pakistan claims an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) of two hundred nautical miles, and also has a UN approved extension of economic rights over the Continental shelf as shown on the map below: While nations may claim an economic zone somewhat farther than 12 miles, a submarine is not an economic issue; Freedom of navigation is allowed. UPDATE 8:19 AM EST --

The Pakistan Navy has issued an official statement about this incident:

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/battles-resume-after-india-submarine-intercepted-by-pakistan-navy 

:: 3--19 Fox New :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man captures image of Jesus shining through the clouds: 'I was enchanted'

By Caleb Parke | Fox News

Alfredo Lo Brutto, from Agropoli, Italy, captured some amazing shots of what appeared to be an image of Jesus Christ above his home town on Friday. The sun's rays illuminated the awe-inspiring likeness of Jesus Christ which resembles the statue of the famous Christ the Redeemer statue in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. The sun's rays illuminated what appeared to be a glowing image of the Son of God. The awe-inspiring likeness of Jesus Christ was captured by an Italian man Friday during sunset in his hometown of Agropoli, Italy. WEST VIRGINIA FIREFIGHTERS FIND UNTOUCHED BIBLES IN CHURCH FIRE: 'THOUGH ODDS WERE AGAINST US, GOD WAS NOT' "I was enchanted by the view," Alredo Lo Brutto wrote. And while Brutto normally doesn't post on social media, he had to share what he saw over the still waters of the Tyrrhenian Sea. "I instantly felt like I wanted other people to see it because it was so beautiful," he said. The image resembles the famous Christ the Redeemer statue in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.  This isn't the first time people have seen Jesus in unusual ways. Years ago, a pregnant woman said she saw the Messiah in her baby's ultrasound. WORLD'S TALLEST JESUS STATUE COMING TO MEXICO THANKS TO PRO-LIFE ACTOR

Caleb Parke is an associate editor for FoxNews.com. You can follow him on Twitter @calebparke

https://www.foxnews.com/faith-values/man-captures-image-of-jesus-shining-through-the-clouds-i-was-enchanted 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 3--19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass arrests of Chinese megachurch members continue; some 'violently beaten'

By Samuel Smith, CP Reporter

Nearly 50 more members, including 11 kids, of a Chinese megachurch closed down by the communist government in December were arrested at two different venues last Sunday, a watchdog group has reported. Following the closing of Chengdu’s Early Rain Covenant Church and the arrest of its pastor, Wang Yi, on Dec. 9 for "inciting subversion of state power,” government actors are continuing to harass members of the congregation as they gather for worship inside of homes. According to an update from the church, multiple homes that were hosting prayer gatherings on Feb. 24 were surrounded by police officers who ultimately interrupted the proceedings. At two of the home church services, every person in attendance was detained. China Aid founder Bob Fu, a well-respected human rights activist who has on a number of occasions testified before Congress, tweeted that at least 11 of those who were arrested in Chengdu received a punishment of 10 to 14 days “administrative detention.” “Arbitrary arrest continues,” Fu stressed. “Walk with the these Persecuted.” There were reports of children, the elderly and even a pregnant woman being mistreated. Pastor Wang’s elderly mother was reportedly insulted and beaten. According to a statement released by the church, two Christians who were arrested were “violently beaten.” “Tang Chunliang and his wife were hit in the face by a plainclothes police officer at the police station,” the update reads. “Some, including children, did not eat anything. Some were not released until 2:00 a.m. Tired children slept on ice-cold tables and floors. Others were not released until 6:00 a.m.” On Saturday, two more churchgoers were arrested when they went to the Chengdu Police Station to visit their detained friends. “They were then taken to the Taisheng Road Police Station, where they were locked up and interrogated,” a March 2 statement from the church reads. “At 2:00 p.m., while being interrogated, they were personally humiliated, abused, and violently beaten by seven to eight police officers from the Chengdu Taisheng Road Police Station. They were detained for nearly eight hours.” Arrests and detentions are not the only forms of harassment the Early Rain Covenant members have faced. According to the church, authorities have put pressure on landlords and employers. This has resulted in some churchgoers losing their homes and jobs. Some have had to move back to their hometowns. At least one family of a church elder has been forced to move on multiple occasions as they have been deemed “illegal residents.” “Each time they are evicted, they find a new place to live,” a church statement from Feb. 22 reads. “Then, after they’ve spent a few days adapting to their new home, police and national security come to their door and, through various methods, drive the family out of their home again.” In December following the arrest of Pastor Wang, over 160 church members were arrested. China ranks as the 27th worst country in the world when it comes to the persecution of Christians, according to Open Doors USA’s 2019 World Watch List. Last year, Fu warned that the Chinese government is supervising a plan to rewrite the Bible in its attempt to "sinicize" Christianity. China’s crackdown on non-state-sponsored religion has seen the demolition of churches and the removal of hundreds of crosses from churches.

“Religious freedom in China has really reached to the worst level that has not been seen since the beginning of the Cultural Revolution by Chairman Mao [Zedong] in the 1960s," Fu told members of the House Foreign Affairs' Subcommittee on Africa, Global Health, Global Human Rights, and International Organizations last September. Follow Samuel Smith on Twitter: @IamSamSmith 

https://www.christianpost.com/news/mass-arrests-of-chinese-megachurch-members-continue-some-violently-beaten.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 3-5-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A synagogue on the Temple Mount? Activists say let the Jews move in

Jews believe the site - venerated as holy in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam alike - is where the Beit Hamikdash used to sit.

By Maayan Jaffe-Hoffman March 5, 2019 16:37

A group of Israeli activists are calling on the government to establish a synagogue on the Temple Mount and open it for Jewish prayer. According to Asaf Fried, a spokesman for an association of organizations dedicated to Jewish rights on the Temple Mount, more than 50 leaders from across the religious spectrum gathered on Sunday to discuss the situation on the Temple Mount, known as Har Habayit in Hebrew. Participants included Rabbi Yehudah Glick (Likud), Baruch Marzal (Otzma) and members of the Rabbinate. Jews believe the site – venerated as holy in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam alike – is where the Beit Hamikdash used to sit. Riots have continuously erupted on the Temple Mount since last month, when thousands of Palestinians stormed the Golden Gate, which had been closed by a court order since 2003. Jerusalem police arrested two senior Wakf officials – east Jerusalem Wakf chairman Sheikh Abdel Azim Salhab and deputy director of the Wakf Sheikh Najeh Bkeirat – banning them from entering the Al-Aqsa Mosque compound for 40 days. In response, the Muslims took over and converted a 1,500-year-old structure located near the Golden Gate (known as Sha’ar Harachamim to Jews) into a mosque. Currently, the Muslims have four other mosques on the mount, said Fried. Jews, on the other hand, “if you try to pray, you will be arrested.” The activists argue that by opening the Golden Gate and establishing a new mosque, the Muslims have broken the status quo agreement. Israel has made attempt to shutter the gate, but the Muslims have refused, threatening increased violence. “If the status quo is broken anyway, then Israel needs to break it, too,” said Fried, arguing that Jews should be able to pray on the Temple Mount. “We need a place to pray and we want that structure near Sha’ar Harachamim.” Establishing a synagogue is not unprecedented, explained Yaacov Hayman, head of the Yishai Organization for the Establishment of Synagogues on the Temple Mount. He said in Temple times, there was always a synagogue near the Temple. “The Talmud tractate that talks about Yom Kippur clearly states there was a synagogue,” he said. His organization has mapped the Temple Mount and created renderings for where up to four synagogues could be located on the holy site. Marzal said told The Jerusalem Post that the Temple Mount is “the holiest place for the Jewish people. Our enemies are taking it over, they are breaking the law, destroying archaeology sites and disgracing Judaism and God. We have to fight.” Fried said the group is not asking to take over authority on the mount. Currently, the Jerusalem Waqf Islamic religious trust controls and manages the Islamic edifices on and around the Temple Mount. The east Jerusalem Waqf is controlled by Jordan. However, they would like to see the Temple Mount divided like the way that the Cave of the Patriarchs was divided into a synagogue and a mosque in 1967. This latest call for a synagogue on the Temple Mount is not the first. In 2017, MK Bezalel Smotrich (Bayit Yehudi) called for the construction of a synagogue on the Temple Mount in the aftermath of the brutal Halamish terrorist attack, in which a Hamas terrorist infiltrated the West Bank settlement of Halamish (also known as Neveh Tzuf) and murdered three people at their Shabbat table. “I would set up a synagogue on the Temple Mount today, this morning,” Smotrich said then. “If someone thinks that through terrorism, violence, and the massacre of a family that he will push our sovereignty back, then – if I am the Prime Minister – this morning, I would close the Temple Mount to Arab prayer and establish a synagogue for Jews. And if the terrorism continues, I would close the mount to Arabs and there will be only Jews there.” A similar demand was made in 2014, when a large group of religious-Zionist rabbis – including Rabbi Dov Lior, Rabbi Eliyahu Zinni and Rabbi Haim Cohen – penned a letter to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu advocating the construction of a synagogue on the Temple Mount. No action was taken. Furthermore, there have been bills raised in the Israeli parliament calling for equal prayer rights for Jews on the Temple Mount, but they have generally been shut down, as Muslims threaten violence if the status quo is altered. Fried said he believes that this time the goal can be accomplished because Israel is in an election period and politicians who can effect change will want to appear responsive. On March 14, the group is arranging a massive Jewish trip to the Temple Mount. He said he expects hundreds of Jews to attend the visit and to pray in their hearts. Then, in late March, they will run a protest rally from City Hall to outside Sha’ar Harachamim. “We are all angry about what is going on the Temple Mount,” said Fried. “If we will it, we think this time it will be.”

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/A-synagogue-on-the-Temple-Mount-Activists-call-for-construction-to-begin-582477 

:: 3-4-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas again demands money from Israel

After refusing to receive Qatari money for Hamas employees in Gaza, Hamas has a new condition: no money, no calm.

Elad Benari, 05/03/19 03:15

Hamas is again demanding money for salaries for its employees in Gaza at a sum of $20 million as a condition for restoring calm along the Gaza border, Kan 11 News reported on Monday. According to the report, a source in Hamas said that "Israel violated the original ceasefire and if it wants to return to it, the salaries of the clerks must be renewed. At the moment there is no calm, you violated it and therefore returned the incendiary and explosive balloons returned.” Israel recently allowed two installments of Qatari money which was meant for the salaries of Hamas employees in the enclave. It postponed the third installment in January, following the shooting of an IDF soldier by a terrorist from Gaza. Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu and the Security Cabinet subsequently approved the transfer of the third installment, but Hamas refused to accept the money “in response to the occupation policy”. The Qatari envoy subsequently announced his country will no longer fund salaries of Hamas employees in Gaza and would instead donate the remaining $60 million in aid mostly through United Nations programs. On Tuesday, an Egyptian delegation is due to arrive in Gaza to discuss with Hamas the efforts to stabilize the calm along the Gaza-Israel border.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/259903 

:: 3-4-19 KCCI 8 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Terrifying: Driver captures avalanche barreling toward cars on interstate

94 Shares AP Updated: 7:13 AM CST Mar 4, 2019

FRISCO, Colo. An avalanche startled motorists and sent a plume of snow over a section of Interstate 70 in Colorado. It happened Sunday in Ten Mile Canyon between Frisco and Copper Mountain. Jacob Easton recorded it on video . He tells KDVR-TV he and his dad saw a “big white cloud” and noticed the avalanche. He says it was “exciting, but pretty nerve-wracking.” Their windshield was covered with snow, but their vehicle was not trapped. Colorado’s Transportation Department says it was a natural avalanche and not a controlled slide.

https://www.kcci.com/article/terrifying-driver-captures-avalanche-barreling-toward-cars-on-interstate/26620609 

:: 3-4-19 Fox 13 Salt Lake City :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A group of teens and good Samaritans rescued a boy dangling from a ski lift

Posted 9:47 am, March 3, 2019, by CNN Wire

Published at: 6:36 PM, Mon Mar 04 2019

This is a modal window.

Something went wrong during native playback.

(CNN) — Some teens are being hailed as quick-thinking rescuers for coming to the aid of an 8-year-old dangling from a chairlift at a Vancouver ski resort. An 8-year-old boy on a chairlift at Grouse Mountain had slipped and was dangling, held up only by his father. Fourteen-year-old James MacDonald, who had been skiing and snowboarding with his friends, told CNN that when he saw the boy, he didn’t think the child would be able to hold on much longer. “He was starting to flail about and get extremely panicked,” MacDonald said. MacDonald said he asked a man nearby to retrieve some orange netting typically used to indicate out-of-bounds areas. The idea was to stretch out that netting and use it to break the boy’s fall. By this time, MacDonald’s friends had come down the hill they were skiing and pitched in to help, as did the man and a woman who was near the stopped chairlift. Twelve-year-old Josh Ravensbergen said he and the man stripped some padding off a pole and put it on top of the netting as a cushion. Ethan Harvey, another of the teens, said that while all this was going on, their friend Gabriel Neilson was trying to help the boy stay calm. Once everything was in place, Neilson told the child to take his skis off and asked his father to trust the young rescuers. The father let go of the child, who dropped safely into the net. Julia Grant, a spokesperson for Grouse Mountain, said in a statement that the child was attended to by the resort’s patrol and sent to the hospital as a precautionary measure. He was found to have no injuries. Grant added that an investigation of the incident, which happened on Wednesday, was underway. “Safety is our top priority and we will be taking appropriate action based on the results of the investigation,” the statement said. Grant also said that Michael Cameron, the president of Grouse Mountain, met with the rescuers to thank them personally and that the resort gave each of them a complimentary season pass. “Grouse Mountain is incredibly appreciative of those who assisted in Wednesday’s chairlift incident,” the statement said. “Their quick thinking and immediate actions are commendable.”

https://fox13now.com/2019/03/03/a-group-of-teens-and-good-samaritans-rescued-a-boy-dangling-from-a-ski-lift/ 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 7-19-16 Conspiracy Daily Update :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

12 Things You Should Know About Scalar Weapons | Stillness in the Storm

Jul 20, 2016 Brian Hyland 18 Comments

Tuesday, July 19, 2016 Source – Angel Fire by Christi Verismo

BRACE YOURSELF FOR SCALAR WEAPON WAR THAT COULD OCCUR

1. A POSSIBLE SCALAR WAR SCENARIO

2. HOW WERE SCALAR WAVES DISCOVERED?

3. A CLOSER LOOK AT SCALAR WAVE-FORMS

4. HOW DO SCALAR WEAPONS WORK?

5. WHAT CAN SCALAR WEAPONS DO?

6. SCALAR BEAMS AGAINST INDIVIDUALS

7. SCALAR MIND CONTROL

8. AMERICA’S ‘NO CONTACT’ MASS MIND CONTROLLING NETWORK

9. INDUCING DISEASES WITH SCALAR WAVES

10. TESLA’S TECHNOLOGY WAS SECRETLY CONTINUED BY RUSSIA AND THE NAZIS

11. IS THERE A SECRET WAR GOING IN THE SKIES?

12. WHO ELSE IS CONTINUING TESLA’S SCALAR TECHNOLOGY?

1. A POSSIBLE SCALAR WAR SCENARIO

The following seems like science fiction, but scalar beam weapons were invented in 1904 by Nicola Tesla, an American immigrant from Yugoslavia. (1856 or 57 -1943) Since he died in 1943, many nations have secretly developed his beam weapons which now further refined are so powerful that just by satellite one can: make a nuclear like destruction; earthquake; hurricane; tidal wave; cause instant freezing – killing every living thing instantly over many miles; cause intense heat like a burning fireball over a wide area; induce hypnotic mind control over a whole population; or even read anyone on the planet’s mind by remote; affect anybody’s REM dream sleep by sending in subliminal pictures to the visual cortex; cause hallucinogen drug like effects or the symptoms of chemical or biological poisoning; make a disease epidemic by imprinting the disease ‘signature’ right into the cellular structure; paralyze and or/kill everyone instantaneously in a 50 mile radius and lastly remove something right out of its place in time and space faster than the speed of light, without any detectable warning by crossing 2 or more beams with each other and any target can be aimed at even right through to the opposite side of the earth. If either of the major scalar weapon armed countries e.g. U.S. or Russia were to fire a nuclear missile to attack each other this may possibly not even reach the target, because the missile could be destroyed with scalar technology before it even left its place or origin. The knowledge via radio waves that it was about to be fired could be eavesdropped and the target could be destroyed in the bunker, fired at from space by satellite.

Related Tesla’s Inventions Used in 9/11? | The Dark Side Of Tesla’s Technology – Presentation by Mark Passio

Alternatively invisible moving barriers and globes made of plasma (produced by crossed scalar beams) could destroy any nuclear missile easily while it moves towards the target and failing all these, it could be destroyed by entering the target’s territory by passing through a Tesla shield which would explode anything entering its airspace. To begin with, defense using scalar technology could intercept it before it even landed. Secret eavesdropping of radio communications tapping into ordinary military radio contact using undetectable ‘scalar wave carriers’ hacking in may have heard military personnel say it was about to be fired. The missile may be destroyed from above the site, using satellites equipped with scalar or particle beam weapons or a cloaked UFO (American or Russian made anti-gravity disk originally made by back engineering crashed alien saucers) or aircraft using scalar or particle beams which could invisibly (and undetectably with standard equipment) cause the target to malfunction and drop down. By using a scalar wave (radar like) ‘interference grid’, which covers both country’s entire military activities in the air, underground or undersea, scalar transmitters send waves over large areas at 90 deg angles to each other. These waves follow the earth-ionospheric wave guide and curve around the planet. It is called an ‘interference grid’ because all solid moving objects show up as a spot of light moving through marked grid squares on an operator’s video screen. Scalar waves are a higher form of radar waves, but they go one step further by passing through anything solid too and are able to detect and be able to be made into a focused beam to target anything through the earth or sea as well. A scalar beam can be sent from a transmitter to the target, coupled with another sent from another transmitter and as they cross an explosion can be made. This interference grid method could enable scalar beams to explode the missile before launch, as well as en route with knowing the right coordinates. If the target does manage to launch, what are known as Tesla globes or Tesla hemispheric shields can be sent to envelop a missile or aircraft. These are made of luminous plasma which emanates physically from crossed scalar beams and can be created any size, even over 100 miles across. Initially detected and tracked as it moves on the scalar interference grid, a continuous EMP (electromagnetic pulse) Tesla plasma globe could kill the electronics of the target. More intensely hot Tesla ‘fireball’ globes could vaporize the missile. Tesla globes could also activate a missile’s nuclear warhead en route by creating a violent low order nuclear explosion. Various parts of the flying debris can be subjected to smaller more intense Tesla globes where the energy density to destroy is more powerful than the larger globe first encountered. This can be done in pulse mode with any remaining debris given maximum continuous heating to vaporize metals and materials. If anything still rains down on Russia or America, either could have already made a Tesla shield over the targeted area to block it from entering the airspace. Related Secrets of Tesla and Marconi: The UFO-Mars connection | Maroni’s Secret Space Program in South America, William Tompkins Confirms, and more

2. HOW WERE SCALAR WAVES DISCOVERED?

Scalar wavelengths are finer than gamma rays or X rays and only one hundred millionth of a square centimeter in width. They belong to the subtle gravitational field and are also known as gravitic waves. Uniquely, they flow in multiple directions at right angles off electromagnetic waves, as an untapped energy source called ‘potentials’. Potentials are particles which are unorganized in hyperspace – pure etheric energy not manifest in the physical world. In comparison, electromagnetic waves (measured by so many hertz or pulses per second, which we are familiar with e.g. radio waves) exist normally in the physical world, but can only be measured up to levels determined by the sensitivity of the equipment being used as to how many cycles per second they operate. Scalar waves were originally detected by a Scottish mathematical genius called James Clerk Maxwell (1831-1879) He linked electricity and magnetism and laid the foundation for modern physics, but unfortunately the very fine scalar waves (which he included in his research) were deliberately left out of his work by the 3 men, including Heinrich Hertz, who laid down the laws taught for physics as a discipline at colleges. They dismissed Maxwell’s scalar waves or potentials as “mystical” because they were physically unmanifest and only existed in the “ethers” and so were determined to be too ineffectual for further study. These enigmatic (but more powerful than even microwaves when harnessed and concentrated into a beam) scalar waves may have been forgotten except that Nicola Tesla accidentally rediscovered them. He’d originally worked with Thomas Edison who discovered direct current, but Tesla discovered alternating current. The two men disagreed and eventually parted ways and Tesla later experimented using the research of the German Heinrich Hertz, who was proving the existence of electromagnetic waves. Tesla found, while experimenting with violently abrupt direct current electrical charges, that a new form of energy (scalar) came through. By 1904, Tesla had developed transmitters to harness scalar energy from one transmitter to another, undetectably bypassing time and space. He could just materialize it from one place to another through hyperspace, without the use of wires, it was just sucked right out of the space-time/vacuum and into a transmitter and into a beam which could be targeted to another transmitter. Unfortunately he got no financial support for replacing electricity, which used wires and therefore earned money, and to this day, this is the reason why scalar energy is still not acknowledged in mainstream physics. Tesla, even though he discovered more for mankind in science than many others, is still not credited in science books for his discovery of scalar waves, a source of “free-energy” obtainable as a limitless source of power that costs nothing. Other inventors have sporadically rediscovered “free-energy” but have come to harm or have been silenced by the sum of millions of dollars hush money, a small sum compared to the sale of electricity, oil, gas and a myriad of other energy producers which would then be rendered worthless. Money hungry big business has harshly crushed any opposition to their own riches, generated by multiple obsolete earth polluting fossil fuels.

Related Science Conspiracy: Space Age tech from 100 years ago – Scalar Weapons and Star Wars

3. A CLOSER LOOK AT SCALAR WAVE-FORMS These finer scalar wave-forms also have been discovered periodically by other mathematicians, who have been able to calculate new equations especially in harmonics (used in hyperdimensional physics) connecting the wavelengths of matter, gravity and light to each other and how all these lock in and create our expression of time (as it manifests in space) – which has been now discovered to be untapped ‘potential’ energy flowing in hyperspace. Time flows like a wave-form river in hyperspace in a grid pattern. This consists of interlocking great circles which circle the poles and include a lattice grid of lines that are 30 nautical miles or 55.5 km apart. When scalar beams charge through hyperspace these ‘rivers of time’ get blocked and redirected temporarily. There is a covert plan underfoot to change the way time is expressed on this planet altogether using hyperdimensional physics and Tesla technology, by splicing earth back onto a now defunct Atlantean timeline in which Lucifer hadn’t fallen from grace. (see my other work on this in the books The Universal Seduction Vols 2 and 3 at the end of this article) Our present ‘reality’ is expressed in the way time runs around the corridors in hyperspace by the pattern it takes. Other ‘timelines’ exist in a different kind of grid pattern, creating alternative versions of our ‘present’. Multiple versions of reality (or for example 2 April 2004) can be manipulated given the right technology, and people can enter into parallel universes do all sorts of things and then enter back into this one. One needs a Tesla Zero Time Reference Generator, which can lodge a specific reality into the time at the center of the universe, in which it stays still, acting like an anchor. Both America and the UK govt are able to manipulate and enter into different realities. The various dimensions each comprise a complex pattern of interlocking wave-forms. Matter has been found to be only one wave of a pulse comprising a positive cycle, while the negative cycle manifests as ‘anti-matter’. The ‘matter’ pulse brings something ‘into’ physical visibility, then it disappears momentarily and returns. But the pulses are so rapid we don’t see something as unmanifest while temporarily dematerializing. Physical time is only measured by the visibility of something’s aging process, or in other words its passage through a journey starting at one measured time-reference point to another. Different wave-forms only appear to us to be solid because we are comprised of the same matter. If the frequencies governing the time between a matter pulse and an anti-matter pulse are shortened or lengthened with technology, time will go faster or slower in the surrounding space or what it effects. Therefore scalar waves belong to space-time in which anti-matter or hyperspace exists. Time can be altered by harnessed and directed scalar waves (including magnets which give off scalar waves which bend time) because they disrupt the pulse of matter and anti-matter and therefore the rate at which something normally passes through time with its usual smoothness. An experiment with scalar waves in USA once caused all the clocks and watches in the test neighborhood to go berserk for 4 days, until the flow of time resettled back to its normal flow and they returned as before. This was noted by Frank Golden. Scalar ‘potentials’ can be created artificially and when focused into a weapon, can do major damage to an object’s location in space-time. That which determines the object’s natural pulse of matter and anti-matter cycle can become stressed when targeted by scalar waves made of artificial potentials, because they are almost always absorbed by the nucleus of an atom, not the electrons in orbit. Hyperspace can become warped temporarily, although space-time naturally curves around natural vortexes the earth has which form ‘chakras’ to absorb and release universal energies. These are opened and closed in natural cycles according to the positions of the sun and moon in relation to earth. Because scalar waves are finer than gamma waves they can pass through any physical substance undetected. However the damage inflicted can be so powerful that they can dislodge an object right out of time and space and cause it to temporarily disappear away from its normal movement in time. All objects move in time, and they will also move in space if a physical external force activates the object’s own natural internal scalar waves to point in the direction it is sent to causing it to move from A to B depending on how much force is used. Or they are trapped motionless in space by the internal scalar energy within swirling around interlocking into a deadlock, (making it appear still) however the object still moves in time. A beam of scalar energy can cause the timeframe the object resides in to get warped, making it disappear into another reality.

Related Tesla and Scalar Energy Explained | Free Energy, Over Unity, Stargates, Portals, Orgone Energy, Chi, Prana and Life

4. HOW DO SCALAR WEAPONS WORK?

Particles which are unorganized in hyperspace (potentials) can be harnessed into recreating multiple frequencies of scalar waves and these can now be manufactured artificially and can include frequencies between infrared and ultraviolet. If a transmitter is at a higher reference ‘potential’ than the interference zone of 2 crossed scalar beams, energy emerges into the plasma ‘bottle’ which materializes physically and this is called ‘exothermic’ mode. This can cause explosions and can be ‘nuclear like’ if set at a high frequency. Even though no electromagnetic energy has flown through space between the transmitters and the target, and because it has bypassed physical space, the energy can suddenly appear faster than the speed of light and destroy something without warning. It is only as a locked in artificial potential that is a directed ‘river of force’ in hyperspace and it is entirely undetectable with conventional scientific equipment, which is where the danger lies. Nobody can ever know what the enemy is planning or who their enemies are and because it never gets any press normal military personnel without this knowledge would never know what hit them, especially if it is scalar mind control. To extract energy back to the transmitters from the energy bottle of 2 crossed scalar beams the potential must be set at a lower mode and this is called ‘endothermic’ mode and as energy is extracted out of the ‘bottle’ area, a freezing will occur, possibly causing a thunderous sound.

When 2 transmitters send timed pulses, which meet, an explosion will occur which either produces energy or extracts it. If 2 crossed beams are in ‘continuous’ mode the energy between beams is continuous and Tesla globes and hemispheres can be made which act as a continuous shield to either destroy incoming weapons and aircraft entering it. If multiple frequencies are transmitted on the beams, at the intersection a 3 dimensional globe appears. This can be manipulated to have very high infolded energy with any desired light emission, shape, color or intensity. It can even cause metal to soften or melt. This ‘bottle’ of energy can be detonated inside the earth to create an earthquake or into a building to make a ‘nuclear like’ explosion. This ‘bottle’ can be moved anywhere on the planet or through it and made any size. The Russians in 1985 once threatened the earth itself by activating their scalar weapons with multiple scalar transmitters turned on at once, endangering the survival of the entire planet. According to nuclear physicist Bearden, they conducted a massive, ‘full up’ scalar weapon systems and communications strategic exercise. During this sudden exercise American Frank Golden discovered the Russians activated 27 gigantic ‘power taps’, established by resonating the earth electrogravitationally on 54 powerful scalar frequencies (27 pairs where the two are separated from each other by 12 kHz.) transmitted into the earth and they utilized this to stimulate the earth into forced electrogravitational resonance on all 54 frequencies. Each of the 27 power taps extracted enormous energy from the molten core of the earth itself, and turning it into ordinary electrical power. Each giant tap is capable of powering 4 to 6 of the largest scalar EM howitzers possessed by Russia. Bearden writes: “Apparently over 100 giant scalar EM weapons were activated and a large number of command and control transmissions and it lasted several days. By alternating the potentials and loads of each of the two paired transmitters, electrical energy in enormous amounts can be extracted from the earth itself, fed by the ‘giant cathode’ that is the earth’s molten core. Scalar EM command and control systems, including high data rate communications with underwater submarines, were also activated on a massive scale. The exercise went on for several days, as power taps were switched in and out, and command and control systems went up and down. Bearden claims not one American intelligence lab, or scientist detected this as they didn’t have a detector for scalar EM radiation, and that not one officially believes that the exercise ever happened.” However, it was monitored on an advanced, proprietary detection system by Frank Golden for several days and by Bearden for several hours. This exercise proved Brezhnev’s 1972 statement that by 1985 the Soviets would be prepared to do as they wish, anywhere in the world. The Soviets are using unknown attributes of matter, phenomena and laws of nature by research covering the equivalent of 7-8 U.S. atom bomb projects back to back already. However both America and Russia are doing through the earth scalar beam transmissions and ever since then earth’s internal dynamo has been affected. It suddenly experienced a sudden unexpected slowdown in rotation 1984. It has become like an unbalanced washing machine, wobbling as it spins. Scalar waves pass naturally between the center of the earth and the sun, and this coupled with multiple annual nuclear tests (which have been proven to disturb the ionosphere and magnetic field) the balance of the earth with the moon, may even cause the earth to flip, if the naturally produced scalar waves are diverted onto another course, which are keeping the earth spinning harmoniously.

5. WHAT CAN SCALAR WEAPONS DO?

A Tesla shield protecting a military target could be made of three or more concentric shields, that would produce multiple electromagnetic pulse energy and severe heating of anything which enters it. These concentric Tesla shields can also clean up and sterilize any gamma radiation resulting from an explosion of a nuclear warhead. Nicola Tesla even in the 1920s could create a protective 3 dimensional ‘shield’ or ‘dome’ formed by 2 or more transmitters sending widened scalar beams linked together over a target in a hemisphere shape. Instead of causing the target to explode which narrow more intense crossed beams would, a wider more encompassing beam could form a large plasma shell outside something to be protected. This acted like an electrifying force field shaped like a dome, which could cause anything which entered it to have its technology dudded, (inoperative) make incoming aircraft pilots die by destroying their nervous system and/or make an incoming missile, aircraft or tank blow up. Multiple layers could be nested made of different kinds of plasmas which would ensure nothing could penetrate a protected target’s groundspace or airspace. The Russians can make a Tesla shield up to 200 miles wide. These large luminous plasma shields have been witnessed by sailors over the oceans from time to time, as various nations test their scalar weapons in secret. Tesla, as early as the 1920s created globes or bullets of plasma with crossed scalar beams sucking the energy out of the air space in a ‘cold explosion’ causing it to freeze, or sending extreme heat into it to burn as a very powerful laser beam. These powerful beams can also travel right through the earth and create an earthquake at the antipodes of the earth and Tesla also experimented doing this. Hyperspace flux energy (potentials) flows as waves in a sea of intense power in the next dimension unharnessed, however when energy is manufactured artificially it can be made into different modes e.g pulse mode, energy extraction mode or explosion mode. If 2 timed pulses meet, an explosion extraction makes a sharp cooling and all heated energy is extracted out of the air back to the transmitter. This can make everything and everyone frozen. It preserves machines and buildings but not people. If a burning energy is sent the target has a nuclear like ‘detonation’ because energy emerges to a target destroying the nucleus of the atoms. Multiple scalar wave modes and frequencies can also be blended together into one beam as well. Tesla globes can be manipulated to be small or large in manifold kinds of energy frequencies and directed to a target by 2 or more far away scalar transmitters. Many intense frequency small globes can be directed towards multiple incoming targets, like cannonballs causing major explosions. Alternatively a larger less intense globe sent can cause the electrics to dud in a plane, helicopter or missile causing it to malfunction and crash land. This technology has been used many times to crash planes or helicopters by using a portable scalar bazooka carried by a hidden terrorist or soldier. The Vietnamese and Soviets used this technology in the Vietnam war against American aircraft. Many planes crashes with inexplicable causes can be traced to this. These Russian made portable bazookas were also used by the Serbs against American helicopters during the Bosnian war. The Soviets used scalar weapons against the Afghanistans during their war. One may wonder if this explains current American helicopter crashes in Afghanistan and Iraq. Scalar waves can be used for impenetrable communication inside an ordinary carrier wave. Artificial potentials can be used for 2 way communication with submarines, aircraft and ships. Scalar waves can be used to tap into normal communications even when encrypted. They can even destroy the enemies equipment if they wish using lock-in mode to locate the source or just continue eavesdropping. radar invisibility can be done by putting multiple transmitters around something to make a spherical interference shell in the bandwidth of the searching radar. Nothing in the air is safe with scalar weapons or anything on the ground, because any building can be penetrated and the inside contents destroyed from either narrow or wide crossed beams. There is nowhere to hide. Scalar beams can be sent by aircraft or satellite or even from the government UFOs of Russia, Britain, Australia and America. They can be sent from the UFOs the Nazis developed secretly in Germany during WW2, and which were relocated to their underground bases in Antarctica and all over South America before the war ended.

6. SCALAR BEAMS AGAINST INDIVIDUALS

To totally destroy a person’s nervous system and kill them instantaneously, a scalar weapon can be set on ‘high intensity pulse mode’. This will destroy every living cell, bacteria and all germs so the body falls down like a limp rag, not even decaying in even 30-45 days. There is no living aspect left to decay. Entire groups of people can be killed this way even in a 50 mile radius on peak power. Scalar beams set on a lower power can render a person unconscious to be revived at a later date for interrogation. Crossed scalar beams can cover a whole range of targets from something right through the other side of the earth, to anything under the sea or ground. Not even metal will suffice to protect, as a metal softening mode can be deployed. Scalar beams can be put into X ray mode where a screen can show what is inside something, even under the sea and earth or inside buildings. This is called a remote viewing radar. Anything in the sky can be instantly destroyed even from one country to another. All one country needs to destroy anything skybound in an enemy’s country is to put 2 or more scalar transmitters forming a scalar wave-form interference grid whereby a shield is locked over a country in high intensity mode and this will cause anything which enters it to be destroyed. This can also destroy anything in the sea and detonate mines. The explosion shows up on the screen as a blossoming of the moving light on the square. The Russians mainly use their interference grids over the USA to control the weather moving hot or cold air where they can meet and create storms, hurricanes, torrential rain or droughts as they please. Earthquakes can be created along with volcanoes erupting according to Tom Bearden. Moisture can be brought from the ocean and sent overland and cold air from the north sent south. Violent thunderstorms can be created. He also claims since 1989 the Japanese Yazuka and Aum sects lease scalar interferometers from the Russians to do weather engineering over the USA. However America can fight back with their own scalar weapons. One can silently down passenger planes as need be by sending low frequency scalar beam to make the engine fail, either from the interference grid squares or from even portable shoulder scalar weapon bazookas which can be targeted at helicopters or any aircraft above. Surface naval vessels can be attacked through their hulls as well as ocean bottom mines detonated. Any aircraft, or land vessels including tanks can be fitted with portable scalar weapons. Though tanks can easily be destroyed with them. Tom Bearden claims that the Soviets and Americans have been silently downing each other’s aircraft since the 1980s. Soviet made scalar weapons downed American aircraft in Vietnam. Right from when USA put up their first satellites the Russians have been shooting them down in cloaked Russian made UFO’s with scalar and particle beam weapons. Between 1977 and 1982 Russia shot down many US satellites. At that time they wanted complete control over the skies and had put up killer satellites complete with beam weapons to target US satellites and even the space shuttles. It has been claimed by Tom Bearden that all the early space shuttles were shot down by the Russians and duplicate shuttles were landed from another base. There was a mad rush by the US govt to develop beam weapons to defend themselves against the Russians and they did this eventually shooting down a couple of the Russian made UFOs containing beam weapons. Revenge silently followed by passenger planes of each other’s countries being targeted. Related Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? – An Extensive Research Report

7. SCALAR MIND CONTROL In the early 1970’s Hundreds of inmates at the Gunniston Facility of the Utah State Prison were subjected to scalar wave mind control. Inmates tried unsuccessfully to fight back in court. The University of Utah researched at that time how scalar waves could induce the mind into hearing voices, overriding and implanting thoughts into the mind, as well as reading the thoughts. They also developed eye implants. In 1998 scalar waves were used to test subliminal voices in the head in 2 Utah prisons. In Draper Prison, Utah a man called David Fratus in 1988 claimed voices in his inner ears were induced in him as clear as if listening to a set of stereo headphones. The mind control victims of US govt implants are also subjected to artificial voices in the head which are sent on scalar beam by satellite and and the HAARP transmitters and relayed to the GWEN Towers placed approximately every 200 miles across USA. Many of the messages relayed into these American mind control victims are said to come from aliens, with a ‘message for mankind’. These ‘alien messages’ were first given to the prisoners in Utah and they all got the same messages. The Russians, having a head start on decoding the brain can send subliminal messages by satellite over whole countries in their own languages, in scalar waves so subtle that the victims think they are their own thoughts occurring. They could make people think “God” is speaking to them and can also give a people suicidal thoughts. There is a suicide wavelength. The Russians and Israelis have been said to do this on mind control data websites. As well, the Americans have been using these subliminals to give ‘voices in the head’ messages (which includes to those with CIA or military controlled implants) that are supposedly from ‘aliens’ or “The Holy Spirit” to say e.g. the Second Coming will be here soon or earth needs to be evacuated and the person has been ‘chosen’. Only certain people can pick this up according to whether they have implants (which relay messages into the head) or if they are natural telepathics. The mineral selenium when ingested beyond normal levels is said to increase the capacity to hear voices in the head. Though certain races have a higher hearing threshold and are able to pick up synthetic telepathy sent through the atmosphere more than others. Russia’s scalar transmitters are called “Woodpeckers” because of the woodpecker type tapping transmissions detected from them on the radio band. They have the technology to send subliminals right into a person’s subconscious, bypassing the brain and could drastically influence the thoughts, vision, physical functioning, emotions and conscious state of a person by sending in subliminal signals even from a great distance. In the late 1960s the Soviets broke the genetic code of the human brain. It had 44 digits or less and employed 22 frequency bands across nearly the whole EM spectrum. But only 11 of the frequency bands were independent. The Soviets found they could make a person do something just by sending subliminals into the body, bypassing the ears. Up to 16 of the Russian Woodpecker scalar transmitters have been observed to carry a common phase-locked 10 Hz modulation. 10 Hz is used to put people into a hypnotic state. The Russians can manipulate the moods of everyone in a 75 mile radius, with a circularly polarized antenna, and people’s bodies have been shown to pick up the “new” mode of expression. Even “sleep” frequency will make everyone tired and fall asleep.

8. AMERICA’S ‘NO CONTACT’ MASS MIND CONTROLLING NETWORK

According to the book Project L.U.C.I.D by Texe Marrs, John St Clair Akwei claims that the US National Security Agency (NSA) has had the most advanced computers in the world since the 1960’s. The Signals Intelligence (SIGINT) mission of the NSA uses scalar waves for blanket coverage of the USA and can wirelessly tap into any computer in the USA and read the contents. As well as track people by the electrical currents in their bodies, which emanates a particular ‘signature frequency’. This is possible because everything in the environment gives off scalar waves at right angle rotations off the normal electromagnetic wave. These can be searched for and tracked and are not subject to constraints of time and space. A person’s frequency can be stored on a supercomputer and this can be tracked anywhere. They can be sent subliminal words sent in scalar waves which are so subtle that the person will think they are their own thoughts. Also NSA uses a secret program (developed since the MKULTRA mind control program of the 1950s) what is called “Radiation Intelligence”. Scientific research from this is withheld from the public and there are international intelligence agreements to keep this technology secret. Using this technology the NSA records and decodes individual brain maps of hundreds of thousands of people for national security purposes. It is also used secretly by the military for a brain-to-computer link. Activity in the speech center of the brain can be translated into the subject’s verbal thoughts and can also show up activity from their visual cortex on a video monitor. NSA operatives can see what the subject is seeing. Visual memory can also be seen and the NSA can place images directly into the visual cortex, bypassing the eyes and the optic nerves. When a target sleeps secretly images can be installed into the brain during REM sleep for brain-programming purposes. Speech, 3D sound, and subliminal audio can also be sent to the auditory cortex of the brain, bypassing the ears. This “Remote Neural Monitoring” (RNM) can completely alter a subjects perceptions, moods and motor control. Different brainwave frequencies are connected with various parts of the body and when the right frequency to activate a section of the body is sent a person is powerless to stop it. Pain can be induced in mind control victims this way by targeting a section of the body. This has been spoken of by many mind control victims, accompanied by ‘voices in the head’ by the operators cruelly asking if it hurt and all done remotely without any physical contact with the victim. There has been a SIGINT wireless scalar wave brain monitoring network in the US since the 1940s according to John St Clair Akwei. He tells us how it is done with digitally decoding the evoked ‘potentials’ (see first section for more on potentials) in the 30-50Hz, 5 milliwatt electromagnetic emissions from the brain. In these emissions spikes and patterns show as evoked potentials. “Every thought, reaction, motor command, auditory event and visual image in the brain has a corresponding “evoked potential” or set of “evoked potentials”. These can be decoded into the current thoughts, images and sounds going on in a target’s brain. When complexly coded signals are sent to a victim, bypassing the eyes, optic nerves and ears, the faint images appear as floating 2D screens in the brain. Auditory hallucinations can be induced, creating paranoid schizophrenia. The frequency the brain areas respond to are from 3 Hz to 50 Hz. For each brain area these are used: Brain Area: Bioelectric Resonance Frequency: Information Induced Through Modulation. Motor control cortex: 10 Hz: Motor impulse coordination Auditory cortex: 15 Hz: Sound which bypasses the ears Visual cortex: 25 Hz: Images in the brain, bypassing the eyes Somasensory: 9 Hz: Phantom touch sense Thought center: 20Hz: Imposed subconscious thoughts Only the NSA modulates this signal band into evoked potentials or scalar carriers. There are about 100 people working 24 hrs a day for the NSA at Ft Meade on this “Remote Neural Monitoring” (RNM). John St Clair Akwei, after being harassed by this NSA technology brought a lawsuit against the NSA. During the lawsuit process he was harassed by 3D sound, and his associates were also harassed to keep him isolated. No action was taken against the NSA in the 1991 lawsuit. In 1967 an “internationally renowned scientist” and Christopher Hills, a pendulum expert, communicated with some ETs. (It is not known who the scientist was but at one time both Hills and Puharich were working with the medium Eileen Garrett and Puharich was communicating with ETs called The Nine. The same ETs that the Bilderberger group (comprised of world leaders and European royals) who control the affairs of the planet) This is what the ETs told Christopher Hills via pendulum:

In short, ETs communicated with us via modulated radio-waves, between 10,000 and 20,000 cycles below the known electromagnetic-spectrum. In the carrier-wave by amplitude modulation, mixed with frequency modulation. Single band energy, transmission power less than 25 watts. A naturally present wave on earth the brain modulated – a wave that resonates between the earth and the ionosphere. All humans influence the ionosphere in this manner. A reflecting technique involved. The brain modulation consisted of pulses, akin to those known from neuro pulses. Two humans can use this. Related to something akin to low frequency radar and to ultrasonic techniques but qualified. A mixed electro-acoustic wave function. The electromagnetic-wave induced an ultrasonic transduction in human tissue. The brain radiation has a sonic component to it as well as an electromagnetic component. Electromagnetic-radiation has a sonic component and it’s dependent on the medium through which it travels. The scientist cut through months of work. Now HAARP is slicing up the ionosphere, the world-brain, like a microwave knife, producing long tear incisions destroying the membrane which holds the reservoir of data accumulated by all earth’s history. HAARP has already punched 360 x 30 miles holes in the ionosphere.

9. INDUCING DISEASES WITH SCALAR WAVES

Tom Bearden also writes that a more advanced form of scalar weapon is known as a ‘quantum potential’ weapon has been developed by US, Russia, China, Israel and possibly Brazil . These weapons mimic the signature or frequency of a disease by recreating them on scalar carriers. Also any disease can be imprinted onto our cellular system using frequencies ranging from ultraviolet to infrared. Whole populations can have new diseases and death induced as well as latent diseases being activated with quantum potential diseases in targeted areas. Manufactured symptoms of radiation poisoning, chemical poisoning, bacterial infection and even the effects of many kinds of drugs including hallucinogenic ones can be induced with these very subtle scalar waves which flow in hyperspace or the sea of